PP&L TRANSITION BOND CO INC
8-K, 1999-08-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: JNL VARIABLE FUND III LLC, 497, 1999-08-17
Next: URBAN JUICE & SODA CO LTD /WY/, S-4/A, 1999-08-17





                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            Washington, DC 20549


                                  Form 8-K

                               CURRENT REPORT

                   Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                      Securities Exchange Act of 1934


      Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported) August 10, 1999


                     PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


             Delaware                 333-75369            23-3004428
   (State or Other Jurisdiction      (Commission         (I.R.S. Employer
         of Incorporation)            File No.)        Identification No.)


                  Two North Ninth Street, GENA9-2, Room 3
                       Allentown, Pennsylvania 18101
            (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)


                               (610) 774-7934
             Registrant's telephone number, including area code


                               Not Applicable
       (Former name or former address, if changed since last report)




 Item 5.   Other Events

           The Registrant registered issuances of Transition Bonds on a
 delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
 of 1933 by a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration File No. 333-
 75369).  Pursuant to this Registration Statement, the Registrant issued and
 sold $2,420,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Transition Bonds,
 Series 1999-1.  The transaction was closed on August 10, 1999. In
 connection with this transaction, the Registrant entered into the material
 agreements and received the opinions attached hereto as exhibits.

 Item 7.   Financial Statements and Exhibits

      A list of the Exhibits filed herewith is attached hereto.




                                 SIGNATURE


 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
 amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
 behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                                 PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC

                                 By:  /s/  James E. Abel
                                    -----------------------------
                                    Name:   James E. Abel
                                    Title:  Manager


 Dated: August 17, 1999




                            EXHIBIT INDEX

 EXHIBIT NO.    DESCRIPTION

 1.1            Underwriting Agreement dated July 29, 1999 among PP&L,
                Inc., PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, CEP Securities Co.
                LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as
                representative of the several underwriters named therein.

 4.1.2          Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of
                PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC dated August 10, 1999.

 4.3.1          Indenture dated as of August 10, 1999 between PP&L
                Transition Bond Company LLC and the Bank of New York.

 4.3.2          Series Supplement dated as of August 10, 1999 between PP&L
                Transition Bond Company LLC and the Bank of New York.

 5.1            Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, relating to the
                legality of the Transition Bonds.

 8.1            Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP with
                respect to material federal tax matters.

 10.1           Intangible Transition Property Sale Agreement dated August
                10, 1999 between PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC and CEP
                Securities Co. LLC.

 10.2           Amendment Number 1 to the Intangible Transition Property
                Contribution Agreement among PP&L, Inc., CEP Group, Inc.,
                CEP Reserves, Inc. and PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC
                dated August 10, 1999.

 10.3           Intangible Transition Property Servicing Agreement dated
                August 10, 1999 between PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC
                and PP&L, Inc.






                                                          EXECUTION VERSION

      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1

                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC

                           UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                             New York, New York
                               July 29, 1999


To the Representative
  named in Schedule I hereto
  of the Underwriters named in
  Schedule II hereto

Ladies and Gentlemen:

               1. Introduction. PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC (the
"ISSUER") proposes to sell to the underwriters named in Schedule II hereto
(the "UNDERWRITERS"), for whom you (the "REPRESENTATIVE") are acting as
representative, the principal amount of the PP&L Transition Bond Company
LLC Transition Bonds, Series 1999-1 (the "BONDS"), identified in Schedule I
hereto. If the firm or firms listed in Schedule II hereto include only the
firm or firms listed in Schedule I hereto, then the terms "Underwriters"
and "Representative", as used herein, shall each be deemed to refer to such
firm or firms.

               The Bonds will be issued pursuant to a base indenture dated
on or about August 10, 1999, as supplemented by the Series 1999-1
Supplemental Indenture thereto (as so supplemented, the "INDENTURE"),
between the Issuer and The Bank of New York, as bond trustee (the
"TRUSTEE"). The Bonds will be secured primarily by Transferred Intangible
Transition Property sold to the Issuer by CEP Securities Co. LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the "SELLER"). The sole member and
owner of the entire equity interest in the Seller is CEP Reserves, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("RESERVES"). All the issued and outstanding capital
stock of Reserves is owned by CEP Group, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
("GROUP"). All the issued and outstanding capital stock of Group is owned
by PP&L, Inc., an operating electric utility incorporated under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "COMPANY"). The Seller acquired the
Intangible Transition Property pursuant to an Intangible Transition
Property Contribution Agreement among the Company, Group, Reserves and the
Seller dated May 13, 1999 (as amended and supplemented from time to time,
the "CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT"). The Seller's sale of Transferred Intangible
Transition Property to the Issuer will occur pursuant to a Sale Agreement
between the Seller and the Issuer, dated on or about August 10, 1999 (the
"SALE AGREEMENT"). The Transferred Intangible Transition Property will be
serviced pursuant to a Servicing Agreement, dated on or about August 10,
1999, between the Company, as servicer, and the Issuer, as owner of the
Transferred Intangible Transition Property (as amended and supplemented
from time to time, the "SERVICING AGREEMENT").

               Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this
Underwriting Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture.

               2. Representations and Warranties. I. Each of the Company
and the Issuer represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each
Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 2.I. Certain terms used in
this Underwriting Agreement are defined in Section 2.I(c) below.

               (a) If the offering of the Bonds is a Delayed Offering (as
        specified in Schedule I hereto), paragraph (i) below is applicable
        and, if the offering of the Bonds is a Non-Delayed Offering (as so
        specified), paragraph (ii) below is applicable.

                      (i) The Issuer and the Bonds meet the requirements
               for the use of Form S-3 under the Securities Act of 1933
               (the "ACT"), and the Issuer has filed with the Securities
               and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a registration statement
               (the file number of which is set forth in Schedule I hereto)
               on such Form, including a basic prospectus, for registration
               under the Act of the offering and sale of the Bonds. The
               Issuer may have filed one or more amendments thereto, and
               may have used a Preliminary Final Prospectus, each of which
               has previously been furnished to you. Such registration
               statement, as so amended, has become effective. The offering
               of the Bonds is a Delayed Offering and, although the Basic
               Prospectus may not include all the information with respect
               to the Bonds and the offering thereof required by the Act
               and the rules thereunder to be included in the Final
               Prospectus, the Basic Prospectus includes all such
               information required by the Act and the rules thereunder to
               be included therein as of the Effective Date. The Issuer
               will next file with the SEC pursuant to Rules 415 and
               424(b)(2) or (5) a final supplement to the form of
               prospectus included in such registration statement relating
               to the Bonds and the offering thereof. As filed, such final
               prospectus supplement shall include all required information
               with respect to the Bonds and the offering thereof and,
               except to the extent the Representative shall agree in
               writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive
               respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution
               Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time,
               shall contain only such specific additional information and
               other changes (beyond that contained in the Basic Prospectus
               and any Preliminary Final Prospectus) as the Issuer has
               advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included
               or made therein.

                      (ii) The Issuer and the Bonds meet the requirements
               for the use of Form S-3 under the Act and the Issuer has
               filed with the SEC a registration statement (the file number
               of which is set forth in Schedule I hereto) on such Form,
               including a basic prospectus, for registration under the Act
               of the offering and sale of the Bonds. The Issuer may have
               filed one or more amendments thereto, including a
               Preliminary Final Prospectus, each of which has previously
               been furnished to you. The Issuer will next file with the
               SEC either (x) a final prospectus supplement relating to the
               Bonds in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4), or
               (y) prior to the effectiveness of such registration
               statement, an amendment to such registration statement,
               including the form of final prospectus supplement. In the
               case of clause (x), the Issuer has included in such
               registration statement, as amended at the Effective Date,
               all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required
               by the Act and the rules thereunder to be included in the
               Final Prospectus with respect to the Bonds and the offering
               thereof. As filed, such final prospectus supplement or such
               amendment and form of final prospectus supplement shall
               contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other
               such required information, with respect to the Bonds and the
               offering thereof and, except to the extent the
               Representative shall agree in writing to a modification,
               shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished
               to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not
               completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such
               specific additional information and other changes (beyond
               that contained in the Basic Prospectus and any Preliminary
               Final Prospectus) as the Issuer has advised you, prior to
               the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

               (b) On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or
        will, and when the Final Prospectus is first filed (if required) in
        accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Final
        Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) will, comply in all
        material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act, the
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "EXCHANGE ACT") and the Trust
        Indenture Act of 1939 (the "TRUST INDENTURE ACT") and the
        respective rules thereunder; on the Effective Date, the
        Registration Statement did not or will not contain any untrue
        statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
        required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
        statements therein not misleading; on the Effective Date and on the
        Closing Date the Indenture did or will comply in all material
        respects with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the
        rules thereunder; and, on the Effective Date, the Final Prospectus,
        if not filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), did not or will not, and on
        the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing
        Date, the Final Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto)
        will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
        to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
        therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
        made, not misleading; provided, however, that neither the Issuer,
        the Seller nor the Company makes any representations or warranties
        as to (i) that part of the Registration Statement that shall
        constitute the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification (Forms
        T-1) under the Trust Indenture Act of the Trustee or (ii) the
        information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement
        or the Final Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance
        upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the
        Issuer by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the
        Representative specifically for inclusion in the Registration
        Statement or the Final Prospectus (or any supplement thereto).

               (c) The terms that follow, when used in this Underwriting
        Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated. The term the
        "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean each date that the Registration
        Statement and any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto
        became or become effective and each date after the date hereof on
        which a document incorporated by reference in the Registration
        Statement is filed. "EXECUTION TIME" shall mean the date and time
        that this Underwriting Agreement is executed and delivered by the
        parties hereto. "BASIC PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus
        referred to in paragraph (a) above contained in the Registration
        Statement at the Effective Date including, in the case of a
        Non-Delayed Offering, any Preliminary Final Prospectus.
        "PRELIMINARY FINAL PROSPECTUS" shall mean any preliminary
        prospectus supplement to the Basic Prospectus that describes the
        Bonds and the offering thereof and is used prior to filing of the
        Final Prospectus. "FINAL PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus
        supplement relating to the Bonds that is first filed pursuant to
        Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time, together with the Basic
        Prospectus or, if, in the case of a Non-Delayed Offering, no filing
        pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, shall mean the form of final
        prospectus relating to the Bonds, including the Basic Prospectus,
        included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.
        "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean the registration statement
        referred to in paragraph (a) above, including incorporated
        documents, exhibits and financial statements, as amended at the
        Execution Time (or, if not effective at the Execution Time, in the
        form in which it shall become effective) and, in the event any
        post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the
        Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), shall also mean such
        registration statement as so amended. Such term shall include any
        Rule 430A Information deemed to be included therein at the
        Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A. "Rule 415", "Rule 424",
        "Rule 430A" and "Regulation S-K" refer to such rules or regulation
        under the Act. "Rule 430A Information" means information with
        respect to the Bonds and the offering thereof permitted to be
        omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective
        pursuant to Rule 430A. Any reference herein to the Registration
        Statement, the Basic Prospectus, any Preliminary Final Prospectus
        or the Final Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the
        documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of
        Form S-3 that were filed under the Exchange Act on or before the
        Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the issue date of
        the Basic Prospectus, any Preliminary Final Prospectus or the Final
        Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference herein to the
        terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the
        Registration Statement, the Basic Prospectus, any Preliminary Final
        Prospectus or the Final Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and
        include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the
        Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the issue date of
        the Basic Prospectus, any Preliminary Final Prospectus or the Final
        Prospectus, as the case may be, deemed to be incorporated therein
        by reference. A "NON-DELAYED OFFERING" shall mean an offering of
        securities which is intended to commence promptly after the
        effective date of a registration statement, with the result that,
        pursuant to Rules 415 and 430A, all information (other than Rule
        430A Information) with respect to the securities so offered must be
        included in such registration statement at the effective date
        thereof. A "DELAYED OFFERING" shall mean an offering of securities
        pursuant to Rule 415 that does not commence promptly after the
        effective date of a registration statement, with the result that
        only information required pursuant to Rule 415 need be included in
        such registration statement at the effective date thereof with
        respect to the securities so offered. Whether the offering of the
        Bonds is a Non-Delayed Offering or a Delayed Offering shall be set
        forth in Schedule I hereto.

               (d) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are independent certified
        public accountants with respect to the Company, the Issuer and the
        Seller as required by the Act and the rules
        and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

               (e) The Issuer has been duly organized and is validly
        existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the
        laws of the State of Delaware, has the power and authority to
        conduct its business as presently conducted and as described in the
        Final Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to
        do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the
        nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such
        qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify
        would have a materially adverse effect on the Issuer; and the
        Issuer has all requisite power and authority to issue the Bonds and
        purchase the Transferred Intangible Transition Property as
        described in the Final Prospectus.

               (f) The Company is a validly existing and subsisting
        corporation under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
        each of the Company's subsidiaries is a validly existing
        corporation under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;
        the Company has all requisite power and authority to own and occupy
        its properties and carry on its business as presently conducted and
        as described in the Final Prospectus and is duly qualified as a
        foreign corporation to do business and in good standing in every
        jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or
        property owned by it makes such qualification necessary and in
        which the failure to so qualify would have a materially adverse
        effect on the Company.

               (g) Each of the Basic Documents to which the Company or the
        Issuer is a party has been duly authorized by the Company or the
        Issuer, as applicable, and when executed and delivered by the
        Issuer or the Company, as applicable, will constitute a valid and
        binding obligation of the Company or the Issuer, as applicable,
        enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,
        insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general
        applicability relating to or affecting creditor's rights and to
        general equity principles.

               (h) The Bonds have been duly authorized and executed by the
        Issuer and will conform to the description thereof in the
        Prospectus; and when the Bonds are authenticated by the Trustee and
        delivered to the Underwriters and are paid for by the Underwriters
        in accordance with the terms of this Underwriting Agreement, the
        Bonds will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of
        the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to
        bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
        of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor's rights
        and to general principles of equity;

               (i) The issue and sale of the Bonds by the Issuer, the
        execution, delivery and compliance by the Issuer with all of the
        provisions of each of this Underwriting Agreement and the Basic
        Documents to which the Issuer is a party, and the consummation of
        the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict
        with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
        provisions of, or constitute a default under, any trust agreement,
        indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
        agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which
        the Issuer is bound or to which any of the property or assets of
        the Issuer is subject, which conflict, breach, violation or default
        would be material to the issue of the Bonds or would have a
        material adverse effect on the Issuer, nor will such action result
        in any violation of the Issuer's Certificate of Formation or
        Limited Liability Company Agreement or any statute, order, rule or
        regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having
        jurisdiction over the Issuer or its properties.

               (j) The assignment of the Transferred Intangible Transition
        Property by the Company to the Seller, the execution, delivery and
        compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of each of
        this Underwriting Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the
        Company is a party, and the consummation of the transactions herein
        and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a
        breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
        constitute a default under, any trust agreement, indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
        instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company
        is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company
        is subject, which conflict, breach, violation or default would be
        material to the issue and sale of the Bonds or would have a
        material adverse effect on the financial position or results of
        operations of the Company, nor will such action result in any
        violation of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or
        Bylaws of the Company or any statute, order, rule or regulation of
        any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over
        the Company or any of its properties.

               (k) Except for:

                      (i) the order of the SEC making the Registration
               Statement effective,

                      (ii) permits and similar authorizations required
               under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction,
               and

                      (iii) the qualified rate order of the Pennsylvania
               Public Utilities Commission dated August 27, 1998, as
               supplemented by an order dated May 21, 1999 (collectively,
               the "QRO"),

no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any governmental
authority is legally required for the execution, delivery and performance
of this Underwriting Agreement by the Issuer and the Company and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

               (l) This Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized,
        executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Company and
        constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company and the
        Issuer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
        bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
        of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor's rights
        and to general equity principles.

               II. The Seller represents and warrants to each Underwriter
        as set forth below in this Section 2.II.

               (a) The Seller is a limited liability company duly organized
        and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
        power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business
        as currently owned or conducted, and is duly qualified as a foreign
        corporation to do business and in good standing in every
        jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or
        property owned by it makes such qualification necessary and in
        which the failure to so qualify would have a materially adverse
        effect on the Seller. The Seller had at all relevant times, and
        has, the requisite power, authority and legal right to own the
        Intangible Transition Property and to sell the Transferred
        Intangible Transition Property to the Issuer as described in the
        Final Prospectus.

               (b) This Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized,
        executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes a valid and
        binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its
        terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
        moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or
        affecting creditor's rights and to general equity principles.

               (c) Each of the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a
        party has been duly authorized by the Seller and when executed and
        delivered by the Seller will constitute a valid and binding
        obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms,
        subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
        similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
        creditor's rights and to general equity principles.

               (d) The sale of the Transferred Intangible Transition
        Property by the Seller to the Issuer, the execution, delivery and
        compliance by the Seller with this Underwriting Agreement and the
        Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party, and the
        consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated
        will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of
        the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
        trust agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement
        or other agreement or instrument to which the Seller is a party or
        by which the Seller is bound or to which any of the property or
        assets of the Seller is subject, which conflict, breach, violation
        or default would be material to the issue and sale of the Bonds,
        nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of
        the Seller's Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company
        Agreement or any statute, order, rule or regulation of any court or
        governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Seller or
        any of its properties.

               (e) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of
        any governmental authority is legally required for the execution
        and delivery of this Underwriting Agreement by the Seller.

               III. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter
        as set forth below in this Section 2.III.

               (a) Group has been duly organized and is validly existing in
        good standing as a corporation under the laws of the Commonwealth
        of Pennsylvania, has the power and authority to conduct its
        business as presently conducted and is duly qualified as a foreign
        corporation to do business and in good standing in every
        jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or
        property owned by it makes such qualification necessary and in
        which the failure to so qualify would have a materially adverse
        effect on Group; and Group has all requisite power and authority to
        enter into the Contribution Agreement.

               (b) The Contribution Agreement has been duly authorized,
        executed and delivered by Group and constitutes a valid and binding
        obligation of Group enforceable in accordance with its terms,
        subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
        similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
        creditor's rights and to general equity principles.

               (c) The execution and delivery by Group of the Contribution
        Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and
        therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach
        or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a
        default under, any trust agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of
        trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which
        Group is a party or by which Group is bound or to which any of the
        property or assets of Group is subject, which conflict, breach,
        violation or default would be material to the issue and sale of the
        Bonds, nor will such action result in any violation of the
        provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Group or
        any statute, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental
        agency or body having jurisdiction over Group or any of its
        properties.

               (d) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of
        any governmental authority is legally required for the execution
        and delivery of the Contribution Agreement by Group.

               IV. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter
        as set forth below in this Section 2.IV.

               (a) Reserves has been duly organized and is validly existing
        in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of
        Delaware, has the power and authority to conduct its business as
        presently conducted and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation
        to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction in which
        the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes
        such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify
        would have a materially adverse effect on Reserves; and Reserves
        has all requisite power and authority to enter into the
        Contribution Agreement.

               (b) The Contribution Agreement has been duly authorized,
        executed and delivered by Reserves and constitutes a valid and
        binding obligation of Reserves enforceable in accordance with its
        terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
        moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or
        affecting creditor's rights and to general equity principles.

               (c) The execution and delivery by Reserves of the
        Contribution Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions
        herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in
        a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
        constitute a default under, any trust agreement, indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
        instrument to which Reserves is a party or by which Reserves is
        bound or to which any of the property or assets of Reserves is
        subject, which conflict, breach, violation or default would be
        material to the issue and sale of the Bonds, nor will such action
        result in any violation of the provisions of the Articles of
        Incorporation or Bylaws of Reserves or any statute, order, rule or
        regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having
        jurisdiction over Reserves or any of its properties.

               (d) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of
        any governmental authority is legally required for the execution
        and delivery of the Contribution Agreement by Reserves.

               V. Each of the several Underwriters represents and warrants
        to, and agrees with, the Issuer, its directors and such of its
        officers as shall have signed the Registration Statement, and to
        each other Underwriter, that the information furnished in writing
        to the Issuer by, or through the Representative on behalf of, such
        Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the
        Prospectus does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact
        and does not omit to state a material fact in connection with such
        information required to be stated therein or necessary to make such
        information not misleading.

               3. Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions
and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth,
the Issuer agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees,
severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer, at the purchase
price set forth in Schedule I hereto, the principal amount of the Bonds set
forth opposite such Underwriter's name in Schedule II hereto.

               4. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the
Bonds shall be made on the date and at the time specified in Schedule I
hereto (or such later date not later than five business days after such
specified date as the Representative shall designate), which date and time
may be postponed by agreement between the Representative and the Issuer or
as provided in Section 10 hereof (such date and time of delivery and
payment for the Bonds being herein called the "CLOSING DATE"). Delivery of
the Bonds shall be made to the Representative for the respective accounts
of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters
through the Representative of the purchase price thereof to the Issuer by
wire transfer of immediately available funds. Delivery of the Bonds shall
be made at such location as the Representative shall reasonably designate
at least one business day in advance of the Closing Date. The Bonds to be
so delivered initially shall be represented by Bonds registered in the name
of Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). The
interests of beneficial owners of the Bonds will be represented by book
entries on the records of DTC and participating members thereof. Definitive
Bonds will be available only under limited circumstances.

               The Issuer agrees to have the Bonds available for
inspection, checking and packaging by the Representative in New York, New
York, not later than 1:00 PM on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

               5. Covenants.

               (a) Covenants of the Issuer. The Issuer covenants and agrees
        with the several Underwriters that:

                      (i) The Issuer will use its best efforts to cause the
               Registration Statement, if not effective at the Execution
               Time, and any amendment thereto, to become effective. Prior
               to the termination of the offering of the Bonds, the Issuer
               will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or
               supplement (including the Final Prospectus or any
               Preliminary Final Prospectus) to the Basic Prospectus unless
               the Issuer has furnished you a copy for your review prior to
               filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or
               supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the
               foregoing sentence, the Issuer will cause the Final
               Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto
               to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the applicable
               paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed
               and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representative
               of such timely filing. The Issuer will promptly advise the
               Representative (A) when the Registration Statement, if not
               effective at the Execution Time, and any amendment thereto,
               shall have become effective, (B) when the Final Prospectus,
               and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed with the
               SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b), (C) when any amendment to the
               Registration Statement shall have been filed or become
               effective, (D) of any request by the SEC for any amendment
               of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Final
               Prospectus or for any additional information, (E) of the
               issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the
               effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the
               institution or threatening of any proceeding for that
               purpose, (F) of the receipt by the Issuer of any
               notification with respect to the suspension of the
               qualification of the Bonds for sale in any jurisdiction or
               the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
               purpose and (G) of the happening of any event during the
               period mentioned in subparagraph (ii) below. The Issuer will
               use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such
               stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the
               withdrawal thereof.

                      (ii) If at any time when a prospectus relating to the
               Bonds is required to be delivered under the Act in
               connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event
               occurs as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then
               amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of
               a material fact, or omit to state any material fact
               necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
               the circumstances under which they were made, not
               misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the
               Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus to
               comply with the Act in connection with sales by an
               Underwriter or dealer, the Issuer agrees to advise you of
               such event or necessity, as the case may be, and, promptly
               upon request made by you, to prepare and file with the
               Commission an amendment or supplement which will correct
               such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect
               such compliance, provided that the expense of preparing and
               filing any such amendment or supplement (A) which is
               necessary in connection with such a delivery of a prospectus
               more than nine months after the date of this Underwriting
               Agreement or (B) which relates solely to the activities of
               any Underwriter shall be borne by the Underwriter or
               Underwriters or the dealer or dealers requiring the same;
               and provided further that you shall, upon inquiry by the
               Company, advise the Company whether or not any Underwriter
               or dealer which shall have been selected by you retains any
               unsold Bonds and, for the purposes of this subsection (ii),
               the Company shall be entitled to assume that the
               distribution of the Bonds has been completed when it is
               advised by you that no Underwriter or such dealer retains
               any Bonds.

                      (iii) As soon as practicable and no later than 12
               months after the Closing Date, the Issuer will make
               generally available to the Bondholders and to the
               Representative an earnings statement or statements of the
               Issuer which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of
               the Act and Rule 158 under the Act.

                      (iv) The Issuer will furnish to the Representative
               and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, copies of
               the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and,
               so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or
               dealer may be required by the Act, as many copies of any
               Preliminary Final Prospectus and the Final Prospectus and
               any supplement thereto as the Representative may reasonably
               request. The Issuer will pay the expenses of printing or
               other production of all documents relating to the offering.

                      (v) The Issuer will arrange for the qualification of
               the Bonds for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as
               the Representative may designate, will maintain such
               qualifications in effect so long as required for the
               distribution of the Bonds and will arrange for the
               determination of the legality of the Bonds for purchase by
               institutional investors; provided that in no event shall the
               Issuer be obligated to qualify to do business in any
               jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any
               action that would subject it to service of process in suits,
               other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the
               Bonds, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject or
               meet any other requirement in connection with this clause
               (v) deemed by the Issuer to be unduly burdensome.

                      (vi) Until the business date set forth on Schedule I
               hereto, the Issuer will not, without the consent of the
               Representative, offer, sell or contract to sell, or
               otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce
               the offering of, any asset-backed securities (other than the
               Bonds).

                      (vii) For a period from the date of this Underwriting
               Agreement until the retirement of the Bonds, or until such
               time as the Underwriters shall cease to maintain a secondary
               market in the Bonds, whichever occurs first, the Issuer will
               deliver to the Representative the annual statements of
               compliance and the annual independent auditor's servicing
               reports furnished to the Issuer or the Trustee pursuant to
               the Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable, as
               soon as such statements and reports are furnished to the
               Issuer or the Trustee.

                      (viii) So long as any of the Bonds are outstanding,
               the Issuer will furnish to the Representative (A) as soon as
               available, a copy of each report of the Issuer filed with
               the SEC under the Exchange Act, or mailed to Bondholders,
               (B) a copy of any filings with the Pennsylvania Public
               Utility Commission pursuant to the QRO including, but not
               limited to, any annual or more frequent adjustment filings,
               and (C) from time to time, any information concerning the
               Company or the Issuer as the Representative may reasonably
               request.

                      (ix) To the extent, if any, that any rating necessary
               to satisfy the condition set forth in Section 7(l) of this
               Underwriting Agreement is conditioned upon the furnishing of
               documents or the taking of other actions by the Issuer on or
               after the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish such
               documents and take such other actions.

                      (x) The Issuer will file with the Commission a report
               on Form 8-K setting forth all Computational Materials and
               ABS Term Sheets (as such terms are defined in Section 6)
               provided to the Issuer by any Underwriter and identified by
               it as such within the time period allotted for such filing
               pursuant to the No-Action Letters (as defined in Section 6);
               provided, however, that prior to any filing of the
               Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets by the Issuer,
               such Underwriter must comply with its obligations pursuant
               to Section 6 and the Issuer must receive a letter from
               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, certified public accountants,
               satisfactory in form and substance to the Issuer and such
               Underwriter, to the effect that such accountants have
               performed specified procedures, all of which have been
               agreed to by the Issuer and such Underwriter, as a result of
               which they have determined that the information included in
               the Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets (if any),
               provided by such Underwriter to the Issuer for filing on
               Form 8-K pursuant to Section 6 and this subsection (x), and
               which the accountants have examined in accordance with such
               agreed upon procedures, is accurate except as to such
               matters that are not deemed by the Issuer and such
               Underwriter to be material. The Issuer shall file any
               corrected Computational Materials or ABS Terms Sheets
               described in Section 6(a)(iv) as soon as practicable
               following receipt thereof.

               (b) Covenants of the Seller. The Seller covenants and agrees
        with the several Underwriters that, to the extent that the Issuer
        has not already performed such act pursuant to Section 5(a), to the
        extent, if any, that any rating necessary to satisfy the condition
        set forth in Section 7(l) of this Underwriting Agreement is
        conditioned upon the furnishing of documents or the taking of other
        actions by the Seller on or after the Closing Date, the Seller
        shall furnish such documents and take such other actions.

               (c) Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and
        agrees with the several Underwriters that, to the extent that the
        Issuer or the Seller has not already performed such act pursuant to
        Section 5(a) or Section 5(b):

                      (i) the Company will use its best efforts to cause
               the Registration Statement, if not effective at the
               Execution Time, and any amendment thereto, to become
               effective. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent
               the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the
               effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if issued,
               to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. If, at
               any time when a prospectus relating to the Bonds is required
               to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result
               of which the Final Prospectus as then supplemented would
               include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
               state any material fact necessary to make the statements
               therein in the light of the circumstances under which they
               were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to
               amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final
               Prospectus to comply with the Act or the Exchange Act or the
               respective rules thereunder, the Company will, or will cause
               the Issuer to (A) prepare and file with the SEC, subject to
               the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an
               amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or
               omission or effect such compliance and (B) supply any
               supplemented Prospectus to you in such quantities as you may
               reasonably request.

                      (ii) until the business date set forth on Schedule I
               hereto, the Company will not, without the consent of the
               Representative, offer, sell or contract to sell, or
               otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce
               the offering of, any asset-backed securities (other than the
               Bonds).

                      (iii) so long as any of the Bonds are outstanding and
               the Company is the Servicer, the Company will furnish to the
               Representative (A) as soon as available, a copy of each
               report of the Issuer filed with the SEC under the Exchange
               Act, or mailed to Bondholders, (B) a copy of any filings
               with the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission pursuant to
               the QRO, including, but not limited to, any annual or more
               frequent adjustment filings, and (C) from time to time, any
               information concerning the Company, the Seller, and the
               Issuer as the Representative may reasonably request.

                      (iv) to the extent, if any, that any rating necessary
               to satisfy the condition set forth in Section 7(l) of this
               Underwriting Agreement is conditioned upon the furnishing of
               documents or the taking of other actions by the Company on
               or after the Closing Date, the Company shall furnish such
               documents and take such other actions.

               6. Offering by Underwriters.

               (a) In connection with the offering of the Bonds, each
        Underwriter may prepare and provide to prospective investors (i)
        items similar to computational materials ("COMPUTATIONAL
        MATERIALS") as defined in the no-action letter of May 20, 1994
        issued by the Commission to Kidder, Peabody Acceptance Corporation
        I, Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated and Kidder Structured Asset
        Corporation, as made applicable to other issuers and underwriters
        by the Commission in response to the request of the Public
        Securities Association dated May 24, 1994, as well as the PSA
        Letter referred to below (collectively, the "NO-ACTION LETTERS")
        and (ii) items similar to ABS term sheets ("ABS TERM SHEETS") as
        defined in the no-action letter of February 17, 1995 issued by the
        Commission to the Public Securities Association, subject to the
        following conditions:

                      (i) All Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets
               provided to prospective investors that are required to be
               filed pursuant to the No-Action Letters shall bear a legend
               substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The
               Issuer shall have the right to require additional specific
               legends or notations to appear on any Computational
               Materials or ABS Term Sheets, the right to require changes
               regarding the use of terminology and the right to determine
               the types of information appearing therein. Notwithstanding
               the foregoing, this subsection (i) will be satisfied if all
               Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets referred to
               herein bear a legend in a form previously approved in
               writing by the Issuer.

                      (ii) Such Underwriter shall provide to the Issuer,
               for approval by the Issuer, representative forms of all
               Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets prior to their
               first use, to the extent such forms have not previously been
               approved by the Issuer for use by such Underwriter. Such
               Underwriter shall provide to the Issuer, for filing on Form
               8-K as provided in Section 5(a)(x), copies (in such format
               as required by the Issuer) of all Computational Materials
               and ABS Term Sheets that are required to be filed with the
               Commission pursuant to the No-Action Letters. The
               Underwriter may provide copies of the foregoing in a
               consolidated or aggregated form including all information
               required to be filed if filing in such format is permitted
               by the No-Action Letters. All Computational Materials and
               ABS Term Sheets described in this subsection (ii) must be
               provided to the Issuer not later than 10:00 a.m. New York
               City time one business day before filing thereof is required
               pursuant to the terms of this Underwriting Agreement. Such
               Underwriter shall not provide to any investor or prospective
               investor in the Bonds any Computational Materials or ABS
               Term Sheets on or after the day on which Computational
               Materials or ABS Term Sheets are required to be provided to
               the Issuer pursuant to this paragraph (ii) (other than
               copies of Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets
               previously submitted to the Issuer in accordance with this
               paragraph (ii) for filing pursuant to Section 5(a)(x)),
               unless such Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets are
               preceded or accompanied by the delivery of a Final
               Prospectus to such investor or prospective investor.

                      (iii) All information included in the Computational
               Materials and ABS Term Sheets shall be generated based on
               substantially the same methodology and assumptions that are
               used to generate the information in the Registration
               Statement as set forth therein. However, the Computational
               Materials and ABS Term Sheets may include information based
               on alternative methodologies or assumptions if specified
               therein. If any Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets
               are based on assumptions with respect to the Transferred
               Intangible Transition Property that differ from the final
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property Information (as
               defined in Section 8(a)) in any material respect or on Bond
               structuring terms that were revised in any material respect
               prior to the printing of the Final Prospectus, the
               Underwriters shall prepare revised Computational Materials
               or ABS Term Sheets, as the case may be, based on the final
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property Information and
               structuring assumptions, deliver with the Final Prospectus
               such revised Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets to
               each recipient of the preliminary versions thereof that
               indicated orally to any Underwriter that such recipient
               would purchase all or any portion of the Bonds, and include
               such revised Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets
               (marked, "AS REVISED") in the materials delivered to the
               Issuer pursuant to paragraph (ii) above. The expenses of
               each Underwriter relating to the preparation and
               transmission of its Computational Materials and ABS Term
               Sheets, including without limitation fees and expenses of
               accountants, shall be the responsibility of the Issuer.

                      (iv) The Issuer shall not be obligated to file any
               Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets that have been
               determined to contain any material error or omission,
               provided that, at the request of any Underwriter, the Issuer
               will file Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets that
               contain a material error or omission if clearly marked
               "SUPERSEDED BY MATERIALS DATED _____" and accompanied by
               corrected Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets that
               are marked, "MATERIAL PREVIOUSLY DATED, _____ AS CORRECTED."
               If, within the period during which a prospectus relating to
               the Bonds is required to be delivered under the Act, any
               Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets are determined,
               in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer or such
               Underwriter, to contain a material error or omission, such
               Underwriter shall prepare a corrected version of such
               Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets, shall circulate
               such corrected Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets to
               all recipients of the prior versions thereof that either
               indicated orally to such Underwriter they would purchase all
               or any portion of the Bonds, or actually purchased all or
               any portion thereof, and shall deliver copies of such
               corrected Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets
               (marked, "AS CORRECTED") to the Issuer for filing with the
               Commission in a subsequent Form 8-K submission (subject to
               the Issuer's obtaining an accountant's comfort letter in
               respect of such corrected Computational Materials and ABS
               Term Sheets, which the parties acknowledge shall be at the
               expense of the Issuer).

                      (v) Each Underwriter shall be deemed to have
               represented, as of the Closing Date, that, except for
               Computational Materials and ABS Term Sheets provided to the
               Issuer pursuant to subsection (ii) above, such Underwriter
               did not provide any prospective investors with any
               information in written or electronic form in connection with
               the offering of the Bonds that is required to be filed with
               the Commission in accordance with the No-Action Letters.

                      (vi) In the event any delay in the delivery by any
               Underwriter to the Issuer of all Computational Materials and
               ABS Term Sheets required to be delivered in accordance with
               subsection (ii) above, or in the delivery of the
               accountant's comfort letter in respect thereof pursuant to
               Section 5(a)(x), the Issuer shall have the right to delay
               the release of the Final Prospectus to investors or to any
               Underwriter, to delay the Closing Date and to take other
               appropriate actions in each case set forth in Section
               5(a)(x) to file the Computational Materials and ABS Term
               Sheets by the time specified therein.

                      (vii) Each Underwriter represents that it has in
               place, and covenants that it shall maintain, internal
               controls and procedures that it reasonably believes to be
               sufficient to ensure full compliance with all applicable
               legal requirements of the No-Action Letters with respect to
               the generation and use of Computational Materials and ABS
               Term Sheets in connection with the offering of the Bonds.

               (b) Each Underwriter further represents and warrants that,
        if and to the extent it has provided any prospective investors with
        any Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets prior to the date
        hereof in connection with the offering of the Bonds, all of the
        conditions set forth in clause (a) above have been satisfied with
        respect thereto.

               7. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters. The
obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Bonds shall be subject to
the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the
Issuer, the Seller, Group, Reserves and the Company contained in this
Underwriting Agreement, on the part of the Seller contained in Article III
of the Sale Agreement, and on the part of the Company contained in Section
5.01 of the Servicing Agreement and in Article III of the Contribution
Agreement as of the Execution Time and the Closing Date; to the accuracy of
the statements of the Issuer, the Seller, Group, Reserves and the Company
made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the
performance by the Issuer, the Seller, Group, Reserves and the Company of
their obligations hereunder, and to the following additional conditions:

               (a) If the Registration Statement has not become effective
        prior to the Execution Time, unless the Representative agrees in
        writing to a later time, the Registration Statement will become
        effective not later than (i) 6:00 PM New York City time, on the
        date of determination of the public offering price, if such
        determination occurred at or prior to 3:00 PM New York City time on
        such date, or (ii) 12:00 Noon on the business day following the day
        on which the public offering price was determined, if such
        determination occurred after 3:00 PM New York City time on such
        date; if filing of the Final Prospectus, or any supplement thereto,
        is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Final Prospectus, and any
        such supplement, shall have been filed in the manner and within the
        time period required by Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending
        the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been
        issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
        instituted or threatened.

               (b) The Representative shall have received from Michael A.
        McGrail, Esq., Senior Counsel, or such other counsel for the
        Company as may be acceptable to the Representative, an opinion,
        dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

                      (i) the Company has been duly incorporated and is
               validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
               laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, with power and
               authority (corporate and others) to own its properties and
               conduct its businesses as described in the Registration
               Statement and the Final Prospectus, and is duly qualified to
               do business in all jurisdictions (and is in good standing
               under the laws of all such jurisdictions) to the extent that
               such qualification and good standing is or shall be
               necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this
               Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the
               Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and each
               other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to
               the proper administration of this Underwriting Agreement and
               the transactions contemplated hereby;

                      (ii) this Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution
               Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Administration
               Agreement and each of the other Basic Documents to which the
               Company is a party, has been duly authorized, executed and
               delivered, and constitutes a valid and legally binding
               obligation of the Company enforceable according to its terms
               (except to the extent limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or
               reorganization laws or laws relating to or affecting the
               enforcement of creditors' rights and by general equity
               principles); and no authorization, notice, consent or action
               by the holders of any of the outstanding shares of capital
               stock of the Company is necessary with respect thereto;

                      (iii) such counsel does not know of any legal or
               governmental proceedings required to be described in the
               Registration Statement or Final Prospectus which are not
               described, or of any franchises, contracts or documents of a
               character required to be described in the Registration
               Statement or the Final Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits
               to the Registration Statement which are not described and
               filed as required; it being understood that such counsel
               need express no opinion as to the financial statements and
               other financial data contained in the Registration Statement
               or the Final Prospectus;

                      (iv) except as described in the Registration
               Statement and the Final Prospectus, the Company holds all
               franchises, certificates of public convenience, licenses and
               permits necessary to carry on the utility business in which
               it is engaged; and

                      (v) neither the execution and delivery of this
               Underwriting Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the
               Administration Agreement nor the consummation of the
               transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement,
               the Contribution Agreement or the Servicing Agreement, the
               Administration Agreement nor the fulfillment of the terms of
               this Underwriting Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the
               Contribution Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the
               Servicing Agreement by the Company, will (A) conflict with,
               result in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of,
               or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a
               default under the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other
               organizational documents of the Company, or conflict with or
               breach any of the material terms or provisions of, or
               constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a
               default under, any indenture, agreement or other instrument
               to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is
               bound, (B) result in the creation or imposition of any lien
               upon any properties of the Company pursuant to the terms of
               any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other
               than as contemplated by the Indenture), or (C) violate any
               law or any order, rule or regulation promulgated by the
               United States or the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable
               to the Company of any court or of any federal or state
               regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
               instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company, or any
               of its properties.

               (c) The Representative shall have received an opinion,
        portions of which shall be rendered by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP,
        counsel for the Company, the Seller, Group, Reserves and the
        Issuer, portions of which may be rendered by Skadden, Arps, Slate,
        Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel for the Issuer, portions of
        which may be rendered by Thelen, Reid & Priest LLP, special counsel
        for the Company, and portions of which may be rendered by Stewart &
        Associates, special counsel for Reserves and the Seller, each such
        opinion dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably
        satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect that:

                      (i) Each of the Issuer, the Seller, Group and
               Reserves has been duly incorporated or organized and is
               validly existing as a limited liability company or
               corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware or the
               Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as applicable, with power and
               authority to own its properties and conduct its businesses
               as described in the Registration Statement and the Final
               Prospectus and contemplated by the Contribution Agreement,
               and is duly qualified to do business in all jurisdictions
               (and is in good standing under the laws of all
               jurisdictions) to the extent that such qualification and
               good standing is or shall be necessary to protect the
               validity and enforceability of this Underwriting Agreement,
               the Contribution Agreement, the Sale Agreement, and each
               other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to
               the proper administration of this Underwriting Agreement and
               the transactions contemplated herein.

                      (ii) The Sale Agreement and the Contribution
               Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered
               by, and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of,
               the Seller, Group and/or Reserves, as applicable,
               enforceable according to their terms (except to the extent
               limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization laws or
               laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors'
               rights and by general equity principles); and no
               authorization, notice, consent or action by the holders of
               any outstanding equity interest in the Seller, Group or
               Reserves, as applicable, is necessary with respect thereto.

                      (iii) This Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution
               Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and all other Basic
               Documents to which the Company is a party, have been duly
               authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and
               constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the
               Company, enforceable according to their terms (except to the
               extent limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
               laws or by laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
               creditors' rights and by general equity principles) and no
               authorization, notice, consent or actions by the holders of
               any outstanding capital stock of the Company is necessary
               with respect thereto.

                      (iv) This Underwriting Agreement, the Sale Agreement,
               the Servicing Agreement, the Bonds, the Indenture, and all
               other Basic Documents to which the Issuer is a party have
               been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer,
               and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the
               Issuer, enforceable according to their terms (except to the
               extent limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
               laws or by laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
               creditors' rights and by general equity principles); and no
               authorization, notice, consent or action by the holders of
               any outstanding equity interest in the Issuer is necessary
               with respect thereto.

                      (v) No consent, approval, authorization or order of
               any court or governmental agency or body is required for the
               consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, except
               such as have been obtained under Pennsylvania law and such
               as may be required under the blue sky laws of any
               jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
               distribution of the Bonds by the Underwriters and such other
               approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been obtained.

                      (vi) Sections 2804 and 2812 of the Competition Act
               are authorized by and validly enacted pursuant to the
               Pennsylvania Constitution.

                      (vii) The QRO has been duly authorized and issued by
               the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission in accordance
               with the Competition Act; and the QRO and the process by
               which it was issued comply with all applicable laws, rules
               and regulations, and the QRO is in full force and effect.

                      (viii) The Bonds are "transition bonds" within the
               meaning of the Competition Act, the Bonds are entitled to
               the protections provided in Section 2812(c) of the
               Competition Act, and the issuance and sale of the Bonds and
               the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
               Basic Documents comply in all respects with the requirements
               of the Competition Act and the QRO.

                      (ix) The Commonwealth Pledge set forth in Section
               2812(c) of the Competition Act is enforceable according to
               its terms pursuant to Pennsylvania and federal law.

                      (x) Under Section 2812(b)(3) of the Competition Act,
               neither the QRO nor the intangible transition charges
               authorized to be imposed and collected pursuant to the QRO
               may be revoked, reduced, postponed, impaired or terminated
               by any subsequent action of the Pennsylvania Public Utility
               Commission.

                      (xi) Under the Taking Clauses of the United States
               and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Constitutions, the
               Commonwealth of Pennsylvania could not repeal or amend the
               Competition Act or take any action in contravention of the
               pledge set forth in Section 2812(c)(2) of the Competition
               Act without paying just compensation to the holders of the
               Bonds if so doing would constitute a permanent appropriation
               of the property interest of the holders of the Bonds in the
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property and would deprive
               the holders of the Bonds of their reasonable expectations
               arising from their investment in the Bonds.

                      (xii) Under the Contract Clauses of the United States
               and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Constitutions, the
               Commonwealth of Pennsylvania could not repeal or amend the
               Competition Act or take any other action that substantially
               impairs the rights of holders of the Bonds, without making
               adequate compensation by law pursuant to Section 2812(c)(2)
               of the Competition Act, unless such action is a reasonable
               exercise of the sovereign powers of the Commonwealth of
               Pennsylvania and is of a character appropriate to the public
               purpose justifying such action. A court would not hold that
               the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania could reduce, modify, alter
               or take any other action with respect to the Transferred
               Intangible Transition Property that would substantially
               impair the rights of holders of the Bonds unless this action
               is reasonable and appropriate to further a legitimate public
               purpose.

                      (xiii) The Seller is an "assignee" within the meaning
               of Section 2812(g) of the Competition Act and the transfer
               of the Intangible Transition Property from the Company to
               the Seller pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, and from
               the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement,
               have been effected in compliance with the Competition Act.

                      (xiv) Holders of the Bonds are entitled to the
               protections provided in the first sentence of Section
               2812(c)(2) of the Competition Act. The QRO authorizes the
               issuance of up to $2.85 billion aggregate principal amount
               of transition bonds, the transfer of Intangible Transition
               Property from the Company to the Seller, the transfer of the
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property from the Seller
               to the Issuer, the imposition of Intangible Transition
               Charges, and the collection thereof from consumers of
               electricity within the Company's historic electric service
               area who receive electric distribution service from the
               Company or its successor, annual adjustments to the
               Intangible Transition Charges and, in the last twelve months
               preceding the scheduled maturity of the latest maturing
               Class of Bonds, monthly or quarterly adjustments, in order
               to ensure full recovery of Intangible Transition Charges and
               the appointment of the Company as servicer for a specified
               contractual fee. The sections of the QRO authorizing the
               preceding matters have been declared irrevocable and are
               entitled to the protection of Section 2812(b)(3) of the
               Competition Act, which prohibits the PUC from reducing,
               postponing, impairing or terminating such an order or the
               Intangible Transition Charges authorized to be imposed and
               collected under such an order by its subsequent action.

                      (xv) The Issuer will not be subject to utility gross
               receipts taxes or any other taxes imposed by the
               Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or by any of its agencies,
               instrumentalities or political subdivisions, other than
               franchise taxes in respect of the capital stock value of the
               Issuer.

                      (xvi) The descriptions of both federal and
               Pennsylvania tax consequences to holders of the Bonds set
               forth in the Final Prospectus under "Material Income Tax
               Matters for the Transition Bondholders" are accurate and
               complete in all material respects.

                      (xvii) The transfer of the Intangible Transition
               Property by the Company to the Seller pursuant to the
               Contribution Agreement and the Assignment was an absolute
               transfer of the entire right, title and interest in (as in a
               "true sale" of) the Intangible Transition Property by the
               Company directly to the Seller; this transfer of the
               Intangible Transition Property is perfected; and immediately
               prior to the execution and delivery of the Sale Agreement,
               the Seller owns all right, title and interest in and to the
               Intangible Transition Property.

                      (xviii) Searches have been made of the relevant
               filing offices and based on those searches, there is not on
               file under the Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code or the
               Competition Act any filing that purports to cover the
               Intangible Transition Property, other than the filings
               required hereunder.

                      (xix) Either (1) (A) the transfer of the Transferred
               Intangible Transition Property by the Seller to the Issuer
               pursuant to the Sale Agreement is an absolute transfer of
               the entire right, title and interest of the Seller in (as in
               a "true sale" of) the Transferred Intangible Transition
               Property, (B) such transfer is perfected, and (C) such
               transfer has priority over any other transfer by the Seller
               of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property; or (2)
               (A) the Sale Agreement creates in favor of the Issuer a
               security interest in the rights of the Seller in the
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property, (B) such
               security interest is valid and enforceable against the
               Seller and third parties and has attached, (C) such security
               interest is perfected, and (D) such perfected security
               interest is of first priority.

                      (xx) A court would not order the substantive
               consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Issuer
               with those of the Company or Group in the event of a
               bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding
               involving the Company or Group.

                      (xxi) A court would not order the substantive
               consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Seller
               with those of the Company or Reserves in the event of a
               bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding
               involving the Company or Reserves.

                      (xxii) Neither the Intangible Transition Property nor
               any interest therein would become property of the estate of
               Group or Reserves under 11 U.S.C. ss. 541(a)(1) or (6) as a
               result of the Contribution Agreement or the Assignment in a
               case under the Bankruptcy Code in which Group or Reserves
               was the debtor and the automatic stay of 11 U.S.C. ss.
               362(a) would not apply to prevent the collections of
               Intangible Transition Charges from being applied as provided
               in the Basic Documents.

                      (xxiii) The Bonds have been duly authorized and
               executed, and when authenticated in accordance with the
               provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by
               the Underwriters in accordance with the terms hereof, will
               constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
               Issuer entitled to the benefits of the Indenture (subject,
               as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy,
               reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws
               or equitable principles affecting creditors' rights
               generally from time to time in effect).

                      (xxiv) The Bonds, the Indenture, the Servicing
               Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the Sale Agreement
               conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the
               Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus.

                      (xxv) The Indenture has been duly qualified under the
               Trust Indenture Act, and the Contribution Agreement, the
               Sale Agreement and the Servicing Agreement are not required
               to be registered under the Trust Indenture Act.

                      (xxvi) There is no pending or threatened action, suit
               or proceeding before any court or governmental agency,
               authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Issuer, or
               relating to the Bonds, the QRO or the collection of
               Intangible Transition Charges or the use and enjoyment of
               Intangible Transition Property under the Competition Act of
               a character required to be disclosed in the Registration
               Statement that is not adequately disclosed in the Final
               Prospectus, and there is no franchise, contract or other
               document of a character required to be described in the
               Registration Statement or Final Prospectus, or to be filed
               as an exhibit, that is not described or filed as required.

                      (xxvii) The statements included or incorporated in
               the Final Prospectus in the base prospectus under the
               headings "Risk Factors -- Legal, Legislative or Regulatory
               Action that May Adversely Affect Your Investment," "Risk
               Factors -- Unusual Nature of Intangible Transition Property,"
               "The Competition Act," "PP&L's Restructuring Plan," "The PUC
               Order and the Intangible Transition Charges," "Prior Legal
               Challenges to the Competition Act or the PUC Order," "The
               Transition Bonds," "The Contribution Agreement," "The Sale
               Agreement," "The Servicing Agreement," "The Indenture" and
               "ERISA Considerations" and in the prospectus supplement
               under the headings "The Series 1999-1 Bonds," and
               "Description of Intangible Transition Property" fairly
               summarize the matters described therein.

                      (xxviii) The Registration Statement has become
               effective under the Act; any required filing of the Basic
               Prospectus, any Preliminary Final Prospectus and the Final
               Prospectus, and any supplements thereto, pursuant to Rule
               424(b) has been made in the manner and within the time
               period required by Rule 424(b); no stop order suspending the
               effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued,
               no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
               threatened, and the Registration Statement and the Final
               Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with
               the applicable requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act and
               the Trust Indenture Act and the respective rules thereunder;
               all portions of the Registration Statement and the Final
               Prospectus that describe Pennsylvania law are accurate in
               all material respects, including (but not limited to)
               descriptions of the Competition Act, the QRO, Intangible
               Transition Property and the Intangible Transition Charges;
               and no facts have come to the attention of such counsel to
               lead them to believe that at the Effective Date the
               Registration Statement contained any untrue statement of a
               material fact or omitted to state any material fact required
               to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
               therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
               were made, not misleading or that the Final Prospectus as of
               its date and the Closing Date includes any untrue statement
               of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
               necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
               the circumstances under which they were made, not
               misleading.

                      (xxix) Neither the execution and delivery of this
               Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Sale
               Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, nor the
               issuance and sale of the Bonds, nor the consummation of the
               transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement,
               the Contribution Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the
               Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, nor the fulfillment
               of the terms of this Underwriting Agreement, the
               Contribution Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing
               Agreement and the Indenture, will (A) conflict with, result
               in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or
               constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a
               default under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability
               Company Agreement of the Issuer, or under the Amended and
               Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Seller,
               or conflict with or breach any of the material terms or
               provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or
               lapse of time) a default under, any indenture, agreement or
               other instrument to which the Issuer or the Seller is a
               party or by which the Issuer or the Seller is bound, (B)
               result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any
               properties of the Issuer or the Seller pursuant to the terms
               of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other
               than as contemplated by the Indenture), or (C) violate any
               law or any order, rule or regulation promulgated by the
               United States, the State of Delaware, or the Commonwealth of
               Pennsylvania applicable to the Issuer or the Seller of any
               court or of any federal or state regulatory body,
               administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality
               having jurisdiction over the Issuer, or any of its
               properties.

                      (xxx) (A) The Indenture creates in favor of the
               Trustee a security interest in the rights of the Issuer in
               the Intangible Transition Property including proceeds of or
               arising from Intangible Transition Charges to secure the
               Bonds, (B) such security interest is valid and enforceable
               against the Issuer and third parties and has attached under
               the Competition Act, (C) such security interest is perfected
               under the Competition Act, and (D) such perfected security
               interest is of first priority under the Competition Act.

                      (xxxi) (A) The Indenture creates in favor of the
               Trustee a security interest in the rights of the Issuer in
               the Collateral, other than the Collateral described in
               paragraph (xxx) above, (B) such security interest is valid
               and enforceable against the Issuer and third parties and has
               attached, (C) such security interest is perfected, and (D)
               such perfected security interest is of first priority.

                      (xxxii) The Issuer is not, and after giving effect to
               the offering and sale of the Bonds and the application of
               the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Prospectus,
               will not be an "investment company" or under the "control"
               of an "investment company" as such terms are defined under
               the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                      (xxxiii) Unless adequate compensation is made by law
               for the protection of holders of the Bonds, the Competition
               Act and the QRO require the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and
               the PUC to require the imposition of intangible transition
               charges at times and in amounts that are designed to ensure
               the collection of intangible transition charge revenues
               sufficient to discharge the Bonds in accordance with their
               terms.

                      (xxxiv) The Intangible Transition Property and the
               other Collateral are not subject to the lien created by the
               Mortgage Indenture, and the transfer of the Intangible
               Transition Property to the Seller on May 13, 1999 pursuant
               to the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement
               was, and the transfer of other Collateral to the Issuer on
               the date of issuance of the Bonds, is free and clear of the
               lien created by the Mortgage Indenture.

                      (xxxv) There presently is no judicial, statutory or
               constitutional authority for placing a voter initiative or
               referendum with state-wide application on a ballot in any
               election in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                      (xxxvi) The Competition Act is severable; the
               invalidation of any provision of the Competition Act that
               does not adversely affect the holders of the Bonds would not
               invalidate the provisions that do affect the holders of the
               Bonds.

                      (xxxvii) An attempt by the Commonwealth of
               Pennsylvania, the PUC or any other entity to repeal, amend
               or otherwise impair the Competition Act or the rights of the
               holders of the Bonds would be subject to preliminary
               injunction if a court of competent jurisdiction hearing a
               request for preliminary injunction finds that such relief is
               necessary to prevent immediate and irreparable harm which
               cannot be compensated by damages, that greater injury will
               occur from refusing the injunction than from granting it,
               that the preliminary injunction will restore the parties to
               the status quo as it existed immediately before the alleged
               wrongful conduct, that the alleged wrong is manifest and the
               injunction is reasonably suited to abate it and that the
               right to such relief by the challenging party is clear.
               Further, upon final adjudication of the challenged repeal,
               amendment or impairment, a court of competent jurisdiction
               would permanently enjoin the alleged wrongful conduct if the
               court concluded that such conduct constitutes a legal wrong
               for which no adequate remedy at law was available.

                      (xxxviii) Such other opinions as may be required by
               the Rating Agencies.

               In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely (A) as to
matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the State of Delaware, the State of New
York, the State of Nevada or the federal laws of the United States of
America, to the extent deemed proper and specified in such opinion, upon
the opinion of other counsel of good standing believed to be reliable and
who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, and (B) as to matters
of fact, to the extent deemed proper, on certificates of responsible
officers of the Issuer, the Seller, Group, Reserves, the Company and public
officials. References to the Final Prospectus in this paragraph (c) include
any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

               (d) The Representative shall have received an opinion of
        counsel to the Trustee, dated the Closing Date, in form and
        substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the
        effect that:

                      (i) the Trustee is validly existing as a banking
               corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
               New York; and

                      (ii) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed
               and delivered, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding
               instrument enforceable against the Trustee in accordance
               with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to
               applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
               moratorium or other similar laws or equitable principles
               affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in
               effect); and

                      (iii) the Bonds have been duly authenticated by the
               Trustee.

               (e) The Representative shall have received from Orrick,
        Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such
        opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the
        issuance and sale of the Bonds, the Indenture, the Registration
        Statement, the Final Prospectus (together with any supplement
        thereto) and other related matters as the Representative may
        reasonably require, and the Company, the Seller, and the Issuer
        shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request
        for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

               (f) The Representative shall have received a certificate of
        the Issuer, signed by a duly authorized manager of the Issuer,
        dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such
        certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the
        Final Prospectus, any supplement to the Final Prospectus and this
        Underwriting Agreement and that:

                      (i) the representations and warranties of the Issuer
               in this Underwriting Agreement and in the Indenture are true
               and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing
               Date, and the Issuer has complied with all the agreements
               and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
               or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

                      (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
               the Registration Statement has been issued and no
               proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
               threatened; and

                      (iii) since the dates as of which information is
               given in the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
               thereto), there has been no material adverse change in (A)
               the condition (financial or other), prospects, business or
               properties of the Issuer, whether or not arising from
               transactions in the ordinary course of business, or (B) the
               Transferred Intangible Transition Property, except as set
               forth in or contemplated in the Final Prospectus (exclusive
               of any supplement thereto).

               (g) The Representative shall have received a certificate of
        the Company, signed by the President and the principal financial or
        accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the
        effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined
        the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any supplement to
        the Final Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement and that:

                      (i) the representations and warranties of the Company
               in this Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement,
               the Sale Agreement and the Servicing Agreement are true and
               correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing
               Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date,
               and the Company has complied with all the agreements and
               satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or
               satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

                      (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
               the Registration Statement has been issued and no
               proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the
               Company's knowledge, threatened; and

                      (iii) since the dates as of which information is
               given in the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
               thereto), there has been no material adverse change in (A)
               the Company's financial position or results of operation, or
               (B) the Transferred Intangible Transition Property.

               (h) The Representative shall have received a certificate of
        the Seller, signed by a duly authorized manager of the Seller,
        dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such
        certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the
        Final Prospectus, any supplement to the Final Prospectus and this
        Underwriting Agreement and that:

                      (i) the representations and warranties of the Seller
               in this Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement
               and the Sale Agreement are true and correct in all material
               respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect
               as if made on the Closing Date, and the Seller has complied
               with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on
               its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the
               Closing Date; and

                      (ii) since the dates as of which information is given
               in the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
               thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the
               Seller's financial position or results of operation.

               (i) The Representative shall have received a certificate of
        the Company, signed by the President and the principal financial or
        accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the
        effect that:

                      (i) the representations and warranties of Group and
               Reserves in this Underwriting Agreement and in the
               Contribution Agreement are true and correct in all material
               respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect
               as if made on the Closing Date, and Group and Reserves have
               complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the
               conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or
               prior to the Closing Date; and

                      (ii) since the dates as of which information is given
               in the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
               thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the
               condition (financial or other), prospects, earnings,
               business or properties of Group or Reserves, whether or not
               arising from transactions in the ordinary course of
               business.

               (j) At the Closing Date, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall
        have furnished to the Representative (i) a letter or letters (which
        may refer to letters previously delivered to the Representative),
        dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to
        the Representative, confirming that they are independent
        accountants within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and
        the respective applicable published rules and regulations
        thereunder and stating in effect that they have performed certain
        specified procedures as a result of which they determined that
        certain information of an accounting, financial or statistical
        nature set forth in the Registration Statement and the Final
        Prospectus, agrees with the accounting records of the Company and
        its subsidiaries, excluding any questions of legal interpretation,
        and (ii) the opinion or certificate, dated as of the Closing Date,
        in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative,
        satisfying the requirements of Section 2.10(7) of the Indenture.

               In addition, except as provided in Schedule I hereto, at the
        Execution Time, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to
        the Representative a letter or letters, dated as of the Execution
        Time, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, to
        the effect set forth above.

               (k) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the
        dates as of which information is given in the Registration
        Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Final
        Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not
        have occurred any change, or any development involving a
        prospective change, in or any event affecting either (i) the
        business, prospects, properties or financial condition of the
        Company, the Seller or the Issuer, or (ii) the Transferred
        Intangible Transition Property, the Bonds, the QRO or the
        Competition Act, the effect of which is, in the judgment of the
        Representative, so material and adverse as to make it impractical
        or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the
        Bonds as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of
        any amendment thereof) and the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any
        supplement thereto).

               (l) The Bonds shall have been rated in the highest long-term
        rating category by each of the Rating Agencies.

               (m) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall have
        delivered to the Representative evidence, in form and substance
        reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, that appropriate
        filings have been made in accordance with the Competition Act and
        other applicable law reflecting (1) the transfer of the Intangible
        Transition Property by the Company directly to the Seller,
        including the filing of notices with the PUC under the Competition
        Act and of UCC financing statements in the office of the Secretary
        of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, (2) the transfer of the
        Transferred Intangible Transition Property by the Seller to the
        Issuer, including the filing of UCC financing statements in the
        office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and the
        filing of notices with the PUC under the Competition Act, and (3)
        the grant of a security interest by the Issuer in the Collateral to
        the Trustee, including the filing of notices with the PUC under the
        Competition Act and of UCC financing statements in the office of
        the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

               (n) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have
        delivered to the Representative evidence, in form and substance
        satisfactory to the Representative, of the Pennsylvania Public
        Utility Commission's issuance of the QRO relating to the
        Transferred Intangible Transition Property.

               (o) Prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer, the Seller and
        the Company shall have furnished to the Representative such further
        information, certificates, opinions and documents as the
        Representative may reasonably request.

               If any of the conditions specified in this Section 7 shall
not have been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in
this Underwriting Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates
mentioned above or elsewhere in this Underwriting Agreement shall not be in
all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
Representative and counsel for the Underwriters, this Underwriting
Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled
at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representative. Notice
of such cancellation shall be given to the Issuer in writing or by
telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

               The documents required to be delivered by this Section 7
shall be delivered at the office of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
LLP in the City of New York on the Closing Date.

               8. Indemnification and Contribution.

               (a) The Company, the Seller and the Issuer will, jointly and
        severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the
        directors, officers, members, employees and agents of each
        Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the
        meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all
        losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
        they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange
        Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at
        common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
        liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
        based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
        material fact or any omission or alleged omission to state therein
        a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
        the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
        they were made, not misleading, contained in (i) the Transferred
        Intangible Transition Property Information and the Computational
        Materials and ABS Term Sheets delivered to investors by any
        Underwriter to the extent such loss, claim, damage or liability
        arises from the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
        Information and (ii) the Registration Statement for the
        registration of the Bonds as originally filed or in any amendment
        thereof, or in the Basic Prospectus, any Preliminary Final
        Prospectus or the Final Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or
        supplement thereto and, except as hereinafter in this Section 8
        provided, will reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal
        or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
        investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability
        or action; provided, however, that none of the Company, the Seller
        or the Issuer will be liable in any such case to the extent that
        any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
        upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
        omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in
        conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer, the
        Seller or the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through
        the Representative specifically for inclusion therein or Trust
        Indenture Act statement of eligibility; provided further, that with
        respect to any untrue statement or omission of material fact made
        in any Preliminary Final Prospectus, the indemnity agreement
        contained in this Section 8(a) shall not inure to the benefit of
        any Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter from
        whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability
        purchased the Bonds that are the subject thereof, to the extent
        that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Underwriter
        occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined
        by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable
        judgment that (i) the Company, the Seller or the Issuer had
        previously furnished copies of the Final Prospectus to the
        Representative, (ii) delivery of the Final Prospectus was required
        by the Act to be made to such person, (iii) the untrue statement or
        omission of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Final
        Prospectus was corrected in the Final Prospectus and (iv) there was
        not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written
        confirmation of the sale of such Bonds to such person, a copy of
        the Final Prospectus. This indemnity agreement will be in addition
        to any liability which the Company, the Seller and the Issuer
        otherwise may have. As used herein, the term "TRANSFERRED
        INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY INFORMATION" means information,
        whether in written or electronic format or otherwise, regarding the
        Transferred Intangible Transition Property provided to the
        Underwriters by or on behalf of the Company or the Issuer.

               (b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to
        indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Seller and the Issuer,
        each of their directors, each of their officers who signs the
        Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company,
        the Seller or the Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or
        the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
        from the Company, the Seller and the Issuer to each Underwriter,
        but only with reference to (i) written information relating to such
        Underwriter furnished to the Issuer, the Seller or the Company by
        or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representative
        specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the
        foregoing indemnity and (ii) untrue statements or alleged untrue
        statements in the Computational Materials or ABS Term Sheets
        delivered to the purchasers of the Bonds by such Underwriter except
        to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or other
        liabilities arise from factual errors in the Transferred Intangible
        Transition Property Information. This indemnity agreement will be
        in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise
        have.

               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
        this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such
        indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made
        against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the
        indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the
        failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it
        from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the
        extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure
        results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial
        rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the
        indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party
        other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a)
        or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint
        counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying
        party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action
        for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying
        party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses
        of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or
        parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such
        counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.
        Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint
        counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the
        indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel
        (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear
        the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if
        (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to
        represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a
        conflict of interest, or (ii) the indemnifying party shall
        authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the
        expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not,
        without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties,
        settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with
        respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
        proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may
        be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are
        actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such
        settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
        of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such
        claim, action, suit or proceeding.

               (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph
        (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to
        hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company, the
        Seller, the Issuer and the Underwriters agree to contribute to the
        aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal
        or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
        investigating or defending same) (collectively "LOSSES") to which
        the Issuer and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in
        such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
        received by the Issuer and by the Underwriters from the offering of
        the Bonds. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding
        sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Issuer,
        the Seller and the Underwriters shall contribute in such proportion
        as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but
        also the relative fault of the Company, the Issuer, the Seller and
        of the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions
        which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant
        equitable considerations. Relative fault shall be determined by
        reference to whether any alleged untrue statement or omission
        relates to information provided by the Company, the Issuer, the
        Seller or the Underwriters. The Company, the Issuer, the Seller and
        the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if
        contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other
        method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
        considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of
        this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
        (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled
        to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
        fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8(d),
        each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of
        either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer,
        employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to
        contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the
        Issuer, the Seller or the Company within the meaning of either the
        Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Issuer, the Seller or
        the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and
        each director of the Issuer, the Seller or the Company shall have
        the same rights to contribution as the Issuer, the Seller or the
        Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
        conditions of this paragraph (d). The Underwriters' obligations to
        contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to
        the respective principal amounts of Bonds set forth opposite their
        names in Schedule II hereto and not joint.

               (e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no
        Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of
        the amount by which the total price of the Bonds underwritten by it
        and distributed to the public exceeds the amount of any damages
        which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason
        of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
        omission.

               9. Reimbursement of Expenses. If the sale of the Bonds
provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the
obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not
satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company,
the Seller or the Issuer to perform any agreement herein or comply with any
provision hereof other than by reason of a default (including under Section
10) by any of the Underwriters, the Company, the Seller and the Issuer
will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters upon demand for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the
proposed purchase and sale of the Bonds; provided, however, that the
reimbursement of fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters shall be
subject to the engagement letter dated June 4, 1999 between the Company and
the Representative.

               10. Default by an Underwriter. If any Underwriter or
Underwriters defaults in their obligations under this Underwriting
Agreement, the non-defaulting Underwriters may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Company for the purchase of such Bonds
by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such
arrangement are made by the Closing Date, the other Underwriters shall be
obligated, severally in the proportion that their respective commitments in
Schedule II hereto bear to the total commitment of the non-defaulting
Underwriters set forth opposite the names of all the remaining
Underwriters, to purchase the Bonds that the defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase. In the event that any
Underwriter or Underwriters defaults in their obligations to purchase Bonds
hereunder, the Company may by prompt written notice to the non-defaulting
Underwriters postpone the Closing Date for a period of not more than seven
full business days to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary
in the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus or in any other
documents, and the Company will promptly file any amendments to the
Registration Statement or supplements to the Final Prospectus that may
thereby be necessary. As used in this Underwriting Agreement, the term
"Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this
Section. Nothing contained in this Underwriting Agreement shall relieve any
defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Issuer, the Seller
and the Company and any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned
by its default hereunder.

               11. Termination. This Underwriting Agreement shall be
subject to termination, in the absolute discretion of the Representative,
by notice given to the Issuer prior to delivery of and payment for the
Bonds, if prior to such time (i) there shall have occurred any change, or
any development involving a prospective change, in or any event affecting
either (A) the business, prospects, properties or financial condition of
the Issuer, the Seller, or the Company or (B) the Transferred Intangible
Transition Property, the Bonds, the QRO or the Competition Act, the effect
of which, in the judgment of the Representative, materially impairs the
investment quality of the Bonds or makes it impractical or inadvisable to
market the Bonds, (ii) trading in the Common Stock of PP&L Resources, Inc.
shall have been suspended by the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange or
trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall
have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been
established on such Exchange, (iii) a banking moratorium shall have been
declared either by Federal, New York State or Pennsylvania State
authorities or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of
hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or
war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is
such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Bonds as
contemplated by the Final Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto)
and the Representative shall have made a similar determination with respect
to all other underwritings of stranded cost asset-backed securities in
which it is participating and has the contractual right to make such a
determination.

               12. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The
respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other
statements of the Company or its officers, the Issuer or its officers,
Group or its officers, Reserves or its officers, the Seller or its
officers, and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this
Underwriting Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or of the
Company, the Issuer, Group, Reserves, the Seller or any of the officers,
directors or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will
survive delivery of and payment for the Bonds. The provisions of Sections 7
and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this
Underwriting Agreement.

               13. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing
and may be given by United States mail, courier service, telecopy, telefax
or facsimile (confirmed by telephone or in writing in the case of notice by
telecopy, telefax or facsimile) or any other customary means of
communication, and any such communication shall be effective when
delivered, or if mailed, three days after deposit in the United States mail
with proper postage for ordinary mail prepaid, and if sent to the
Representative, to it at the address specified in Schedule I hereto; and if
sent to the Company, to it at Two North Ninth Street, Allentown, PA 18101,
Attention: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; if sent to
the Seller to it at 3960 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 630, Las Vegas,
Nevada 89107, Attention: Manager; and if sent to the Issuer, to it at Two
North Ninth Street, GENA 9-2, Room 3, Allentown, PA 18101, Attention:
Manager. The parties hereto, by notice to the others, may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent communications.

               14. Successors. This Underwriting Agreement will inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred
to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or
obligation hereunder.

               15. Applicable Law. This Underwriting Agreement will be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York.

               16. Counterparts. This Underwriting Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original,
which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


               If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof,
whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding
agreement among the Company, the Seller, the Issuer and the several
Underwriters.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      PP&L, INC.


                                      By: /s/ John R. Biggar
                                         ___________________________
                                         Name:  John R. Biggar
                                         Title: Senior Vice President
                                                and Chief Financial Officer


                                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                                      By: /s/ James E. Abel
                                         ____________________________
                                         Name:  James E. Abel
                                         Title: Manager


                                      CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC

                                      By: /s/ John H. Yardley
                                         ___________________________
                                         Name:  John H. Yardley
                                         Title: Manager



The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted as of
the date specified in Schedule I hereto.

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

By: /s/ R. H. Hoffman
    __________________________
    Name:  R. H. Hoffman
    Title: Vice President


For itself and the other several
Underwriters, if any, named in Schedule II
to the foregoing Underwriting Agreement.


                                 SCHEDULE I

Underwriting Agreement dated July 29, 1999

Registration Statement No. 333-75369

Representative:

        Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
        1585 Broadway
        New York, New York 10036

Title, Purchase Price and Description of Bonds:

        Title:  PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC Transition Bonds,
                Series 1999-1

        Principal amount, Price to
          Public, Underwriting Discounts
          and Commissions and Proceeds
          to Issuer:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Total
                          Principal                                        Underwriting
                          Amount of                                        Discounts and      Proceeds to
                            Class         Bond Rate     Price to Public     Commissions          Issuer
                        --------------   ------------   ---------------   ---------------    --------------

<S>                  <C>                     <C>           <C>                <C>              <C>
Per Class A-1 Bond   $    293,000,000        6.08%         99.99269%          0.22400%         99.76869%

Per Class A-2 Bond   $    178,000,000        6.41%         99.98213%          0.30000%         99.68213%

Per Class A-3 Bond   $    303,000,000        6.60%         99.99922%          0.35000%         99.64922%

Per Class A-4 Bond   $    201,000,000        6.72%         99.99466%          0.40000%         99.59466%

Per Class A-5 Bond   $    313,000,000        6.83%         99.96589%          0.45000%         99.51589%

Per Class A-6 Bond   $    223,000,000        6.96%         99.98204%          0.50000%         99.48204%

Per Class A-7 Bond   $    455,000,000        7.05%         99.99491%          0.60000%         99.39491%

Per Class A-8 Bond   $    454,000,000        7.15%         99.99409%          0.67500%         99.31909%
                       --------------

Total                $  2,420,000,000

</TABLE>

        Plus, the Underwriters will be
        reimbursed by the Issuer for
        expenses pursuant to the
        engagement letter dated June 4,
        1999 between the Company and
        the Representative

        Original Issue Discount (if any):   None

        Redemption provisions:              At the Issuer's option when the
                                            outstanding principal balance
                                            of the Bonds has been reduced
                                            to 5% of the original principal
                                            balance.

        Other provisions:                   None

        Closing Date, Time and Location:    August 10, 1999, 10:00 a.m.;
                                            offices of Skadden, Arps,
                                            Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New
                                            York, New York

        Type of Offering:                   Delayed Offering

Date referred to in Section 5(a)(vi) and Section 5(b)(ii) after which the
Company, the Seller and the Issuer may offer or sell asset-backed
securities without the consent of the Representative: January 29, 2000



                                SCHEDULE II

          Principal Amount of Bonds to be Purchased (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Class A-1   Class A-2   Class A-3    Class A-4  Class A-5  Class A-6  Class A-7   Class A-8
Underwriters               Bonds       Bonds      Bonds        Bonds       Bonds     Bonds        Bonds     Bonds      Total

<S>                       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Morgan Stanley Dean
  Witter                  $172,870   $105,020    $178,770     $118,590   $184,670    $131,570   $268,450   $267,860   $1,427,800
Credit Suisse First
  Boston                   $29,300    $17,800     $30,300      $20,100    $31,300     $22,300    $45,500    $45,400     $242,000
Merrill Lynch & Co.        $29,300    $17,800     $30,300      $20,100    $31,300     $22,300    $45,500    $45,400     $242,000
Salomon Smith Barney       $29,300    $17,800     $30,300      $20,100    $31,300     $22,300    $45,500    $45,400     $242,000
Banc One Capital
  Markets, Inc.             $2,930     $1,780      $3,030       $2,010     $3,130      $2,230     $4,550     $4,540      $24,200
Chase Securities Inc.       $8,790     $5,340      $9,090       $6,030     $9,390      $6,690    $13,650    $13,620      $72,600
First Union Capital
  Markets Corp.             $8,790     $5,340      $9,090       $6,030     $9,390      $6,690    $13,650    $13,620      $72,600
Mellon Financial
  Markets, Inc.             $8,790     $5,340      $9,090       $6,030     $9,390      $6,690    $13,650    $13,620      $72,600
Janney Montgomery Scott
  Inc.                      $1,465       $890      $1,515       $1,005     $1,565      $1,115     $2,275     $2,270      $12,100
Pryor, McClendon, Counts
  & Co., Inc.               $1,465       $890      $1,515       $1,005     $1,565      $1,115     $2,275     $2,270      $12,100

Total                     $293,000   $178,000    $303,000     $201,000   $313,000    $223,000   $455,000   $454,000   $2,420,000

</TABLE>


                                 EXHIBIT A

This information has been prepared in connection with the issuance of the
securities described herein, and is based on information provided by PP&L,
Inc. with respect to the expected characteristics of the intangible
transition property securing these securities. The actual characteristics
and performance of the intangible transition property will differ from the
assumptions used in preparing these materials, which are hypothetical in
nature. Changes in the assumptions may have a material impact on the
information set forth in these materials. No representation is made that
any performance or return indicated herein will be achieved. This
information may not be used or otherwise disseminated in connection with
the offer or sale of these or any other securities, except in connection
with the initial offer or sale of these securities to you to the extent set
forth below. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE APPROPRIATENESS,
USEFULNESS, ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THESE MATERIALS OR THE ASSUMPTIONS
ON WHICH THEY ARE BASED. The underwriters disclaim any and all liability
relating to this information, including without limitation any express or
implied representations and warranties for, statements contained in, and
omissions from this information. Additional information is available upon
request. These materials do not constitute an offer to buy or sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any security or instrument or to
participate in any particular trading strategy. ANY SUCH OFFER TO BUY OR
SELL ANY SECURITY WOULD BE MADE PURSUANT TO A DEFINITIVE PROSPECTUS AND
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT PREPARED BY THE ISSUER WHICH WOULD CONTAIN MATERIAL
INFORMATION NOT CONTAINED IN THESE MATERIALS. SUCH PROSPECTUS AND
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT WILL CONTAIN ALL MATERIAL INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF
ANY SUCH SECURITY OFFERED THEREBY AND ANY DECISION TO INVEST IN SUCH
SECURITIES SHOULD BE MADE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON SUCH PROSPECTUS AND
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY CAPITALIZED TERMS USED BUT NOT DEFINED HEREIN
ARE TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH SUCH PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. In the event of any such offering, these materials, including
any description of the intangible transition property contained herein,
shall be deemed superseded, amended and supplemented in their entirety by
such Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement. To Our Readers Worldwide: In
addition, please note that this information has been provided by Morgan
Stanley & Co., Incorporated and approved by Morgan Stanley & Co.
International Limited, a member of the Securities and Futures Authority,
and Morgan Stanley Japan Ltd. We recommend that investors obtain the advice
of their Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited or Morgan Stanley Japan
Ltd. representative about the investment concerned. NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO
PRIVATE CUSTOMERS AS DEFINED BY THE U.K. SECURITIES AND FUTURES AUTHORITY.






                            AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC





                            AMENDED AND RESTATED
                    LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
                                     OF
                     PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC,
                    a Delaware Limited Liability Company
                              (the "Company")


           AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated
 August 10, 1999 (as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and
 in effect from time to time, the "Agreement"), of PP&L Transition Bond
 Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), having
 its principal office at Two North Ninth Street, Allentown, Pennsylvania
 18101.

           WHEREAS, CEP Group, Inc., as sole Member, on March 25, 1999 filed
 a Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Delaware Secretary of
 State, and executed a Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated March 25,
 1999, as amended on April 26, 1999 (the "Original LLC Agreement"); and

           WHEREAS, on May 13, 1999, CEP Group, Inc. transferred its sole
 Common Interest in the Company to its parent corporation, PP&L, Inc., as a
 dividend on account of the common stock in CEP Group, Inc. held by PP&L,
 Inc., such that PP&L, Inc. succeeded to the Common Interest of CEP Group,
 Inc. as the sole Member of the Company; and

           WHEREAS, this Agreement amends and restates the Original LLC
 Agreement in all respects, and from and after the date hereof constitutes
 the governing instrument of the Company;

           NOW THEREFORE, the Member hereby amends and restates the Original
 LLC Agreement as follows:

                                 ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS

           SECTION 1.01 Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this
 Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

           "Act" shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as
 amended, as in effect on the date hereof (currently Chapter 18 of Title 6,
 Sections 18-101 through 18-1109 of the Delaware Code) and as it may be
 amended hereafter, from time to time.

           "Administration Agreement" shall mean the Administration
 Agreement, dated August 10, 1999, between the Company and PP&L, Inc., as
 administrator.

           "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any
 other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
 specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used
 with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the
 management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether
 through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and
 the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
 foregoing.

           "Agreement" shall mean this Amended and Restated Limited
 Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as the same may be amended from
 time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

           "Bankruptcy" means, with respect to any Person, if such Person
 (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a
 voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or
 insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy
 or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for
 itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
 liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v)
 files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the
 material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of
 this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a
 trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial
 part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any
 proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement,
 composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute,
 law or regulation, the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90
 days after the appointment without such Person's consent or acquiescence of
 a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any
 substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or
 stayed, or if within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the
 appointment is not vacated.  The foregoing definition of "Bankruptcy" is
 intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of
 "Bankruptcy" set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

           "Basic Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Certificate of
 Formation of the Company, the Contribution Agreement, the Assignment dated
 May 13, 1999 executed and delivered by PP&L, Inc. in favor of CEP
 Securities Co. LLC pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the Sale
 Agreement dated August 10, 1999 between CEP Securities Co. LLC and the
 Company, the bill of sale dated August 10, 1999 issued by CEP Securities
 Co. LLC to the Company pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the Servicing
 Agreement dated August 10, 1999 between the Company and PP&L, Inc., as
 servicer, the Administration Agreement, and the Indenture.

           "Bonds" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b).

           "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday
 or other day on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed
 in New York City, New York or Allentown, Pennsylvania.

           "Certificate of Formation" shall mean the Certificate of
 Formation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the State
 of Delaware on March 25, 1999, in accordance with the Act.

           "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
 (or any successor law).

           "Common Interest" shall mean the limited liability company
 interest of the Member in the Company.  The Company shall have one class of
 Common Interest.

           "Company" shall mean PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a Delaware
 limited liability company.

           "Competition Act" shall mean the Pennsylvania Electricity
 Generation Customer Choice and Competition Act Chapter 28 of Title 66 of
 the Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes, 66 Pa. C.S. Section 2801, et seq.

           "Contribution Agreement" shall mean the Contribution Agreement,
 dated as of May 13, 1999, among PP&L, Inc., CEP Group, Inc., CEP Reserves,
 Inc. and CEP Securities Co. LLC, as amended.

           "Fiscal Year" shall mean, unless the Managers shall at any time
 determine otherwise pursuant to the requirements of the Code, a calendar
 year.

           "GAAP" shall mean the generally accepted accounting principles
 promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its
 successors from time to time.

           "Governmental Authority" shall mean any federal, state, local or
 foreign court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau,
 agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

           "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated August 10, 1999,
 between the Company and the Trustee, as amended, modified or supplemented
 from time to time, including any Supplement thereto creating a new Series
 of Bonds.

           "Independent Manager" shall mean, with respect to the Company, a
 Manager who is not, and within the last five years was not (except solely
 by virtue of such Person's serving as, or affiliation with any other Person
 serving as, an independent director or manager, as applicable, of PP&L,
 Inc., CEP Group, Inc., CEP Reserves, Inc. or CEP Securities Co. LLC or any
 bankruptcy remote special purpose entity that is an Affiliate of PP&L, Inc.
 or the Company), (i) a stockholder, member, partner, director, officer,
 employee, Affiliate, customer, supplier, creditor or independent contractor
 of, or any Person that has received any benefit in any form whatever from
 (other than in such Manager's capacity as a ratepayer or customer of PP&L,
 Inc. in the ordinary course of business), or any Person that has provided
 any service in any form whatsoever to, or any major creditor (or any
 Affiliate of any major creditor) of, the Company, PP&L, Inc., or any of
 their Affiliates, or (ii) any Person owning beneficially, directly or
 indirectly, any outstanding shares of common stock, any limited liability
 company interests or any partnership interests, as applicable, of the
 Company, PP&L, Inc. or any of their Affiliates, or of any major creditor
 (or any Affiliate of any major creditor) of any of the foregoing, or a
 stockholder, member, partner, director, officer, employee, Affiliate,
 customer, supplier, creditor or independent contractor of, or any Person
 that has received any benefit in any form whatever from (other than in such
 Person's capacity as a ratepayer or customer of PP&L, Inc. in the ordinary
 course of business), or any Person that has provided any service in any
 form whatever to, such beneficial owner or any of such beneficial owner's
 Affiliates, or (iii) a member of the immediate family of any person
 described above; provided that the indirect or beneficial ownership of
 stock through a mutual fund or similar diversified investment vehicle with
 respect to which the owner does not have discretion or control over the
 investments held by such diversified investment vehicle shall not preclude
 such owner from being an Independent Manager.  For purposes of this
 definition, "major creditor" shall mean a natural person or business entity
 to which the Company, PP&L, Inc. or any of their Affiliates has outstanding
 indebtedness for borrowed money or credit on open account in a sum
 sufficiently large as would reasonably be expected to influence the
 judgment of the proposed Independent Manager adversely to the interests of
 the Company when the interests of that Person are adverse to those of the
 Company.

           "Intangible Transition Property" shall mean the irrevocable right
 of PP&L, Inc. or its successor or assignee to collect intangible transition
 charges from customers as defined in the Qualified Rate Order to recover
 through the issuance of Bonds the qualified transition expenses described
 in the Qualified Rate Order, including all right, title and interest of
 PP&L, Inc. or its successor or assignee in such order and in all revenues,
 collections, claims, payments, money or proceeds of or arising from
 intangible transition charges pursuant to such order, and all proceeds of
 any of the foregoing, such term being intended to be and being construed to
 be the same as "intangible transition property" as used in the Competition
 Act and such order.

           "Manager" shall mean any manager of the Company, including the
 Independent Managers.

           "Member" shall mean PP&L, Inc., in its capacity as a member in
 the Company under this Agreement, or any successor thereto as a member
 pursuant to Article VI; provided, however, the term "Member" shall not
 include the Special Members.

           "Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, business
 trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability
 company, joint stock company, corporation, trust, unincorporated
 organization or Governmental Authority.

           "PUC" shall mean the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

           "Proceeding" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

           "Qualified Rate Order" shall mean the final order issued by the
 PUC on August 27, 1998 pursuant to the Competition Act, as such order has
 been supplemented by the Supplemental Order issued by the PUC on May 21,
 1999, and as such order may hereafter be further supplemented by an order
 of the PUC issued pursuant to paragraph 19 of the August 27, 1998 order.

           "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
 amended, and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and
 Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

           "Series" means each series of Bonds issued and authenticated
 pursuant to the Indenture and a related Supplement.

           "Special Member" shall mean, upon such person's admission to the
 Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5.05, a person
 acting as Independent Manager, in such person's capacity as a member of the
 Company.  A "Special Member" shall have the rights and duties expressly set
 forth in this Agreement.

           "Supplement" shall mean a supplement to the Indenture complying
 (to the extent applicable) with the terms of Article 9 of the Indenture.

           "Treasury Regulations" shall mean regulations, including proposed
 or temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code.  References herein to
 specific provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include
 analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor
 Treasury Regulations.

           "Trustee" shall mean the party named as such in the Indenture
 until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
 of the Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder.

           SECTION 1.02  Other Definitional Provisions.

           (a)  All terms in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
 when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
 hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

           (b)  As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other
 documents made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms
 not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document,
 and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such
 certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the
 respective meanings given to them under GAAP.  To the extent that the
 definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such
 certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such
 terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any
 such certificate or other document shall control.

           (c)  The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder", and words of
 similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as
 a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section
 references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections in this
 Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term "including" shall mean
 "including without limitation".

           (d)  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable
 to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms.

           (e)  Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to
 herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith
 means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended,
 modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or
 instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments
 incorporated therein; references to a Person are also to its permitted
 successors and assigns.


                                 ARTICLE II

                 FORMATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

           SECTION 2.01 Formation; Filings. Pursuant to the Act and in
 accordance with the further terms and provisions hereof, the Member and
 the Special Members hereby continue the Company as a limited liability
 company. The Certificate of Formation of the Company has been executed and
 filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by Michael A.
 McGrail, as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act. The Member
 shall execute or cause to be executed from time to time all other
 instruments, certificates, notices and documents, and shall do or cause to
 be done all such filing, recording, publishing and other acts, in each
 case, as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time to comply with
 all applicable requirements for the formation and/or operation and, when
 appropriate, termination of a limited liability company in the State of
 Delaware and all other jurisdictions where the Company shall desire to
 conduct its business.

           SECTION 2.02  Name and Office.

           (a)  The name of the Company shall be "PP&L Transition Bond
 Company LLC."  All business of the Company shall be conducted in such name
 and all contracts, property and other assets of the Company shall be held
 in that name and the Member shall not have any ownership interests in such
 contracts, property or other assets in its individual name.

           (b)  The address of the registered office of the Company in the
 State of Delaware is the Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in
 the city of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.  The name of its
 registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

           (c)  The Company may also have offices at such other places both
 within and without the State of Delaware as the Member may from time to
 time determine.

           SECTION 2.03  Business Purpose.  The nature of the business or
 purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage exclusively
 in the following business and financial activities:

           (a) to authorize, issue, sell and deliver one or more Series or
 classes of transition bonds ("Bonds") under the Indenture and, in
 connection therewith, to execute and deliver Supplements providing for the
 issuance of additional Series of Bonds, each as permitted by and in
 accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

           (b) to purchase and hold Intangible Transition Property and
 pledge the same to the Trustee pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
 Basic Documents;

           (c) to negotiate, authorize, execute, deliver, assume the
 obligations under, and perform, the Basic Documents and any other
 agreement or instrument or document relating to the activities set forth
 in clauses (a) and (b) above, including but not limited to agreements with
 third-party credit enhancers and interest rate swap agreements relating to
 any Series of Bonds, provided, that the Company shall not incur any
 indebtedness or other liability pursuant to any such other agreement or
 instrument or document except for payments due to service providers and
 trade creditors in the ordinary course of business and except for such
 indebtedness or liability that by its terms provides that the holder
 thereof may not cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or take any
 similar action against the Company until one year and one day after every
 other indebtedness or liability of the Company represented by any
 previously issued Series of Bonds and amounts owed under the Indenture to
 third-party credit enhancers with respect to such Bonds is paid in full;
 and

           (d) to engage in any activity and to exercise any powers
 permitted to limited liability companies under the laws of the State of
 Delaware that are related or incidental to the foregoing and necessary,
 convenient or advisable to accomplish the foregoing.

           SECTION 2.04  Term.  The term of the Company shall
 continue until the Company is dissolved and liquidated in accordance with
 the Act, subject to Sections 6.03 and 9.05 hereof.  The existence of the
 Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of
 the Certificate of Formation in accordance with the Act.

           SECTION 2.05  No State Law Partnership.  The Member and the
 Special Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership
 (including, without limitation, a general partnership or a limited
 partnership) or joint venture, and that neither the Member, the Special
 Members nor any Manager shall be a partner or joint venturer of the Member,
 the Special Members or any Manager with respect to the business of the
 Company, for any purposes other than federal, state and local tax purposes,
 and this Agreement shall not be construed to suggest otherwise.

           SECTION 2.06  Authority of Member.  Subject to Section 3.04, the
 Member, acting in such capacity, shall have the authority or power to act
 for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the
 Company, or to incur any expenditures, debts, liabilities or obligations on
 behalf of the Company.

           SECTION 2.07  Liability to Third Parties.  Except as otherwise
 expressly provided by the Act, neither the Member, the Special Members nor
 any Manager shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of
 the Company (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise), including
 without limitation under a judgment, decree or order of a court, by reason
 of being the Member, the Special Members or acting as a Manager of the
 Company.

           SECTION 2.08   No Personal Liability of Member, Managers, Etc.
 (a) The Member and the Special Members shall not be subject in such
 capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection
 with the assets or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Company, (b) the
 Member and the Special Members shall have the same limitation of personal
 liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for
 profit incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of
 Delaware, and (c) no Manager or officer of the Company shall be subject in
 such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, other
 than the Company or its Member, in connection with the assets or the
 affairs of the Company; and, subject to the provisions of Article VIII, all
 such Persons shall look solely to the assets of the Company for
 satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs
 of the Member; provided, that such protection from personal liability shall
 apply to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists
 or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only
 to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide greater or
 broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to
 provide prior to such amendment).

           SECTION 2.09  Separateness.

           (a)  Except as provided in the Basic Documents, the funds and
 other assets of the Company shall not be commingled with those of any other
 entity, and the Company shall maintain its accounts separate from the
 Member and any other Person.

           (b)  The Company shall not hold itself out as being liable for
 the debts of any other entity, and shall conduct its own business in its
 own name.

           (c)  The Company shall not form, or cause to be formed, any
 subsidiaries.

           (d)  The Company shall act solely in its limited liability
 company name and through its duly authorized Member, Managers, officers or
 agents in the conduct of its business, and shall conduct its business so as
 not to mislead others as to the identity of the entity or assets with which
 they are concerned.

           (e)  The Company shall maintain separate records, books of
 account and financial statements, and shall not commingle its records and
 books of account with the records and books of account of any other entity
 or the Member.

           (f)  The Managers shall hold appropriate meetings to authorize
 all of its limited liability company actions, which meetings may be held by
 telephone conference call.  The Company shall observe all formalities
 required by this Agreement.

           (g)  The Company shall at all times ensure that its
 capitalization is adequate in light of its business and purpose.

           (h)  Neither the Member nor any Manager shall guaranty, become
 liable on or hold itself out as being liable for the debts of the Company.
 The Company shall not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of the
 Member or any Manager, any Affiliate thereof or any other Person, or
 otherwise hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations
 of the Member, any Manager or any other Person, shall not pledge its assets
 for the benefit of any entity other than the Trustee, shall not make loans
 or advances to any Person, and shall not acquire obligations or securities
 of the Member, any Manager or any Affiliate thereof.

           (i)  The Company shall pay its own liabilities out of its own
 funds, including fees and expenses of the Administrator pursuant to the
 Administration Agreement.

           (j)  The Company shall maintain an arm's-length relationship with
 its Affiliates.

           (k)  The Company shall allocate fairly and reasonably any
 overhead for office space shared with the Member or any Manager.

           (l)  The Company shall use its own separate stationery, invoices,
 checks and other business forms.

           (m)  The Company shall correct any known misunderstanding
 regarding its separate identity.

      Failure of the Company or the Member or any Manager on behalf of the
 Company to comply with any of the foregoing covenants of any of the
 covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the
 Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member
 or any Manager.

           SECTION 2.10  Limited Liability and Bankruptcy Remoteness.
 Without limiting the generality of Section 2.09, the Company shall be
 operated in such a manner as the Managers deem reasonable and necessary or
 appropriate to preserve (a) the limited liability of PP&L, Inc. (or its
 successor) as the Member in the Company and the limited liability of the
 Special Members, (b) the separateness of the Company from the business of
 PP&L, Inc. (or its successor), as the Member of the Company, or any other
 Affiliate thereof and (c) until one year and one day after all of the Bonds
 are paid in full, the special purpose, bankruptcy-remote status of the
 Company.

                                ARTICLE III

                                 MANAGEMENT

           SECTION 3.01  Management by Managers.  The powers of the Company
 shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and
 affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the
 Managers.

           SECTION 3.02  Acts by Managers.

           (a)  The Managers shall be obliged to devote only as much of
 their time to the Company's business as shall be reasonably required in
 light of the Company's business and objectives.  A Manager shall perform
 his or her duties as a Manager in good faith, in a manner he or she
 reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company, and with
 such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use
 under similar circumstances.

           (b)  Every Manager is an agent of the Company for the purpose of
 its business, and the act of every Manager, including the execution in the
 Company name of any instrument for carrying on the business of the Company,
 binds the Company, unless such act is in contravention of this Agreement or
 unless the Manager so acting otherwise lacks the authority to act for the
 Company and the person with whom he or she is dealing has knowledge of the
 fact that he or she has no such authority.

           (c)  The Managers shall have the right and authority to take all
 actions which the Managers deem necessary, useful or appropriate for the
 day-to-day management and conduct of the Company's business.

           (d)  The Managers may exercise all powers of the Company and do
 all such lawful acts and things as are not by the Act, other applicable law
 or this Agreement directed or required to be exercised or done by the
 Member.  All instruments, contracts, agreements and documents providing for
 the acquisition or disposition of property of the Company shall be valid
 and binding on the Company if executed by one or more of the Managers.  All
 instruments, contracts, agreements and documents of whatsoever type
 executed on behalf of the Company shall be executed in the name of the
 Company by one or more Managers.

           SECTION 3.03  Number and Qualifications.  The number of Managers
 of the Company shall not be less than three nor more than five, as may be
 determined by the Member from time to time, but no decrease in the number
 of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
 Manager.

           SECTION 3.04  Independent Managers.

           (a)  The Company shall have at all times at least two individuals
 who are each Independent Managers.  The Independent Managers may not
 delegate their duties, authorities or responsibilities hereunder.  If any
 Independent Manager resigns, dies or becomes incapacitated, or such
 position is otherwise vacant, no action requiring the unanimous affirmative
 vote of the Managers shall be taken until a successor Independent Manager
 is appointed by the Member and qualifies and approves such action.

           (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and
 any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member,
 any Manager or any other Person, the Company shall not, and neither the
 Member nor any Manager nor any other Person on behalf of the Company shall,
 without the prior unanimous consent of the Managers, including each of the
 Independent Managers, do any of the following: (i) engage in any business
 or activity other than those set forth in Article II hereof; (ii) incur any
 indebtedness, other than the Bonds and ordinary course expenses as set
 forth in Article II hereof, or assume or guaranty any indebtedness of any
 other entity; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
 (iv) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; (v) file a petition or answer
 seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
 liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or
 regulation; (vi) file an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to
 contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any
 proceeding seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
 liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or
 regulation, or the entry of any order appointing a trustee, liquidator or
 receiver of it or of its assets or any substantial portion thereof; (vii)
 seek, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or
 liquidator of it or of all or any substantial part of its assets; (viii)
 consolidate or merge with or into any other entity or convey or transfer
 substantially all of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
 to any entity, or (ix) amend this Agreement or take action in furtherance
 of any such action.  With regard to any action contemplated by the
 preceding sentence, or with regard to any action taken or determination
 made at any time when the Company is insolvent, each Manager will, to the
 fullest extent permitted by law, owe its primary fiduciary duty to the
 Company (including the creditors of the Company).

           SECTION 3.05  Appointment and Vacancy.  The Member will appoint
 each Manager, including any Manager to be appointed by reason of an
 increase in the number of Managers.

           SECTION 3.06  Term.  Each Manager shall hold office until his
 successor shall be selected by the Member and qualified, or until his or
 her earlier death, resignation or removal as provided in this Agreement.

           SECTION 3.07  Removal.  Subject to Section 3.04(a) and Section
 9.01 of this Agreement, the Member may remove, with or without cause, any
 Manager.

           SECTION 3.08  Resignation.  Any Manager may resign at any time.
 Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time
 specified therein or, if no time is specified therein, at the time of its
 receipt by the remaining Managers; provided, that the resignation of an
 Independent Manager shall not be effective until a replacement Independent
 Manager has been appointed.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be
 necessary to make it effective, unless so expressly provided in the
 resignation.

           SECTION 3.09  Place of Meetings of Managers.  Any meetings of the
 Managers may be held either within or without the State of Delaware at such
 place or places as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of
 the Managers.

           SECTION 3.10  Meetings of Managers.  Meetings of the Managers may
 be held when called by any Managers or Manager.  The Manager or Managers
 calling any meeting shall cause notice to be given of such meeting,
 including therein the time, date and place of such meeting, to each Manager
 at least two Business Days before such meeting.  The business to be
 transacted at, or the purpose of, any meeting of the Managers shall be
 specified in the notice or waiver of notice of any such meeting.  If fewer
 than all the Managers are present in person, by telephone or by proxy,
 business transacted at any such meeting shall be confined to the business
 or purposes specifically stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such
 meeting.

           SECTION 3.11  Quorum; Majority Vote.  At all meetings of the
 Managers, the presence in person, by telephone or by proxy of a majority of
 the Managers shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for
 the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by this
 Agreement or by law.  The act of a majority of the Managers present in
 person, by telephone or by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present
 in person, by telephone or by proxy shall be the act of the Managers,
 except as otherwise provided by law or this Agreement.  If a quorum shall
 not be present in person, by telephone or by proxy at any meeting of the
 Managers, the Managers present in person, by telephone or by proxy at the
 meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other
 than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present in
 person, by telephone or by proxy.

           SECTION 3.12  Methods of Voting; Proxies.  A Manager may vote
 either in person, by telephone or by proxy executed in writing by the
 Manager; provided further that the Person designated to act as proxy for an
 Independent Manager must be an Independent Manager.

           SECTION 3.13  Actions Without a Meeting.  Any action required or
 permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Managers may be taken without a
 meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent in writing,
 setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the Managers having not
 fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take the
 action at a meeting at which all Managers entitled to vote on the action
 were present and voted.  Copies of any such consents shall be filed with
 the minutes and permanent records of the Company.

           SECTION 3.14  Telephone and Similar Meetings.  The Managers, or
 members of any committee thereof, may participate in and hold meetings by
 means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means
 of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 Such participation in any such meeting shall constitute presence in person
 at such meeting, except where a Person participates in such meeting for the
 express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the
 ground that such meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

           SECTION 3.15  Managers.   The Member and each Manager shall take
 all actions necessary from time to time to ensure that at all times the
 number of Managers shall be not less than three nor more than five;
 provided, however, that pursuant to Section 3.04, the Company shall at all
 times have at least two Independent Managers.  The Managers upon the
 execution of this Agreement shall be John R. Biggar, James E. Abel, James
 S. Pennington,) Peter H. Sorensen (who will serve as an Independent
 Manager) and Dwight Jenkins (who will serve as an Independent Manager).

                                 ARTICLE IV

                                  OFFICERS

           SECTION 4.01  Designation; Term; Qualifications.  The Managers
 may, from time to time, designate one or more Persons to be officers of the
 Company.  Any officer so designated shall have such title and authority and
 perform such duties as the Managers may, from time to time, delegate to
 them.  Each officer shall hold office for the term for which such officer
 is designated and until its successor shall be duly designated and shall
 qualify or until its death, resignation or removal as provided in this
 Agreement. Any Person may hold any number of offices.  No officer need be a
 Manager, the Member, a Delaware resident, or a United States citizen.

           SECTION 4.02  Removal and Resignation.  Any officer of the
 Company may be removed as such, with or without cause, by the Managers at
 any time.  Any officer of the Company may resign as such at any time upon
 written notice to the Company.  Such resignation shall be made in writing
 and shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time is
 specified therein, at the time of its receipt by the Managers.

           SECTION 4.03  Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of
 the Company may be filled by the Managers.

           SECTION 4.04  Compensation.  The compensation, if any, of the
 officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managers.

                                 ARTICLE V

                                   MEMBER

           SECTION 5.01  Powers.  Subject to the provisions of this
 Agreement and the Act, all powers shall be exercised by or under the
 authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be
 controlled by, the Member pursuant to Section 5.03.  Pursuant to Section
 3.01 of this Agreement, the Member has delegated such powers to the
 Managers.  Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the
 same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Member shall
 have the following powers, subject to Section 3.04 in all cases:

           First: To select and remove the Managers and prescribe such
 powers and duties for them as may be consistent with the Act and other
 applicable law and this Agreement.

           Second:  To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business
 of the Company, and to make such rules and regulations therefor consistent
 with the Act and other applicable law and this Agreement.

           Third:  To change the registered office of the Company in
 Delaware from one location to another; to fix and locate from time to time
 one or more other offices of the Company; and to designate any place within
 or without the State of Delaware for the conduct of the business of the
 Company.

           SECTION 5.02  Compensation of Member.  The Company shall have
 authority to pay to the Member reasonable compensation for the Member's
 services to the Company.  It is understood that the compensation paid to
 the Member under the provisions of this Section shall be determined without
 regard to the income of the Company, shall not be deemed to constitute
 distributions to the recipient of any profit, loss or capital of the
 Company and shall be considered as an operating expense of the Company.

           SECTION 5.03  Actions by the Member.  All actions of the Member
 may be taken by written resolution of the Member which shall be signed on
 behalf of the Member by an authorized officer of the Member and filed with
 the records of the Company.

           SECTION 5.04  Control by Member.  To the extent the Member takes
 any action with respect to the Company (including by means of its
 appointment of any individual Manager or its control or employment of any
 individual Manager in any other capacity), the Member, or any such Manager,
 as applicable, will act in good faith in accordance with the terms of this
 Agreement, and make decisions with respect to the business and daily
 operations of the Company independent of, and not dictated by, in the case
 of any such Manager, the Member, or in either case any Affiliate of the
 foregoing, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any such Manager
 shall bear a fiduciary duty to the Company (including its creditors) under
 the circumstances set forth in Section 3.04 hereof.

           SECTION 5.05  Special Member.  Upon the  occurrence of any event
 that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company, each person
 acting as an Independent Manager pursuant to Section 3.04 shall, without
 any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a
 member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a
 Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution.  No
 Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as
 Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to
 the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement,
 and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent
 Manager, provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease
 to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a
 substitute Member.  Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company
 that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and
 has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets.  Pursuant to
 Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make
 any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited
 liability company interest in the Company.  A Special Member, in its
 capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company.  Except as required
 by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity
 as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise
 consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including,
 without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company.
 In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member,
 each person acting as an Independent Manager pursuant to Section 3.04 shall
 execute a counterpart to this Agreement.  Prior to its admission to the
 Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Manager
 pursuant to Section 3.04 shall not be a member of the Company.

                                 ARTICLE VI

                              COMMON INTEREST

           SECTION 6.01  General.  The Common Interest constitutes personal
 property and shall be freely transferable and assignable in whole but not
 in part upon registration of such transfer and assignment on the books of
 the Company in accordance with the procedures established for such purpose
 by the Managers of the Company.  Upon registration of the transfer and
 assignment of the Common Interest on the books of the Company, the
 transferee/assignee shall be and become the sole Member of the Company and
 shall have the rights and powers, and be subject to the restrictions and
 liabilities, of the Member under this Agreement and the Act, and the
 transferor/assignor shall cease to be the Member, each as of the date of
 such registration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Common Interest may
 not be transferred unless each Rating Agency (as defined in the Indenture)
 then rating the Bonds of any class or Series shall have confirmed in
 writing to the Trustee and the Company that such transfer will not result
 in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by any such Rating
 Agency of any outstanding Series or class of Bonds.  The Common Interest of
 the Member in the Company shall be evidenced by a certificate in the form
 set forth in Schedule B hereto.

           SECTION 6.02   Distributions.  The Member shall be entitled to
 receive, out of the assets of the Company legally available therefor, when,
 as and if declared by the Managers, distributions payable in cash in such
 amounts, if any, as the Managers shall declare.  Notwithstanding any
 provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall
 not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its
 interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607
 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

           SECTION 6.03  Rights on Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

           (a)  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
 of the Company, the Member shall be entitled to all remaining assets of the
 Company available for distribution to the Member after payment of all
 liabilities, debts and obligations of the Company to creditors, as set
 forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

           (b)  Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property
 or business of the Company, nor the merger or consolidation of the Company
 into or with another Company or other entity, shall be deemed to be a
 dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the
 purpose of this Section 6.03.

           (c)  The commencement of a bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
 or other similar proceeding by or against the Company or the Member shall
 not result in the dissolution of the Company or in the cessation of the
 interest of the Member in the Company.  The withdrawal or resignation of
 the Member or the dissolution of the Member shall not, by itself,
 constitute a dissolution of the Company.

           (d)  Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last
 remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company, to
 the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such
 member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the
 occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such
 member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and
 (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or
 designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company,
 effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued
 membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company.

           (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
 Bankruptcy of the Member or any Special Member shall not cause the Member
 or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and
 upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall
 continue without dissolution.

           SECTION 6.04  Redemption.  The Common Interest shall not be
 redeemable.

           SECTION 6.05  Voting Rights.  The Member shall have the sole
 right to vote on all matters as to which members of a limited liability
 company shall be entitled to vote pursuant to the Act and other applicable
 law.

                                ARTICLE VII

                ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS; EXPENSES; TAXES;
                     BOOKS; RECORDS; AND BANK ACCOUNTS

           SECTION 7.01  Allocations.  Except as may be required by section
 704(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(4),
 all items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company for
 each Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Member.  Any credit available
 for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated to the Member in the
 same manner.

           SECTION 7.02   Distributions.  All distributions shall be made to
 the Member from surplus funds.  Except as provided in Section 7.03 of this
 Agreement, all distributions shall be made in such amounts and at such
 times as determined by the Managers.

           SECTION 7.03  Limitation Upon Distributions.  No distribution
 shall be declared and paid unless, after the distribution is made, the fair
 value of the Company assets is in excess of all liabilities of the Company
 and no default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture or any
 Series of Bonds then outstanding.

           SECTION 7.04  Expenses.  Except as otherwise provided in this
 Agreement, and subject to the provisions of the Basic Documents, the
 Company shall be responsible for all expenses and the allocation thereof
 including without limitation:

           (a)  all expenses incurred by the Member or its Affiliates in
                organizing the Company;

           (b)  all expenses related to the payment of the principal of and
                interest on the transition bonds issued by the Company;

                (i)  all expenses related to the business of the Company and
                     all routine administrative expenses of the Company,
                     including any amounts payable under the Administration
                     Agreement, the maintenance of books and records of the
                     Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Member of
                     checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices
                     required pursuant to this Agreement;

                (ii) all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation
                     or arbitration involving the Company (including the
                     cost of any investigation and preparation) and the
                     amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection
                     therewith;

           (c)  all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by
                the Company to any person;

           (d)  all expenses incurred in connection with the collection of
                amounts due to the Company from any person;

           (e)  all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of
                amendments to this Agreement;

           (f)  all expenses incurred in connection with the liquidation,
                dissolution and winding up of the Company; and

           (g)  all expenses otherwise allocated in good faith to the
                Company by the Managers.

           SECTION 7.05  Tax Elections.  The Managers shall make the
 following elections on behalf of the Company:

           (a)  To elect the calendar year as the Company's Fiscal Year;

           (b)  To elect the accrual method of accounting;

           (c)  To elect to treat all organization and start-up costs of the
 Company as deferred expenses amortizable over 60 months under Section 195
 of the Code; and

           (d)  To elect with respect to such other federal, state and local
 tax matters as the Managers shall agree upon from time to time.

           SECTION 7.06  Annual Tax Information.  The Managers shall cause
 the Company to deliver to the Member all information necessary for the
 preparation of the Member's federal or Commonwealth income tax return.

           SECTION 7.07  Tax Matters Member.  The Member shall communicate
 and negotiate with the Internal Revenue Service on any tax matter on behalf
 of the Member and the Company.

           SECTION 7.08  Maintenance of Books.  The Company shall keep books
 and records of accounts and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of the
 Member, the Managers and each committee of the Managers.  The Fiscal Year
 shall be the accounting year of the Company.

           SECTION 7.09  Reports.  Within sixty (60) days following the end
 of each Fiscal Year during the term of the Company, the Managers shall
 cause the Member to be furnished with a balance sheet, an income statement
 and a statement of changes in Member's capital account for, or as of the
 end of, that Fiscal Year.  Such financial statements must be prepared in
 accordance with the accounting method selected by the Managers consistently
 applied (except as therein noted), and shall be accompanied by an audit
 report from a nationally recognized accounting firm.  The Managers also may
 cause to be prepared or delivered such other reports as they may deem
 appropriate.  The Company shall bear the costs of all such financial
 statements and reports.

           SECTION 7.10   Bank and Investment Accounts.  The Managers shall
 establish and maintain one or more separate bank and investment accounts
 and arrangements for Company funds in the Company name with financial
 institutions and firms that the Managers determine.

                                ARTICLE VIII

              INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBER, MANAGERS AND OFFICERS

           SECTION 8.01 Mandatory Indemnification of Member and Managers.
 Any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or
 is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
 proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, or
 investigative (hereafter a "Proceeding"), or any appeal in such a
 Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a
 Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such Person is or was the Member, a
 Special Member or a Manager, or while the Member, a Special Member or a
 Manager is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director,
 manager, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent
 or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited
 liability company or partnership, joint venture, partnership, trust, sole
 proprietorship, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall be
 indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
 law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of
 any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
 Company to provide greater or broader indemnification rights than such law
 permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against
 judgments, penalties (including, without limitation, excise and similar
 taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses
 (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) actually incurred by such
 Person in connection with such Proceeding.  It is expressly acknowledged
 that the indemnification provided in this Article VIII could involve
 indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability.
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for so long as any Bonds
 are outstanding, no payment from funds of the Company (as distinct from
 funds from other sources, such as insurance) of any indemnity of the Member
 under this Article VIII shall be payable except out of funds available for
 payment of Company expenses as provided in the Indenture.

           SECTION 8.02  Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.  Expenses
 incurred by a Person of the type entitled to be indemnified under Section
 8.01 of this Agreement in defending any Proceeding shall be paid or
 reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the
 Proceeding, without any determination as to such Person's ultimate
 entitlement to indemnification under Section 8.01 of this Agreement, upon
 receipt of a written affirmation by such Person of such Person's good faith
 belief that such Person has met the standard of conduct necessary for
 indemnification under applicable law and a written undertaking by or on
 behalf of such Person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall
 ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified
 by the Company as authorized in Section 8.01 of this Agreement or
 otherwise.  The written undertaking shall be an unlimited general
 obligation of the Person but need not be secured and shall be accepted
 without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

           SECTION 8.03  Indemnification of Officers, Employees and Agents.
 The Company shall indemnify and pay and advance expenses to an officer,
 employee or agent of the Company to the same extent and subject to the same
 conditions under which it may indemnify and pay and advance expenses to the
 Member or any Managers under this Article VIII; and the Company shall
 indemnify and pay and advance expenses to any Person who is not or was not
 the Member, a Special Member, a Manager, officer, employee or agent of the
 Company but who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
 manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee,
 employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic
 limited liability company or partnership, corporation, partnership, joint
 venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other
 enterprise against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred
 by such Person in such a capacity or arising out of such Person's status as
 such to the same extent and subject to the same conditions that the Company
 may indemnify and pay and advance expenses to the Member or a Special
 Member or any Manager under this Article VIII.

           SECTION 8.04  Nonexclusivity of Rights.  The indemnification and
 advancement and payment of expenses provided by this Article VIII (i) shall
 not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Member, a Special
 Member or a Manager or other Person seeking indemnification may be entitled
 under any statute, agreement, decision of the Member or disinterested
 Managers, or otherwise both as to action in such Person's official capacity
 and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) shall
 continue as to any Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which
 initially entitled such Person to indemnity and advancement and payment of
 expenses, and (iii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors,
 administrators, successors and assigns of the Member, such Special Member,
 such Manager or other Person.

           SECTION 8.05  Contract Rights.  The rights granted pursuant to
 this Article VIII shall be deemed to be contract rights, and no amendment,
 modification or repeal of this Article VIII shall have the effect of
 limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or
 Proceedings arising prior to any such amendment, modification or repeal.

           SECTION 8.06  Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain
 insurance or other arrangement or both, at its expense, on behalf of itself
 or any Person who is or was serving as the Member, a Special Member or a
 Manager, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at
 the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner,
 venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of
 another foreign or domestic limited liability company, partnership,
 corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust,
 employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability, expense
 or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such
 Person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

           SECTION 8.07  Savings Clause.  If this Article VIII or any
 portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent
 jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold
 harmless the Member, each Special Member, each Manager or any other Person
 indemnified pursuant to this Article VIII as to costs, charges and expenses
 (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
 amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding,
 whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to the fullest
 extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VIII that shall
 not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
 law.

           SECTION 8.08.  Other Ventures.  It is expressly agreed that the
 Member, any Manager and any Affiliates, officers, directors, managers,
 stockholders, partners or employees of the Member or any Manager, may
 engage in other business ventures of every nature and description, whether
 or not in competition with the Company, independently or with others, and
 the Company shall not have any rights in and to any independent venture or
 activity or the income or profits derived therefrom.

           SECTION 8.09  Other Arrangements Not Excluded.  The
 indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a
 court pursuant to this Article VIII:

           (a)  Does not exclude any other rights to which a Person seeking
                indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled
                under any agreement, decision of the Member or otherwise,
                for either an action of the Member or any Manager, officer,
                employee or agent in the official capacity of such Person or
                an action in another capacity while holding such position,
                except that indemnification, unless ordered by a court
                pursuant to Section 8.05 above, may not be made to or on
                behalf of the Member or any Manager if a final adjudication
                established that its acts or omissions involved intentional
                misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was
                material to the cause of action; and

           (b)  Continues for a person who has ceased to be the Member,
                Manager, officer, employee or agent and inures to the
                benefit of the successors, heirs, executors and
                administrators of such a person.

                                 ARTICLE IX

                          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

           SECTION 9.01  Offset.  Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to
 the Member, any amounts the Member owes the Company may be deducted from
 such sum before payment.

           SECTION 9.02  Notices.  Except as expressly set forth to the
 contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests, or consents provided for
 or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
 be given either by depositing such writing in the United States mail,
 addressed to the recipient, postage paid, and registered or certified with
 return receipt requested or by delivering such writing to the recipient in
 person, by courier, or by facsimile transmission; and a notice, request, or
 consent given under this Agreement shall be effective on receipt by the
 Person to whom sent.  All notices, requests, and consents to be sent to the
 Member shall be sent to or made to Two North Ninth Street, Allentown,
 Pennsylvania 18101, Attention: Treasurer or such other address as the
 Member may specify by notice to the Company and the Managers.  Any notice,
 request, or consent to the Company or the Managers must be given to the
 Managers at the following address: Two North Ninth Street, GENA9-2, room 3,
 Allentown, PA 18101, Attention: Manager.  Whenever any notice is required
 to be given by law or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by
 the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated
 therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

           SECTION 9.03  Effect of Waiver or Consent.  A waiver or consent,
 express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the
 performance by such Person of its obligations with respect to the Company
 shall not be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in
 the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such
 Person with respect to the Company.

           SECTION 9.04  Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement shall
 be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the
 State of Delaware, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle that
 might refer the governance or the construction of this Agreement to the law
 of another jurisdiction.  In the event of a direct conflict between the
 provisions of this Agreement and any mandatory provision of the Act, then
 the applicable provision of the Act shall control.  If any provision of
 this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is
 held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this
 Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or
 circumstances shall not be affected thereby and such provision shall be
 enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

           SECTION 9.05  No Bankruptcy Petition; No Dissolution.  The Member
 hereby covenants and agrees (or shall be deemed to have hereby covenanted
 and agreed) that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
 payment in full of every Series of Bonds and any amounts owed under the
 Indenture to third-party credit enhancers or hedge agreement counterparties
 with respect to the Bonds, it will not institute against the Company, or
 join with any other Person in instituting against the Company, any
 bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation or other
 proceeding under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
 law, provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.05 shall constitute
 a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment
 from the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

      To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Member and each Manager
 hereby covenants and agrees (or shall be deemed to have hereby covenanted
 and agreed) that, until all of the Bonds and all amounts owed under the
 Indenture have been paid in full, the Member and such Manager will not
 consent to, or make application for, or institute or maintain any action
 for, the dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801 or 18-802 of the
 Act or otherwise.

      In the event that the Member or any Manager takes action in violation
 of this Section 9.05, the Company agrees that it will file an answer with
 the court or otherwise properly contest the taking of such action and raise
 the defense that the Member or the Manager, as the case may be, has agreed
 in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded
 therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it
 may assert.

      The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall survive the termination of
 this Agreement and the resignation, withdrawal or removal of the Member or
 any Manager.  Nothing herein contained shall preclude participation by the
 Member or a Manager in assertion or defense of its claims in any such
 proceeding involving the Company.

           SECTION 9.06  Amendment.  This Agreement may not be amended,
 except in writing by the Member and the Company, upon prior approval of the
 Trustee and receipt of notification in writing by each Rating Agency (as
 defined in the Indenture) then rating the Bonds of any Class or Series, to
 the Trustee and the Company that such amendment will not result in a
 reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by any such Rating
 Agency of any outstanding Series or Class of Bonds.

           SECTION 9.07  Headings and Sections.  The headings in this
 Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to
 describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this
 Agreement or any provision hereof.

           SECTION 9.08  Binding Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other
 provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement
 constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is
 enforceable against the Member by the Independent Mangers, in accordance
 with its terms.  In addition, the Independent Managers shall be intended
 beneficiaries of this Agreement.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Limited Liability Company Agreement is
 hereby executed by the undersigned as of August 10, 1999.


                                    MEMBER:

                                    PP&L, INC.



                                    By: /s/ James E. Abel
                                        ----------------------------
                                    Name:  James E. Abel
                                    Title: Vice President - Finance and
                                           Treasurer


                                    COMPANY:

                                    PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                      COMPANY LLC


                                    By: /s/ James S. Pennington
                                        ------------------------------
                                    Name:  James S. Pennington
                                    Title: Manager


                                    Agreed to and Consented to by
                                    the Special Members and
                                    Independent Mangers:


                                    /s/ Peter H. Sorensen
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Peter H. Sorensen


                                    /s/ Dwight Jenkins
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Dwight Jenkins



                                 SCHEDULE A


                Schedule of Capital Contributions of Member

                              COMMON INTEREST


                       CAPITAL        COMMON INTEREST     CAPITAL
 MEMBER'S NAME        CONTRIBUTION     PERCENTAGE         ACCOUNT

 PP&L, Inc.            $12,100,000         100%         $12,100,000



                                 SCHEDULE B




                       CERTIFICATE OF COMMON INTEREST

                                     of

                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC

                        A Limited Liability Company

             Organized under the Laws of the State of Delaware


      This Certificate is issued and shall be held subject to the provisions
 of the Certificate of Formation of PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC, a
 Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
 (the "Company"), filed on March 25, 1999 with the Secretary of State of the
 State of Delaware, and the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated March
 25, 1999 of the Company, as each may be amended from time to time.

      This Certificate of Common Interest certifies that PP&L, Inc. is the
 registered holder of the entire Common Interest of the Company, which
 Common Interest shall be transferable only on the books of the Company by
 the holder hereof in person or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender
 of this Certificate with a proper endorsement.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Company has caused this Certificate to be
 signed by one of its duly authorized Managers this __ day of _____, 1999.



                                    --------------------------
                                    Title:  Manager



                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


      For Value Received the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
 unto

 ____________________________________________________________________________

      the entire Common Interest of the Company represented by the within
      Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 ____________________________________________________________________________

      Attorney, to transfer said Common Interest on the books of the Company
      with full power of substitution in the premises.

      Dated: ____________________


                                           _____________________________




                                 SCHEDULE C


                                  Managers

 Names

 1) John R. Biggar

 2) James E. Abel

 3) James S. Pennington

 4) Peter H. Sorensen

 5) Dwight Jenkins





                     PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC,

                                   Issuer

                                    and


                           The Bank of New York,

                                  Trustee

                       ------------------------------

                                 INDENTURE

                        Dated as of August 10, 1999

                       ------------------------------

                         Securing Transition Bonds

                             Issuable in Series



                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                  ARTICLE I
                 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

             SECTION 1.01  Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             SECTION 1.02  Incorporation by Reference of the
                             Trust Indenture Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
             SECTION 1.03  Rules of Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

                                 ARTICLE II
                            The Transition Bonds

             SECTION 2.01  Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
             SECTION 2.02  Execution, Authentication and
                             Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             SECTION 2.03  Denominations; Transition Bonds
                             Issuable in Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
             SECTION 2.04  Temporary Transition Bonds . . . . . . . . . . 6
             SECTION 2.05  Registration; Registration of
                             Transfer and Exchange    . . . . . . . . . . 6
             SECTION 2.06  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                             Transition Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
             SECTION 2.07  Persons Deemed Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
             SECTION 2.08  Payment of Principal, Premium, if
                             any, and Interest; Interest on
                             Overdue Principal and Premium, if
                             any; Principal, Premium and
                             Interest Rights Preserved  . . . . . . . . . 9
             SECTION 2.09  Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
             SECTION 2.10  Amount; Authentication and Delivery
                             of Transition Bonds  . . . . . . . . . . .  11
             SECTION 2.11  Book-Entry Transition Bonds  . . . . . . . .  16
             SECTION 2.12  Notices to Clearing Agency . . . . . . . . .  18
             SECTION 2.13  Definitive Transition Bonds  . . . . . . . .  18

                                 ARTICLE III
                                 Covenants

             SECTION 3.01  Payment of Principal, Premium, if
                             any, and Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             SECTION 3.02  Maintenance of Office or Agency  . . . . . .  19
             SECTION 3.03  Money for Payments To Be Held in
                             Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             SECTION 3.04  Existence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
             SECTION 3.05  Protection of Collateral . . . . . . . . . .  21
             SECTION 3.06  Opinions as to Collateral  . . . . . . . . .  22
             SECTION 3.07  Performance of Obligations . . . . . . . . .  23
             SECTION 3.08  Negative Covenant  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
             SECTION 3.09  Annual Statement as to Compliance. . . . . .  24
             SECTION 3.10  Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only
                             on Certain Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
             SECTION 3.11  Successor or Transferee  . . . . . . . . . .  26
             SECTION 3.12  No Other Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
             SECTION 3.13  No Borrowing.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             SECTION 3.14  Guarantees, Loans, Advances and
                             Other Liabilities.   . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             SECTION 3.15  Capital Expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             SECTION 3.16  Restricted Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             SECTION 3.17  Notice of Events of Default. . . . . . . . .  27
             SECTION 3.18  Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
             SECTION 3.19  Adjusted Overcollateralization
                             Balance Schedules.   . . . . . . . . . . .  28
             SECTION 3.20  Sale Agreement, Contribution
                             Agreement, the Administration Agreement
                             and Servicing Agreement Covenants.   . . .  28
             SECTION 3.21  Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

                                 ARTICLE IV
                   Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance

             SECTION 4.01  Satisfaction and Discharge of
                             Indenture; Defeasance  . . . . . . . . . .  32
             SECTION 4.02  Conditions to Defeasance . . . . . . . . . .  34
             SECTION 4.03  Application of Trust Money . . . . . . . . .  36
             SECTION 4.04  Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying
                             Agent.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36

                                  ARTICLE V
                                  Remedies

             SECTION 5.01  Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
             SECTION 5.02  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission
                             and Annulment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
             SECTION 5.03  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits
                             for Enforcement by Trustee . . . . . . . .  38
             SECTION 5.04  Remedies; Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
             SECTION 5.05  Optional Preservation of the
                             Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
             SECTION 5.06  Limitation of Proceedings  . . . . . . . . .  43
             SECTION 5.07  Unconditional Rights of Transition
                             Bondholders To Receive Principal,
                             Premium, if any, and Interest  . . . . . .  44
             SECTION 5.08  Restoration of Rights and Remedies . . . . .  44
             SECTION 5.09  Rights and Remedies Cumulative . . . . . . .  44
             SECTION 5.10  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver . . . . . . .  45
             SECTION 5.11  Control by Transition Bondholders  . . . . .  45
             SECTION 5.12  Waiver of Past Defaults  . . . . . . . . . .  46
             SECTION 5.13  Undertaking for Costs  . . . . . . . . . . .  46
             SECTION 5.14  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . . . . . .  47
             SECTION 5.15  Action on Transition Bonds . . . . . . . . .  47

                                 ARTICLE VI
                                The Trustee

             SECTION 6.01  Duties and Liabilities of Trustee  . . . . .  47
             SECTION 6.02  Rights of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
             SECTION 6.03  Individual Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . .  50
             SECTION 6.04  Trustee's Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
             SECTION 6.05  Notice of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
             SECTION 6.06  Reports by Trustee to Holders  . . . . . . .  50
             SECTION 6.07  Compensation and Indemnity . . . . . . . . .  51
             SECTION 6.08  Replacement of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .  52
             SECTION 6.09  Successor Trustee by Merger  . . . . . . . .  53
             SECTION 6.10  Appointment of Co-Trustee or
                             Separate Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
             SECTION 6.11  Eligibility; Disqualification  . . . . . . .  55
             SECTION 6.12  Preferential Collection of Claims
                             Against Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

                                 ARTICLE VII
                 Transition Bondholders' Lists and Reports

             SECTION 7.01  Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and
                             Addresses of Transition Bondholders  . . .  56
             SECTION 7.02  Preservation of Information;
                             Communications to Transition Bondholders .  56
             SECTION 7.03  Reports by Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
             SECTION 7.04  Reports by Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
             SECTION 7.05  Provision of Servicer Reports  . . . . . . .  58

                                ARTICLE VIII
                    Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

             SECTION 8.01  Collection of Money  . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
             SECTION 8.02  Collection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
             SECTION 8.03  Release of Collateral  . . . . . . . . . . .  63
             SECTION 8.04  Issuer Opinion of Counsel  . . . . . . . . .  64
             SECTION 8.05  Reports by Independent Accountants . . . . .  64

                                 ARTICLE IX
                          Supplemental Indentures

             SECTION 9.01  Supplemental Indentures Without
                             Consent of Transition Bondholders  . . . .  65
             SECTION 9.02  Supplemental Indentures with Consent
                             of Transition Bondholders  . . . . . . . .  66
             SECTION 9.03  Execution of Supplemental Indentures . . . .  69
             SECTION 9.04  Effect of Supplemental Indenture . . . . . .  69
             SECTION 9.05  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act  . . . .  69
             SECTION 9.06  Reference in Transition Bonds to
                             Supplemental Indentures  . . . . . . . . .  69

                                 ARTICLE X
                      Redemption of Transition Bonds;

             SECTION 10.01  Optional Redemption by Issuer . . . . . . .  70
             SECTION 10.02  Mandatory Redemption by Issuer  . . . . . .  70
             SECTION 10.03  Form of Redemption Notice . . . . . . . . .  70
             SECTION 10.04  Payment of Redemption Price . . . . . . . .  71

                                 ARTICLE XI
                               Miscellaneous

             SECTION 11.01  Compliance Certificates and
                              Opinions, etc   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
             SECTION 11.02  Form of Documents Delivered to
                              Trustee   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
             SECTION 11.03  Acts of Transition Bondholders  . . . . . .  75
             SECTION 11.04  Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer
                              and Rating Agencies   . . . . . . . . . .  75
             SECTION 11.05  Notices to Transition Bondholders;
                              Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
             SECTION 11.06  Alternate Payment and Notice
                              Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
             SECTION 11.07  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . . . . .  77
             SECTION 11.08  Effect of Headings and Table of
                              Contents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
             SECTION 11.09  Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . .  77
             SECTION 11.10  Separability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.11  Benefits of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.12  Legal Holidays  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.13  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.14  Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.15  Issuer Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
             SECTION 11.16  No Petition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79

 Schedule 1  Scheduled Overcollateralization Levels

 APPENDIX A  Master Definitions



      INDENTURE dated as of August 10, 1999, between PP&L Transition Bond
 Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Issuer"), and The
 Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the
 "Trustee").

      The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
 Indenture to provide for one or more Series of Transition Bonds, issuable
 as provided in this Indenture.  Each such Series of Transition Bonds will
 be issued only under a separate Series Supplement to this Indenture duly
 executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Trustee.  The Issuer is
 entering into this Indenture, and the Trustee is accepting the trusts
 created hereby, each for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
 sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and each intending to be
 legally bound hereby.

                              GRANTING CLAUSE

      The Issuer hereby Grants to the Trustee as trustee for the benefit of
 the Holders of the Transition Bonds from time to time issued and
 outstanding, all of the Issuer's right, title and interest whether now
 owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under (a) the Intangible Transition
 Property transferred by the Seller to the Issuer from time to time pursuant
 to the Sale Agreement and all proceeds thereof, (b) the Sale Agreement, (c)
 the Contribution Agreement and the Assignment, (d) all Bills of Sale
 delivered by the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement, (e) the Servicing
 Agreement, (f) the Collection Account and all sub-accounts thereof
 (including, without limitation, the General Subaccount, the
 Overcollateralization Subaccount, the Capital Subaccount, the Reserve
 Subaccount, each Series Subaccount and any Defeasance Subaccount) and all
 cash, securities, instruments, investment property or other assets credited
 to the Collection Account or any subaccount thereof from time to time or
 purchased with funds therefrom, (g) all other property of whatever kind
 owned from time to time by the Issuer other than any cash released to the
 Issuer by the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02, (h) all present and future
 claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of
 the foregoing and (i) all payments on or under and all proceeds of every
 kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing,
 including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into
 cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts
 receivable, general intangibles, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper,
 checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights
 to payment of any and every kind, and other forms of obligations and
 receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute
 all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing
 (collectively, the "Collateral").

      Such Grants are made to the Trustee to have and to hold in trust to
 secure the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on,
 and any other amounts (including all fees, expenses, counsel fees and other
 amounts due and owing to the Trustee) owing in respect of, the Transition
 Bonds equally and ratably without prejudice, preference, priority or
 distinction, except as expressly provided in this Indenture and to secure
 performance by the Issuer of all of the Issuer's obligations under this
 Indenture with respect to the Transition Bonds, all as provided in this
 Indenture.

      The Trustee, as trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Transition
 Bonds, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts hereunder in accordance
 with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform its duties herein
 required.


                                 ARTICLE I

                 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

           SECTION 1.01  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used but not
 otherwise defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings set forth
 in Appendix A hereto unless the context otherwise requires.

           SECTION 1.02  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF THE TRUST INDENTURE
 ACT.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
 provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
 Indenture.  Each of the following TIA terms used in this Indenture has the
 following meaning:

      "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "indenture securities" means the Transition Bonds.

      "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

      "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
 defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
 have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

           SECTION 1.03  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

           (i)  An accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
      assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting
      principles as in effect from time to time;

           (ii)  "including" means including without limitation;

           (iii)  with respect to terms defined in Appendix A hereto, words
      in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
      singular;

           (iv)  unless otherwise specified, references herein to Sections
      or Articles are to Sections or Articles of this Indenture; and

           (v)  the words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and other words of
      similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
      particular Article, Section or other subdivision.


                                 ARTICLE II

                            THE TRANSITION BONDS

           SECTION 2.01 FORM. The Transition Bonds and the Trustee's
certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth
in the related Series Supplement, with such appropriate insertions,
omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted
by this Indenture or by the related Series Supplement and may have such
letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or
endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by
the Managers of the Issuer executing such Transition Bonds, as evidenced by
their execution of such Transition Bonds. Any portion of the text of any
Transition Bond may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an
appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Transition Bond. Each
Transition Bond shall be dated the date of its authentication.

      The Transition Bonds shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or
 engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without
 steel engraved borders), all as determined by the Managers of the Issuer
 executing such Transition Bonds, as evidenced by their execution of such
 Transition Bonds.

      Each Transition Bond shall bear upon its face the designation so
 selected for the Series and Class, if any, to which it belongs.  The terms
 of all Transition Bonds of the same Series shall be the same, unless such
 Series is comprised of one or more Classes, in which case the terms of all
 Transition Bonds of the same Class shall be the same.

           SECTION 2.02  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY.  The
 Transition Bonds shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by a Manager.
 The signature of any such Manager on the Transition Bonds may be manual or
 facsimile.

      Transition Bonds bearing the manual or facsimile signature of
 individuals who were at any time Managers shall bind the Issuer,
 notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold
 such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Transition
 Bonds.

      At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
 this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Transition Bonds executed on behalf
 of the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to an Issuer Order for
 authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such
 Transition Bond as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

      No Transition Bond shall be entitled to any benefit under this
 Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears
 on such Transition Bond a certificate of authentication substantially in
 the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual
 signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon
 any Transition Bond shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
 that such Transition Bond has been duly authenticated and delivered
 hereunder.

           SECTION 2.03  DENOMINATIONS; TRANSITION BONDS ISSUABLE IN SERIES.
 The Transition Bonds of each Series shall be issuable as registered
 Transition Bonds in the Authorized Denominations specified in the Series
 Supplement therefor.

      The Transition Bonds may, at the election of and as authorized by a
 Manager and set forth in a Series Supplement, be issued in one or more
 Series (each of which may be comprised of one or more Classes), and shall
 be designated generally as the "Transition Bonds" of the Issuer, with such
 further particular designations added or incorporated in such title for the
 Transition Bonds of any particular Series or Class as a Manager of the
 Issuer may determine and be set forth in the Series Supplement therefor.

      Each Series of Transition Bonds shall be created by a Series
 Supplement authorized by a Manager and establishing the terms and
 provisions of such Series.  The several Series and Classes thereof may
 differ as between Series and Classes, in respect of any of the following
 matters:

           (i)  designation of the Series and, if applicable, the Classes
      thereof;

           (ii)  the aggregate principal amount of the Transition Bonds of
      the Series and, if applicable, each Class thereof;

           (iii)  the Bond Rate of the Series and, if applicable, each Class
      thereof or the formula, if any, used to calculate the applicable Bond
      Rate or Bond Rates for the Series;

           (iv)  the Payment Dates for the Series;

           (v)  the Expected Final Payment Date of the Series, and, if
      applicable, each Class thereof;

           (vi)  the Series Final Maturity Date for the Series and, if
      applicable, the Class Final Maturity Dates for each Class thereof;

           (vii)  the Series Issuance Date for the Series;

           (viii)  the place or places for payments with respect to the
      Series;

           (ix)  the Authorized Denominations for the Series;

           (x)  the provisions, if any, for redemption of the Series by the
      Issuer;

           (xi)  the Expected Amortization Schedule for the Series;

           (xii)  the Overcollateralization Amount with respect to the
      Series;

           (xiii)  the Required Capital Amount with respect to the Series;

           (xiv)  the Calculation Dates and Adjustment Dates for the Series;

           (xv)  the credit enhancement, if any, applicable to the Series;
      and

           (xvi)  any other terms of the Series or Class that are not
      inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture.

           SECTION 2.04  TEMPORARY TRANSITION BONDS.  Pending the
 preparation of definitive Transition Bonds, or by agreement of the
 purchasers of all Transition Bonds or, in the case of Transition Bonds held
 in a book-entry only system by a Clearing Agency, a Manager on behalf of
 the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee
 shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Transition Bonds which are
 printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of
 the tenor of the definitive Transition Bonds in lieu of which they are
 issued and with such variations not inconsistent with the terms of this
 Indenture as the Manager executing such Transition Bonds may determine, as
 evidenced by their execution of such Transition Bonds.

      If temporary Transition Bonds are issued, the Issuer will cause
 definitive Transition Bonds to be prepared without unreasonable delay
 except where temporary Transition Bonds are held by a Clearing Agency.
 After the preparation of definitive Transition Bonds, the temporary
 Transition Bonds shall be exchangeable for definitive Transition Bonds upon
 surrender of the temporary Transition Bonds at the office or agency of the
 Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, without charge to the
 Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary
 Transition Bonds, a Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall execute and the
 Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like initial
 principal amount of definitive Transition Bonds in Authorized
 Denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Transition Bonds shall in
 all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
 definitive Transition Bonds.

           SECTION 2.05  REGISTRATION; REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND
 EXCHANGE.  The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Transition
 Bond Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
 prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Transition
 Bonds and the registration of transfers of Transition Bonds.  The Trustee
 shall be "Transition Bond Registrar" for the purpose of registering
 Transition Bonds and transfers of Transition Bonds as herein provided.
 Upon any resignation of any Transition Bond Registrar, the Issuer shall
 promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an
 appointment, assume the duties of Transition Bond Registrar.

      If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as
 Transition Bond Registrar, the Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt written
 notice of the appointment of such Transition Bond Registrar and of the
 location, and any change in the location, of the Transition Bond Register,
 and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Transition Bond
 Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
 Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf
 of the Transition Bond Registrar by a duly authorized officer thereof as to
 the names and addresses of the Holders of the Transition Bonds and the
 principal amounts and number of such Transition Bonds.

      Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Transition Bond at
 the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section
 3.02, a Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee
 shall authenticate and the Transition Bondholder shall obtain from the
 Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or
 more new Transition Bonds in any Authorized Denominations, of a like Series
 (and, if applicable, Class) and aggregate initial principal amount.

      At the option of the Holder, Transition Bonds may be exchanged for
 other Transition Bonds of a like Series (and, if applicable, Class) and
 aggregate initial principal amount in Authorized Denominations, upon
 surrender of the Transition Bonds to be exchanged at such office or agency.
 Whenever any Transition Bonds are so surrendered for exchange, a Manager on
 behalf of the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
 the Transition Bondholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Transition
 Bonds which the Transition Bondholder making the exchange is entitled to
 receive.

      All Transition Bonds issued upon any registration of transfer or
 exchange of Transition Bonds shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
 evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
 Indenture, as the Transition Bonds surrendered upon such registration of
 transfer or exchange.

      Every Transition Bond presented or surrendered for registration of
 transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a
 written instrument of transfer in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto or
 such other form as is satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the
 Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with
 such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution in the form
 set forth in such Transition Bond.

      No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
 transfer or exchange of Transition Bonds, but, other than in respect of
 exchanges pursuant to Section 2.04 or 9.06 not involving any transfer, the
 Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
 governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration
 of transfer or exchange of Transition Bonds.

      The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer
 shall not be required to make, and the Transition Bond Registrar need not
 register, transfers or exchanges of Transition Bonds selected for
 redemption or transfers or exchanges of any Transition Bond for a period of
 15 days preceding the date on which final payment of principal is to be
 made with respect to such Transition Bond.

           SECTION 2.06  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN TRANSITION
 BONDS.  If (i) any mutilated Transition Bond is surrendered to the Trustee,
 or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
 loss or theft of any Transition Bond, and (ii) there is delivered to the
 Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the
 Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the
 Issuer, the Transition Bond Registrar or the Trustee that such Transition
 Bond has been acquired by a protected purchaser, a Manager on behalf of the
 Issuer shall execute, and upon a Manager's request the Trustee shall
 authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
 destroyed, lost or stolen Transition Bond, a replacement Transition Bond of
 like Series (and, if applicable, Class), tenor and initial principal amount
 in Authorized Denominations, bearing a number not contemporaneously
 outstanding; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen
 Transition Bond, but not a mutilated Transition Bond, shall have become or
 within seven days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for
 redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Transition Bond, the Issuer
 may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Transition Bond when so due or
 payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof.  If, after
 the delivery of such replacement Transition Bond or payment of a destroyed,
 lost or stolen Transition Bond pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
 sentence, a protected purchaser of the original Transition Bond in lieu of
 which such replacement Transition Bond was issued presents for payment such
 original Transition Bond, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to
 recover such replacement Transition Bond (or such payment) from the Person
 to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Transition
 Bond from such Person to whom such replacement Transition Bond was
 delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and
 shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided
 therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the
 Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

      Upon the issuance of any replacement Transition Bond under this
 Section, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such
 Transition Bond of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
 charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable
 expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
 therewith.

      Every replacement Transition Bond issued pursuant to this Section in
 replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Transition Bond
 shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the
 Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Transition
 Bond shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to
 all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and
 all other Transition Bonds duly issued hereunder.

      The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to
 the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
 replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Transition
 Bonds.

           SECTION 2.07  PERSONS DEEMED OWNER.  Prior to due presentment for
 registration of transfer of any Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee
 and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose
 name any Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as
 the owner of such Transition Bond for the purpose of receiving payments of
 principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Transition Bond and
 for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Transition Bond be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or
 the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

           SECTION 2.08   PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND
 INTEREST; INTEREST ON OVERDUE PRINCIPAL AND PREMIUM, IF ANY; PRINCIPAL,
 PREMIUM AND INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.

      (a) The Transition Bonds shall accrue interest as provided in the form
 of Transition Bond attached to the Series Supplement for such Transition
 Bonds, at the applicable Bond Rate specified therein, and such interest
 shall be payable on each Payment Date as specified therein.  Any instalment
 of interest, principal or premium, if any, payable on any Transition Bond
 which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the
 applicable Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such
 Transition Bond (or one or more Predecessor Transition Bonds) is registered
 on the Record Date for such Payment Date, by check mailed first-class,
 postage prepaid to such Person's address as it appears on the Transition
 Bond Register on such Record Date or in such other manner as may be
 provided in the related Series Supplement, except that with respect to
 Transition Bonds registered on a Record Date in the name of the nominee of
 the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments
 will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
 designated by such nominee and except for the final instalment of principal
 and premium, if any, payable with respect to such Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date which shall be payable as provided in clause (b) below.  The
 funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in
 accordance with Section 3.03.

      (b) The principal of each Transition Bond of each Series (and, if
 applicable, Class) shall be payable in instalments on each Payment Date
 specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule included in the form of
 Transition Bond attached to the Series Supplement for such Transition
 Bonds, but only to the extent that moneys are available for such payment
 pursuant to Section 8.02.  Failure to pay in accordance with such Expected
 Amortization Schedule because moneys are not so available pursuant to
 Section 8.02 to make such payments shall not constitute a Default or Event
 of Default under this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire
 unpaid principal amount of the Transition Bonds of any Series or Class
 shall be due and payable, if not previously paid (i) on the Series Final
 Maturity Date (or, if applicable, Class Final Maturity Date) therefor, (ii)
 on the date on which the Transition Bonds of all Series have been declared
 immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 5.02 or (iii) on the
 Redemption Date, if any, therefor.  The Trustee shall notify the Person in
 whose name a Transition Bond is registered at the close of business on the
 Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer expects that the
 final instalment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such
 Transition Bond will be paid.  Such notice shall be mailed no later than
 five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment of principal and premium, if any, will be payable only
 upon presentation and surrender of such Transition Bond and shall specify
 the place where such Transition Bond may be presented and surrendered for
 payment of such instalment.  Notices in connection with redemptions of
 Transition Bonds shall be mailed to Transition Bondholders as provided in
 Section 10.03.

      (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Transition
 Bonds of any Series, the Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest
 on such defaulted interest at the applicable Bond Rate to the extent
 lawful) in any lawful manner.  The Issuer may pay such defaulted interest
 to the Persons who are Transition Bondholders on a subsequent special
 record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the
 payment date.  The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special
 record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such special
 record date, the Issuer shall mail to each affected Transition Bondholder a
 notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount
 of defaulted interest to be paid.

           SECTION 2.09  CANCELLATION.  All Transition Bonds surrendered for
 payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if
 surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
 Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  The Issuer may at
 any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Transition Bonds
 previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have
 acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Transition Bonds so delivered
 shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  No Transition Bonds shall be
 authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Transition Bonds canceled
 as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this
 Indenture.  All canceled Transition Bonds may be held or disposed of by the
 Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in
 effect at the time unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that
 they be destroyed or returned to it; provided that such Issuer Order is
 timely and the Transition Bonds have not been previously disposed of by the
 Trustee.

           SECTION 2.10  AMOUNT; AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF TRANSITION
 BONDS.  The aggregate principal amount of Transition Bonds that may be
 authenticated and delivered under this Indenture shall not exceed
 $2,420,000,000 plus the amount of any Refunding Issuance.  The Issuer may
 issue Transition Bonds of a new Series as a Financing Issuance or a
 Refunding Issuance.

      Transition Bonds of a new Series may from time to time be executed by
 a Manager on behalf of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for
 authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered
 by the Trustee upon Issuer Request and upon delivery by the Issuer, at the
 Issuer's expense, to the Trustee of the following:

      (1) Trust Action.  An Issuer Order authorizing and directing the
      execution, authentication and delivery of the Transition Bonds by the
      Trustee and specifying the principal amount of Transition Bonds to be
      authenticated.

      (2) Authorizations.  An Issuer Opinion of Counsel that no
      authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is
      required for the valid issuance, authentication or delivery of such
      Transition Bonds, except for any such authorization, approval or
      consent as has already been obtained and such registrations as are
      required under the Blue Sky and securities laws of any State.

      (3) Authorizing Certificate.  A certified resolution of the Managers
      authorizing the execution and delivery of the Series Supplement for
      the Transition Bonds applied for and the execution, authentication and
      delivery of such Transition Bonds.

      (4) A Series Supplement for the Series of Transition Bonds being
      issued, which shall set forth the provisions and form of the
      Transition Bonds of such Series (and, if applicable, each Class
      thereof).

      (5) Certificates of the Issuer and the Seller.

           (a) An Issuer Officer's Certificate dated as of the Series
           Issuance Date, stating:

                (i) that no Default has occurred and is continuing under
                this Indenture and that the issuance of the Transition Bonds
                being issued will not result in any Default;

                (ii) that the Issuer has not assigned any interest or
                participation in the Collateral except for the Grant
                contained in this Indenture; that the Issuer has the power
                and authority to Grant the Collateral to the Trustee as
                security hereunder; and that the Issuer, subject to the
                terms of this Indenture, has Granted to the Trustee a
                perfected security interest in all right, title and interest
                in and to the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except
                the Lien of this Indenture;

                (iii) that the Issuer has appointed the firm of independent
                certified public accountants as contemplated in Section
                8.05;

                (iv) that attached thereto are duly executed, true and
                complete copies of the Sale Agreement, the Contribution
                Agreement and the Servicing Agreement;

                (v) that all filings with the PUC pursuant to the
                Competition Act and all UCC financing statements with
                respect to the Collateral which are required to be filed by
                the terms of the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement,
                the Servicing Agreement or this Indenture have been filed as
                required; and

                (vi) that all conditions precedent provided in the Indenture
                relating to the authentication and delivery of the
                Transition Bonds have been complied with.

           (b) (i)  An Officer's Certificate from the Seller, dated as of
           the Series Issuance Date, to the effect that, in the case of the
           Intangible Transition Property to be transferred to the Issuer on
           such date, immediately prior to the conveyance thereof to the
           Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the Seller was the sole
           owner of such Intangible Transition Property and such ownership
           interest was perfected; such Intangible Transition Property has
           been validly transferred and sold to the Issuer free and clear of
           all Liens (other than Liens created by the Issuer pursuant to
           this Indenture) and such transfer has been perfected; the Seller
           has the power and authority to own, sell and assign such
           Intangible Transition Property to the Issuer; and the Seller has
           duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Issuer; and

           (ii)  An Officer's Certificate from PP&L, dated as of the Series
           Issuance Date, to the effect that (A) the attached copy of the
           Qualified Rate Order creating such Intangible Transition Property
           is true and correct and is in full force and effect; and (B)
           immediately prior to the conveyance of the Intangible Transition
           Property to the Seller pursuant to the Contribution Agreement,
           PP&L was the sole owner of the Intangible Transition Property,
           the Intangible Transition Property has been validly transferred
           and assigned to the Seller free and clear of all Liens and such
           transfer has been perfected, and all of the representations and
           warranties of PP&L set forth in the Contribution Agreement are
           true and correct as of the Series Issuance Date, as if such
           representations and warranties had been made as of the Series
           Issuance Date.

      (6) Issuer Opinion of Counsel.  An Issuer Opinion of Counsel, portions
      of which may be delivered by counsel for the Issuer and portions of
      which may be delivered by counsel for the Seller and/or the Servicer,
      dated as of the Series Issuance Date, to the collective effect that:

           (a)  the Issuer has the power and authority to execute and
           deliver the Series Supplement and this Indenture and to issue the
           Transition Bonds being issued, each of the Series Supplement and
           this Indenture and such Transition Bonds have been duly
           authorized, executed and delivered, and the Issuer is duly
           organized and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
           of its organization and is in good standing in any jurisdiction
           where it is required to be qualified;

           (b) the Transition Bonds being issued, when authenticated in
           accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered,
           will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuer
           entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the related Series
           Supplement;

           (c) the Indenture (including the related Series Supplement), the
           Sale Agreement and the Servicing Agreement are valid and binding
           agreements of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in
           accordance with their respective terms except as such
           enforceability may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
           reorganization and other similar laws affecting the rights of
           creditors generally and general principles of equity (regardless
           of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
           equity or at law);

           (d) the Sale Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of the
           Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its
           terms except as such enforceability may be subject to bankruptcy,
           insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the
           rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity
           (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a
           proceeding in equity or at law);

           (e) the Servicing Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of
           the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with
           its terms except as such enforceability may be subject to
           bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws
           affecting the rights of creditors generally and general
           principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is
           considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

           (f) the Contribution Agreement is a valid and binding agreement
           of each of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with
           its terms except as such enforceability may be subject to
           bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws
           affecting the rights of creditors generally and general
           principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is
           considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

           (g) the transfer of the Intangible Transition Property by PP&L to
           the Seller pursuant to the Contribution Agreement and the
           Assignment was an absolute transfer of the entire right, title
           and interest in (as in a "true sale" of) the Intangible
           Transition Property by the Company directly to the Seller; such
           transfer of the Intangible Transition Property is perfected; and
           immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Sale
           Agreement, the Seller owned all right, title and interest in and
           to the Intangible Transition Property;

           (h) either

                (1) (A) the transfer of the Transferred Intangible
                Transition Property by the Seller to the Issuer pursuant to
                the Sale Agreement is an absolute transfer of the entire
                right, title and interest of the Seller in (as in a "true
                sale" of) the Transferred Intangible Transition Property,
                (B) such transfer is perfected, and (C) such transfer has
                priority over any other transfer by the Seller of the
                Transferred Intangible Transition Property; or

                (2) (A) the Sale Agreement creates in favor of the Issuer a
                security interest in the rights of the Seller in the
                Transferred Intangible Transition Property, (B) such
                security interest is valid and enforceable against the
                Seller and third parties and has attached, (C) such security
                interest is perfected, and (D) such perfected security
                interest is of first priority;


           (i) (A) the Indenture creates in favor of the Trustee a security
           interest in the rights of the Issuer in the Intangible
           Transition Property including proceeds of or arising from
           Intangible Transition Charges to secure the Bonds, (B) such
           security interest is valid and enforceable against the Issuer and
           third parties and has attached under the Competition Act, (C)
           such security interest is perfected under the Competition Act,
           and (D) such perfected security interest is of first priority
           under the Competition Act;

           (j) (A) the Indenture creates in favor of the Trustee a security
           interest in the rights of the Issuer in the Collateral, other
           than the Collateral described in paragraph (i) above, (B) such
           security interest is valid and enforceable against the Issuer and
           third parties and has attached, (C) such security interest is
           perfected, and (D) such perfected security interest is of first
           priority;

           (k) the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust
           Indenture Act and either the Series Supplement for the Transition
           Bonds applied for has been duly qualified under the Trust
           Indenture Act or no such qualification of such Series Supplement
           is necessary;

           (l) either

                (1) the registration statement covering the Transition Bonds
                is effective under the Securities Act of 1933 and, to the
                best of such counsel's knowledge and information, no stop
                order suspending the effectiveness of such registration
                statement has been issued under the Securities Act of 1933
                nor have proceedings therefor been instituted or threatened
                by the Commission or

                (2) the Transition Bonds are exempt from the registration
                requirements under the Securities Act of 1933;

           (m) the Indenture (including the related Series Supplement) has
           been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer;

           (n) the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the
           Servicing Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and
           delivered by each of the parties thereto; and

           (o) the Issuer is not now and, following the issuance of the
           Transition Bonds will not be, required to be registered under the
           Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

      (7) Accountant's Certificate or Opinion.  A certificate or opinion,
      addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee, complying with the
      requirements of Section 11.01 hereof, of a firm of Independent
      certified public accountants of recognized national reputation to the
      effect that (a) such accountants are Independent within the meaning of
      the Indenture, and are independent public accountants within the
      meaning of the standards of The American Institute of Certified Public
      Accountants, and (b) with respect to the Collateral, they have made
      such calculations as they deemed necessary for the purpose and
      determined that, based on the assumptions used in calculating the
      initial Intangible Transition Charges with respect to the Transferred
      Intangible Transition Property or, if applicable, the most recent
      revised Intangible Transition Charges with respect to the Transferred
      Intangible Transition Property, and taking into account amounts on
      deposit in the Reserve Subaccount, as of the Series Issuance Date for
      such Series (after giving effect to the issuance of such Series and
      the application of the proceeds therefrom) such Intangible Transition
      Charges are sufficient to (a) pay Operating Expenses when incurred,
      (b) pay interest on each Series of Transition Bonds at their
      respective Bond Rates when due, (c) pay principal of the Transition
      Bonds of all Series in accordance with their respective Expected
      Amortization Schedules and (d) fund the Scheduled
      Overcollateralization Level and replenish any shortfalls in the
      Capital Subaccount as of each Payment Date.

      (8) Rating Agency Condition.  The Trustee shall receive written notice
      from each Rating Agency that the Rating Agency Condition will be
      satisfied with respect to the issuance of any additional Series of
      Transition Bonds being issued.

      (9) Bill of Sale.  If the issuance of an additional Series of
      Transition Bonds is a Financing Issuance, the Bill of Sale delivered
      to the Issuer under the Sale Agreement with respect to the Intangible
      Transition Property being purchased with the proceeds of such
      Financing Issuance.

      (10) Moneys for Refunding.  If the issuance of a Series of Transition
      Bonds is a Refunding Issuance, the amount of money necessary to pay
      the outstanding principal balance of, and premium and interest on, the
      Transition Bonds being refunded to the Redemption Date for the
      Transition Bonds being refunded upon redemption, such money to be
      deposited into a separate account with the Trustee.

           SECTION 2.11  BOOK-ENTRY TRANSITION BONDS.  Unless otherwise
 specified in the related Series Supplement, each Series of Transition
 Bonds, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of a typewritten
 Transition Bond or Transition Bonds representing the Book-Entry Transition
 Bonds, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial
 Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer.  Such Transition Bond
 shall initially be registered on the Transition Bond Register in the name
 of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no
 Transition Bond Owner will receive a definitive Transition Bond
 representing such Transition Bond Owner's interest in such Transition Bond,
 except as provided in Section 2.13.  Unless and until definitive, fully
 registered Transition Bonds (the "Definitive Transition Bonds") have been
 issued to Transition Bondholders pursuant to Section 2.13:

      (i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and
      effect;

      (ii) the Transition Bond Registrar and the Trustee shall be
      entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of
      this Indenture (including the payment of principal of and
      premium, if any, and interest on the Transition Bonds and the
      giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole
      holder of the Transition Bonds, and shall have no obligation to
      the Transition Bond Owners;

      (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict
      with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of
      this Section shall control;

      (iv) the rights of Transition Bond Owners shall be exercised only
      through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those
      established by law and agreements between such Transition Bond
      Owners and the Clearing Agency or the Clearing Agency
      Participants.  Pursuant to the DTC Agreement, unless and until
      Definitive Transition Bonds are issued pursuant to Section 2.13,
      the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among
      the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit
      payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the
      Transition Bonds to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

      (v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be
      taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of
      Transition Bonds evidencing a specified percentage of the
      Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds or a Series or Class
      thereof, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such
      percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions
      to such effect from Transition Bond Owners or Clearing Agency
      Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required
      percentage of the beneficial interest in the Transition Bonds or
      such Series or Class and has delivered such instructions to the
      Trustee.

           SECTION 2.12  NOTICES TO CLEARING AGENCY.  Whenever a notice or
 other communication to the Transition Bondholders is required under this
 Indenture, unless and until Definitive Transition Bonds shall have been
 issued to Transition Bond Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee
 shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given
 to Transition Bondholders to the Clearing Agency, and shall have no
 obligation to the Transition Bond Owners.

           SECTION 2.13  DEFINITIVE TRANSITION BONDS.  If (i) the Issuer
 advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer
 willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as depository
 with respect to any Series or Class of Transition Bonds and the Issuer is
 unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Issuer, at its option,
 advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry
 system through the Clearing Agency with respect to any Series or Class of
 Transition Bonds or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default,
 Transition Bond Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating at
 least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series advise the Trustee through the Clearing Agency in writing that the
 continuation of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no
 longer in the best interests of the Transition Bond Owners, then the
 Clearing Agency shall notify all affected Transition Bond Owners and the
 Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of
 Definitive Transition Bonds to affected Transition Bond Owners requesting
 the same.  Upon surrender to the Trustee of the typewritten Transition Bond
 or Transition Bonds representing the Book-Entry Transition Bonds by the
 Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, a Manager on
 behalf of the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate the
 Definitive Transition Bonds in accordance with the instructions of the
 Clearing Agency.  None of the Issuer, the Transition Bond Registrar or the
 Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and
 may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such
 instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive Transition Bonds, the
 Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Transition Bonds as
 Transition Bondholders.

                                ARTICLE III

                                 COVENANTS

           SECTION 3.01  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND
 INTEREST.  The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and
 premium, if any, and interest on the Transition Bonds in accordance with
 the terms of the Transition Bonds and this Indenture; provided that except
 on the Series Final Maturity Date, the Class Final Maturity Date or the
 Redemption Date for a Series or Class of Transition Bonds or upon the
 acceleration of the Transition Bonds following the occurrence of an Event
 of Default, the Issuer shall only be obligated to pay the principal of such
 Transition Bonds on each Payment Date therefor to the extent moneys are
 available for such payment pursuant to Section 8.02.  Amounts properly
 withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Transition
 Bondholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered
 as having been paid by the Issuer to such Transition Bondholder for all
 purposes of this Indenture.

           SECTION 3.02  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Issuer will
 maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or
 agency where Transition Bonds may be surrendered for registration of
 transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer
 in respect of the Transition Bonds and this Indenture may be served.  The
 Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to serve as its agent for the
 foregoing purposes.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the
 Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such
 office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any
 such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
 thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
 Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its
 agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

           SECTION 3.03  MONEY FOR PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.  As
 provided in Section 8.02(a), all payments of principal of, or premium and
 interest on, the Transition Bonds that are to be made from amounts
 withdrawn from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.02(d) or (e) or
 Section 4.03 shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee or by
 another Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Collection
 Account for payments of Transition Bonds shall be paid over to the Issuer
 except as provided in this Section and in Section 8.02.

      The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
 execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
 shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it
 hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such
 Paying Agent will:

      (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of, or
      premium or interest on, the Transition Bonds in trust for the
      benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be
      paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided
      and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

      (ii) give the Trustee notice of any Default by the Issuer (or any
      other obligor upon the Transition Bonds) of which the Paying
      Agent has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required
      to be made with respect to the Transition Bonds;

      (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such Default,
      upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the
      Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

      (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
      the Trustee all sums held by the Paying Agent in trust for the
      payment of Transition Bonds if at any time the Paying Agent
      ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent
      at the time of its appointment; and

      (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
      withholding from any payments made by it on any Transition Bonds
      of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with
      respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection
      therewith.

      The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
 satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by
 Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in
 trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
 same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent;
 and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent
 shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

      Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money
 held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any
 amount of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Transition
 Bond and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due
 and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer;
 and the Holder of such Transition Bond shall thereafter, as an unsecured
 general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to
 the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the
 Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall
 thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
 before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
 Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English
 language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general
 circulation in the City of New York, notice that such money remains
 unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less
 than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of
 such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.  The Trustee may
 also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable
 means of notification of such repayment (including mailing notice of such
 repayment to Holders whose Transition Bonds have been called but have not
 been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due
 and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Trustee
 or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such
 Holder).

           SECTION 3.04  EXISTENCE.  Subject to Section 3.10, the Issuer
 shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a
 statutory limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware
 (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
 organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States of
 America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence,
 rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will
 obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction
 in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the
 validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Transition Bonds, the
 Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included therein.

           SECTION 3.05  PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  The Issuer shall from
 time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto
 and all such filings (including filings with the PUC pursuant to the
 Competition Act), financing statements, continuation statements,
 instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and shall take such
 other action necessary or advisable to:

      (i) maintain and preserve the lien and security interest (and the
      priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively
      the purposes hereof;

      (ii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any
      Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

      (iii) enforce any of the Collateral;

      (iv) preserve and defend title to the Collateral and the rights
      of the Trustee and the Transition Bondholders in the Collateral
      against the claims of all Persons and parties; or

      (v) pay any and all taxes levied or assessed up on all or any
      part of the Collateral.

 The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to
 execute any filing with the PUC, financing statement, continuation
 statement or other instrument required by the Trustee pursuant to this
 Section.

           SECTION 3.06  OPINIONS AS TO COLLATERAL. (a) On or before March
 31 in each calendar year, while any Series is outstanding, the Issuer shall
 furnish to the Trustee an Issuer Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in
 the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
 recording, filing, re-recording and re-filing of this Indenture, any
 indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and, with
 respect to the execution and filing of any filings pursuant to the
 Competition Act or the UCC, financing statements and continuation
 statements as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest, and
 the first priority thereof, created by this Indenture and reciting the
 details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no
 such action is necessary to maintain such lien and security interest, and
 the first priority thereof.  Such Issuer Opinion of Counsel shall also
 describe the recording, filing, re-recording and re-filing of this
 Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite
 documents, and the execution and filing of any filings pursuant to the
 Competition Act or the UCC, financing statements and continuation
 statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to
 maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture until March 31 in
 the following calendar year.

      (b) Prior to the effectiveness of any amendment to the Sale Agreement,
 the Contribution Agreement or the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall
 furnish to the Trustee an Issuer Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating
 that, in the opinion of such counsel, all filings, including filings
 pursuant to the Competition Act or the UCC, have been executed and filed
 that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer
 and the Trustee in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property and the
 proceeds thereof, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to
 prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) stating
 that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to
 preserve and protect such interest.

           SECTION 3.07  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. (a) The Issuer (i)
 shall diligently pursue any and all actions to enforce its rights under
 each instrument or agreement included in the Collateral and (ii) shall not
 take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to
 be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person's
 covenants or obligations under any such instrument or agreement or that
 would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or
 discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such
 instrument or agreement, except, in each case, as expressly provided in
 this Indenture, the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement or the
 Servicing Agreement or such other instrument or agreement.

      (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in
 performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such
 duties by a Person identified to the Trustee in an Issuer Officer's
 Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer.
 Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Administrator to assist the
 Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

      (c) The Issuer shall punctually perform and observe all of its
 obligations and agreements contained in the Sale Agreement, the Servicing
 Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and in all other instruments and
 agreements included in the Collateral.

           SECTION 3.08  NEGATIVE COVENANTS. The Issuer shall not:

           (i)  except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Sale
      Agreement or the Servicing Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or
      otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, unless directed to do so
      by the Trustee in accordance with Article V;

           (ii)  claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
      principal or premium, if any, or interest payable in respect of, the
      Transition Bonds (other than amounts properly withheld from such
      payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any present or
      former Transition Bondholder by reason of the payment of taxes levied
      or assessed upon the Issuer or any part of the Collateral; or

           (iii)  (A)  permit the validity or effectiveness of this
      Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be
      amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or
      permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations
      with respect to the Transition Bonds under this Indenture except as
      may be expressly permitted hereby, (B) permit any Lien (other than the
      Lien created by this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or
      otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part thereof or
      any interest therein or the proceeds thereof or (C) permit the Lien of
      this Indenture not to constitute a continuing valid first priority
      security interest in the Collateral.

           SECTION 3.09  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE.  The Issuer will
 deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
 of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year 1999), an Issuer Officer's
 Certificate stating, as to the Manager signing such Issuer Officer's
 Certificate, that

      (i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year (or
      relevant portion thereof) and of performance under this Indenture
      has been made under such Manager's supervision; and

      (ii) to the best of such Manager's knowledge, based on such
      review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants
      under this Indenture throughout such calendar year (or relevant
      portion thereof), or, if there has been a default in complying
      with any such condition or covenant, describing each such default
      and the nature and status thereof.

           SECTION 3.10  ISSUER MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN
 TERMS.  The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
 Person or sell substantially all of its assets to any other Person or
 dissolve, unless:

      (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
      such consolidation or merger or to whom substantially all of such
      assets are sold shall be a Person organized and existing under
      the laws of the United States of America or any State and shall
      expressly assume by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed
      and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the
      Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
      premium, if any, and interest on all Transition Bonds and the
      performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
      Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed,
      all as provided herein and in the applicable Series Supplement or
      Series Supplements;

      (ii) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
      such consolidation or merger or to whom substantially all of such
      assets are sold shall expressly assume all obligations and
      succeed to all rights of the Issuer under the Sale Agreement, the
      Contribution Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the
      Servicing Agreement pursuant to an assignment and assumption
      agreement executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form
      satisfactory to the Trustee;

      (iii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation or
      merger or sale, no Default or Event of Default shall have
      occurred and be continuing;

      (iv) the Rating Agency Condition (other than with respect to
      Moody's) shall have been satisfied with respect to such
      consolidation or merger or sale and prior notice thereof shall
      have been given to Moody's;

      (v) the Issuer shall have received an Issuer Opinion of Counsel
      (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Trustee) to the
      effect that such consolidation or merger or sale (a) will not
      have any material adverse tax consequence to the Issuer or any
      Transition Bondholder, (b) complies with this Indenture and all
      of the conditions precedent herein relating to such transaction
      and (c) will result in the Trustee maintaining a continuing valid
      first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral;

      (vi) neither the Intangible Transition Property nor the Qualified
      Rate Order nor the Issuer's rights under the Competition Act or
      the Qualified Rate Order shall be impaired thereby; and

      (vii) any action as is necessary to maintain the Lien created by
      this Indenture shall have been taken.

           SECTION 3.11  SUCCESSOR OR TRANSFEREE. (a) Upon any consolidation
 or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10, the Person formed
 by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer)
 shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
 power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
 Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

      (b) Upon any sale by the Issuer of substantially all of its assets in
 a sale which complies with Section 3.10, PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC
 will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be
 observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the
 Transition Bonds and from every covenant and agreement of the Sale
 Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement to be
 observed or performed on the part of the Issuer.

           SECTION 3.12  NO OTHER BUSINESS.  The Issuer shall not engage in
 any business other than purchasing and owning Intangible Transition
 Property, issuing Transition Bonds from time to time, pledging its interest
 in the Collateral to the Trustee under this Indenture in order to secure
 the Transition Bonds and performing activities that are necessary, suitable
 or convenient to accomplish these purposes or are incidental thereto.

           SECTION 3.13  NO BORROWING.  The Issuer shall not issue, incur,
 assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for
 any indebtedness and except for the Transition Bonds and except as
 contemplated by the Basic Documents.

           SECTION 3.14  GUARANTEES, LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER LIABILITIES.
 Except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, Issuer shall not make any
 loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an
 instrument having the effect of assuring another's payment or performance
 on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or
 otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection
 with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase
 or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets
 or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital
 contribution to, any other Person.

           SECTION 3.15  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  The Issuer shall not make
 any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital
 assets (either realty or personalty) other than Intangible Transition
 Property purchased from the Seller pursuant to, and in accordance with, the
 Sale Agreement.

           SECTION 3.16  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  The Issuer shall not,
 directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by
 reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities
 or a combination thereof, to any owner of a beneficial interest in the
 Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest in, or
 ownership security of, the Issuer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or
 otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or
 security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such
 purpose; provided, however, that if no Event of Default shall have occurred
 and be continuing, the Issuer may make, or cause be made, any such
 distributions to any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or
 otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in
 or of the Issuer using funds distributed to the Issuer pursuant to Section
 8.02(d) to the extent that such distributions would not cause the book
 value of the remaining equity in the Issuer to decline below 0.5% of the
 original principal amount of all Series of Transition Bonds which remain
 outstanding.  The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to
 or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this
 Indenture and the Basic Documents.

           SECTION 3.17  NOTICE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The Issuer agrees to
 deliver to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies written notice in the form
 of an Issuer Officer's Certificate of any Default or Event of Default
 hereunder or under any of the Basic Documents, its status and what action
 the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto within five
 Business Days after the occurrence thereof.

           SECTION 3.18  INSPECTION.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable
 prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee, during the
 Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of account,
 records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and
 extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited annually by
 Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer's
 affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer's officers, employees, and
 Independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and
 as often as may be reasonably requested.  The Trustee shall and shall cause
 its representatives to hold in confidence all such information except to
 the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable
 applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the
 extent that the Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is
 consistent with its obligations hereunder.

           SECTION 3.19  ADJUSTED OVERCOLLATERALIZATION BALANCE SCHEDULES.
 Not later than the date on which a new Series of Transition Bonds is issued
 or any outstanding Series of Transition Bonds is redeemed or defeased, the
 Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a replacement Schedule 1 hereto,
 adjusted to reflect such issuance, redemption or defeasance and setting
 forth the Scheduled Overcollateralization Level for each Payment Date.

           SECTION 3.20  SALE AGREEMENT, CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, THE
 ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT AND SERVICING AGREEMENT COVENANTS.  (a) The Issuer
 agrees to take all such lawful actions to enforce its rights under the Sale
 Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the
 Servicing Agreement and to compel or secure the performance and observance
 by the Seller, PP&L and the Servicer, of each of their obligations to the
 Issuer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Contribution
 Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement in
 accordance with the terms thereof.  So long as no Event of Default occurs
 and is continuing, but subject to Section 3.20(f), the Issuer may exercise
 any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to
 the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Contribution
 Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement.

      (b) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may,
 and, at the direction (which direction shall be in writing or by telephone
 (confirmed in writing promptly thereafter)) of the Holders of a majority of
 the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series shall,
 exercise all right, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer
 against the Seller, PP&L or the Servicer under or in connection with the
 Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Administration Agreement
 and the Servicing Agreement including the right or power to take any action
 to compel or secure performance or observance by the Seller, PP&L or the
 Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give
 any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver
 under the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Administration
 Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, and any right of the Issuer to take
 such action shall be suspended.

      (c) With the consent of the Trustee, the Sale Agreement, the
 Contribution Agreement and the Servicing Agreement may be amended, so long
 as the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied in connection therewith, at any
 time and from time to time, without the consent of the Transition
 Bondholders, provided that such amendment shall not, as evidenced by an
 Issuer Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect the interest of any Transition
 Bondholder in any material respect.

      (d) If the Issuer, the Seller, PP&L, Reserves, Group or the Servicer
 proposes to amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or
 agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or
 surrender of, the terms of the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement
 or the Servicing Agreement, or waive timely performance or observance by
 the Servicer, PP&L or the Seller under the Sale Agreement, the Contribution
 Agreement or the Servicing Agreement, in each case in such a way as would
 materially and adversely affect the interests of Transition Bondholders,
 the Issuer shall first notify the Rating Agencies of the proposed amendment
 and shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify the Transition
 Bondholders of the proposed amendment and whether the Rating Agency
 Condition has been satisfied with respect thereto.  The Trustee shall
 consent to such proposed amendment, modification, supplement or waiver only
 with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds of each Series materially and adversely affected
 thereby.  If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall
 be so consented to by the Trustee or such Holders, the Issuer agrees to
 execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such
 agreements, instruments, consents and other documents as shall be necessary
 or appropriate in the circumstances.

      (e) If the Issuer or the Servicer proposes to amend, modify, waive,
 supplement, terminate or surrender in any material respect, or to agree to
 any material amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or
 surrender of, the Intangible Transition Charge Adjustment Process, the
 Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify Transition
 Bondholders of such proposal and the Trustee shall consent thereto only
 with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds of each Series materially and adversely affected
 thereby and only if the Rating Agency Condition (other than with respect to
 Moody's) has been satisfied with respect thereto and prior notice thereof
 has been given to Moody's.

      (f) Promptly following a default by either the Seller, PP&L or the
 Servicer under the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement or the
 Servicing Agreement and at the Issuer's expense, the Issuer agrees to take
 all such lawful actions as the Trustee may request to compel or secure the
 performance and observance by the Seller, PP&L or the Servicer, as
 applicable, of each of their obligations to the Issuer under or in
 connection with the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement or the
 Servicing Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise
 any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to
 the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Contribution
 Agreement or the Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the manner
 directed by the Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default
 on the part of the Seller, PP&L or the Servicer thereunder and the
 institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or
 secure performance by the Seller, PP&L or the Servicer of each of their
 obligations under the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the
 Servicing Agreement.

      (g) If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer
 Default under the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly give
 written notice thereof to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies, and shall
 specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with
 respect to such default.  If a Servicer Default shall arise from the
 failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under
 the Servicing Agreement with respect to the Intangible Transition Property
 or the Intangible Transition Charges, the Issuer shall take all reasonable
 steps available to it to remedy such failure.  The Issuer shall not take
 any action to terminate the Servicer's rights and powers under the
 Servicing Agreement following a Servicer Default without the prior written
 consent of the Trustee and of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series.

      (h) As promptly as possible after the giving of notice of termination
 to the Servicer and the Rating Agencies of the Servicer's rights and powers
 pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Servicing Agreement, the Trustee, with the
 consent of the Holders of Transition Bonds evidencing not less than a
 majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series,
 may appoint a successor Servicer (the "Successor Servicer"), and such
 Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in
 a form acceptable to the Issuer and the Trustee.  A person shall qualify as
 a Successor Servicer only if such Person satisfies the requirements of
 Section 6.04 of the Servicing Agreement.  If within 30 days after the
 delivery of the notice referred to above, a Successor Servicer shall not
 have been appointed and accepted its appointment as such, the Trustee, with
 the consent of the Holders of Transition Bonds evidencing not less than a
 majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series,
 may petition the PUC or a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a
 Successor Servicer.  In connection with any such appointment, the Issuer
 may make such arrangements for the compensation of such Successor Servicer
 as it and such Successor Servicer shall agree, subject to the limitations
 set forth below and in the Servicing Agreement, and in accordance with
 Section 6.04 of the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an
 agreement with such Successor Servicer for the servicing of the Intangible
 Transition Property (such agreement to be in form and substance
 satisfactory to the Trustee).

      (i) Upon termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant to
 the Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer, the
 Transition Bondholders and the Rating Agencies of such termination.  As
 soon as a Successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer shall notify the
 Trustee, the Transition Bondholders and the Rating Agencies of such
 appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address of such
 Successor Servicer.

           SECTION 3.21  TAXES.  So long as any of the Transition Bonds are
 outstanding, the Issuer shall pay all material taxes, assessments and
 governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or
 with respect to any of its franchises, business, income or property before
 any penalty accrues thereon if the failure to pay any such taxes,
 assessments and governmental charges would, after any applicable grace
 periods, notices or other similar requirements, result in a Lien on the
 Collateral.

                                 ARTICLE IV

                   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

           SECTION 4.01  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;
 DEFEASANCE. (a) The Transition Bonds of any Series, all moneys payable with
 respect thereto and this Indenture as it applies to such Series shall cease
 to be of further effect and the Lien hereunder shall be released with
 respect to such Series, interest shall cease to accrue on the Transition
 Bonds of such Series and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of
 the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and
 discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Transition Bonds of such
 Series, when

      (A) either

           (1) all Transition Bonds of such Series theretofore
           authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Transition
           Bonds that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that
           have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06
           and (ii) Transition Bonds for whose payment money has
           theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and
           held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to
           the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided
           in Section 3.03) have been delivered to the Trustee for
           cancellation; or

           (2) the Expected Final Payment Date or Redemption Date
           has occurred with respect to all Transition Bonds of
           such Series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
           for cancellation, and the Issuer has irrevocably
           deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with
           the Trustee cash, in trust for such purpose, in an
           amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
           indebtedness on such Transition Bonds not theretofore
           delivered to the Trustee on the Expected Final Payment
           Date or Redemption Date, as applicable, therefor;

      (B) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums
      payable hereunder by the Issuer with respect to such Series; and

      (C) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Issuer Officer's
      Certificate, an Issuer Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the
      TIA or the Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of
      certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable
      requirements of Section 11.01 and each stating that all
      conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
      satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to
      Transition Bonds of such Series have been complied with.

      (b) Subject to Sections 4.01(c) and 4.02, the Issuer at any time may
 terminate (i) all its obligations under this Indenture with respect to the
 Transition Bonds of any Series ("Legal Defeasance Option") or (ii) its
 obligations under Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10, 3.12,
 3.13, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16, 3.17, 3.18, 3.19 and 3.20 and the operation of
 Section 5.01(iv) ("Covenant Defeasance Option") with respect to any Series
 of Transition Bonds.  The Issuer may exercise the Legal Defeasance Option
 with respect to any Series of Transition Bonds notwithstanding its prior
 exercise of the Covenant Defeasance Option with respect to such Series.

      If the Issuer exercises the Legal Defeasance Option with respect to
 any Series, the maturity of the Transition Bonds of such Series may not be
 (a) accelerated because of an Event of Default or (b) except as provided in
 Section 4.02, redeemed.  If the Issuer exercises the Covenant Defeasance
 Option with respect to any Series, the maturity of the Transition Bonds of
 such Series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified
 in Section 5.01(iv).

      Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein to the exercise
 of the Legal Defeasance Option or the Covenant Defeasance Option with
 respect to any Series of Transition Bonds, the Trustee, on demand of and at
 the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
 satisfaction and discharge of the obligations that are terminated pursuant
 to such exercise.

      (c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.01(a) and 4.01(b) above, (i) rights of
 registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) rights of substitution of
 mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Transition Bonds, (iii) rights of
 Transition Bondholders to receive payments of principal, premium, if any,
 and interest, but only from the amounts deposited with the Trustee for such
 payments, (iv) Sections 4.03 and 4.04, (v) the rights, obligations and
 immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee
 under Section 6.07 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.03)
 and (vi) the rights of Transition Bondholders under this Indenture with
 respect to the property deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of
 them, shall survive until the Transition Bonds of the Series as to which
 this Indenture or certain obligations hereunder have been satisfied and
 discharged pursuant to Section 4.01(a) or 4.01(b) and have been paid in
 full.  Thereafter, the obligations in Sections 6.07 and 4.04 with respect
 to such Series shall survive.

           SECTION 4.02  CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE.  The Issuer may exercise
 the Legal Defeasance Option or the Covenant Defeasance Option with respect
 to any Series of Transition Bonds only if:

      (a) the Issuer irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in
      trust with the Trustee cash or U.S. Government Obligations for
      the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on
      such Series of Transition Bonds to the Expected Payment Date or
      Redemption Date therefor, as applicable, such deposit to be made
      in the Defeasance Subaccount for such Series of Transition Bonds;

      (b) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a
      nationally recognized firm of Independent accountants expressing
      its opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due
      and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government
      Obligations plus any deposited cash without investment will
      provide cash at such times and in such amounts (but, in the case
      of the Legal Defeasance Option only, not more than such amounts)
      as will be sufficient to pay in respect of the Transition Bonds
      of such Series (i) subject to clause (ii), principal in
      accordance with the Expected Amortization Schedule therefor, (ii)
      if such Series is to be redeemed, the Redemption Price therefor
      on the Redemption Date therefor and (iii) interest when due;

      (c) in the case of the Legal Defeasance Option, 125 days pass
      after the deposit is made and during the 125-day period no
      Default specified in Section 5.01(v) or (vi) occurs which is
      continuing at the end of the period; provided, however, that in
      determining whether a default under Section 5.01(v) has occurred,
      the requirement that the decree or order shall remain unstayed
      and in effect for 90 days shall be disregarded;

      (d) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the day of such
      deposit and after giving effect thereto;

      (e) in the case of the Legal Defeasance Option, the Issuer
      delivers to the Trustee an Issuer Opinion of Counsel stating that
      (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by,
      the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of
      execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
      applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect
      that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the
      Holders of the Transition Bonds of such Series will not recognize
      income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result
      of the exercise of such Legal Defeasance Option and will be
      subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
      manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
      Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

      (f) in the case of the Covenant Defeasance Option, the Issuer
      delivers to the Trustee an Issuer Opinion of Counsel to the
      effect that the Holders of the Transition Bonds of such Series
      will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
      purposes as a result of the exercise of such Covenant Defeasance
      Option and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
      amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
      been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

      (g) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Issuer Officer's
      Certificate and an Issuer Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
      all conditions precedent to the satisfaction and discharge of the
      Transition Bonds of such Series to the extent contemplated by
      this Article IV have been complied with.

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.02 to the
 contrary, no delivery of cash or U.S. Government Obligations to the Trustee
 under this Section shall terminate any obligations of the Issuer under this
 Indenture with respect to any Transition Bonds which are to be redeemed
 prior to the Expected Final Payment Date therefor until such Transition
 Bonds shall have been irrevocably called or designated for redemption on a
 date thereafter on which such Transition Bonds may be redeemed in
 accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and proper notice of such
 redemption shall have been given in accordance with the provisions of this
 Indenture or the Issuer shall have given the Trustee, in form satisfactory
 to the Trustee, irrevocable instructions to give, in the manner and at the
 times prescribed herein, notice of redemption of such Series.

           SECTION 4.03  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.  All moneys or U.S.
 Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01
 or 4.02 hereof with respect to any Series of Transition Bonds shall be held
 in trust in the Defeasance Subaccount for such Series and applied by it, in
 accordance with the provisions of the Transition Bonds and this Indenture,
 to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee
 may determine, to the Holders of the particular Transition Bonds for the
 payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the
 Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium,
 if any, and interest.  Such moneys shall be segregated and held apart
 solely for paying such Transition Bonds and such Transition Bonds shall not
 be entitled to any amounts on deposit in the Collection Account other than
 amounts on deposit in the Defeasance Subaccount for such Transition Bonds.

           SECTION 4.04  REPAYMENT OF MONEYS HELD BY PAYING AGENT.  In
 connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the
 Covenant Defeasance Option or Legal Defeasance Option with respect to the
 Transition Bonds of any Series, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent
 other than the Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect
 to such Transition Bonds shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the
 Trustee to be held and applied according to Section 3.03 and thereupon such
 Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to
 such moneys.

                                 ARTICLE V

                                  REMEDIES

           SECTION 5.01  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. "Event of Default" wherever used
 herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such
 Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be
 effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order
 of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
 governmental body):

           (i)  default in the payment of any interest on any Transition
      Bond when the same becomes due and payable and the continuation of
      such default for five Business Days;

           (ii)  default in the payment of the then unpaid principal of any
      Transition Bond of any Series on the Series Final Maturity Date for
      such Series or, if applicable, any Class on the Class Final Maturity
      Date for such Class;

           (iii)  default in the payment of the Redemption Price for any
      Transition Bond on the Redemption Date therefor;

           (iv)  default in the observance or performance of any covenant or
      agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant
      or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is
      specifically dealt with in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above), or any
      representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in
      any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in
      connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material
      respect as of the time when made, and any such default shall continue
      or not be cured, for a period of 30 days after (A) there shall have
      been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the
      Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least
      25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of any Series or
      Class, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect
      representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating
      that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder or (B) the date
      the Issuer has knowledge of the default;

           (v)  the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
      jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any
      substantial part of the Collateral in an involuntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
      insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or
      appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
      sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or its property or for
      any substantial part of the Collateral, or ordering the winding-up or
      liquidation of the Issuer's affairs, and such decree or order shall
      remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;

           (vi)  the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case or
      proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
      insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the
      consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an
      involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to
      the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
      assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
      Issuer or for any substantial part of the Collateral, or the making by
      the Issuer of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
      failure by the Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become
      due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of
      the foregoing; or

           (vii) any act or failure to act by the Commonwealth of
      Pennsylvania or any of its agencies (including the PUC), officers or
      employees that violates or is not in accordance with the pledge and
      agreement of the Commonwealth in Section 2812(c)(2) of the Competition
      Act.

           SECTION 5.02  ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default under clause (vii)
 of Section 5.01) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case
 either the Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less
 than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series may, but need not, declare all the Transition Bonds to be
 immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to
 the Trustee if given by Transition Bondholders), and upon any such
 declaration the unpaid principal amount of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date
 of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.

      At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has
 been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has
 been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the
 Holders of Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, by written notice to the
 Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
 consequences if:

           (i)  the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee, for
      deposit in the General Subaccount of the Collection Account, a sum
      sufficient to pay

           (A) all payments of principal of and premium, if any, and
           interest on all Transition Bonds of all Series and all other
           amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Transition
           Bonds if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration
           had not occurred; and

           (B) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
           reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
           the Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

           (ii)  all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the
      principal of the Transition Bonds of all Series that has become due
      solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in
      Section 5.12.

      No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
 right consequent thereto.

           SECTION 5.03  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR
 ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE.  (a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) Default is
 made in the payment of any interest on any Transition Bond when such
 interest becomes due and payable and such Default continues for five
 Business Days, (ii) Default is made in the payment of the then unpaid
 principal of any Transition Bond on the Series Final Maturity Date or Class
 Final Maturity Date, as applicable, therefor (iii) Default is made in the
 payment of the Redemption Price or for any Transition Bond on the
 Redemption Date therefor, the Issuer shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay
 to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Transition Bonds of such
 Series, such amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses
 of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
 disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel and
 the whole amount then due and payable on such Transition Bonds for
 principal, premium, if any, and interest, with interest upon the overdue
 principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent payment at such rate of
 interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue instalments of
 interest, at the respective Bond Rate of such Series or the applicable
 Class of such Series.

           (b)  In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay the amounts
 specified in clause (a) above upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own
 name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the
 collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding
 to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or
 other obligor upon such Transition Bonds and collect in the manner provided
 by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such
 Transition Bonds, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be
 payable.

           (c)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
 may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.04, in its discretion,
 proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Transition
 Bondholders, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
 effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
 enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
 exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy
 or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
 law including foreclosing or otherwise enforcing the Lien on the Intangible
 Transition Property securing the Transition Bonds or applying to the PUC
 for sequestration of revenues arising with respect to such Intangible
 Transition Property.

           (d)  In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or
 any other obligor upon the Transition Bonds or any Person having or
 claiming an ownership interest in the Collateral, Proceedings under Title
 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state
 bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver,
 assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator,
 sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken
 possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
 or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the
 Issuer or other obligor upon the Transition Bonds, or to the creditors or
 property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of
 whether the principal of any Transition Bonds shall then be due and payable
 as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of
 whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions
 of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such
 Proceedings or otherwise:

           (i)  to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
      principal, premium, if any, and interest owing and unpaid in respect
      of the Transition Bonds and to file such other papers or documents as
      may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
      Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the
      Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents,
      attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and
      liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each
      predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith)
      and of the Transition Bondholders allowed in such Proceedings;

           (ii)  unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to
      vote on behalf of the Holders of Transition Bonds in any election of a
      trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar functions in
      any such Proceedings;

           (iii)  to collect and receive any moneys or other property
      payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all
      amounts received with respect to the claims of the Transition
      Bondholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and

           (iv)  to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents
      as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds allowed in any judicial
      proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

 and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official
 in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Transition
 Bondholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the
 Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Transition
 Bondholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to
 cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and
 their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and
 liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each
 predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

           (e)  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
 Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf
 of any Transition Bondholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
 adjustment or composition affecting the Transition Bonds or the rights of
 any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
 claim of any Transition Bondholder in any such proceeding except, as
 aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar
 Person.

           (f)  All rights of action and of asserting claims under this
 Indenture, or under any of the Transition Bonds, may be enforced by the
 Trustee without the possession of any of the Transition Bonds or the
 production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and
 any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought
 in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of
 judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and
 compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective
 agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of
 the Transition Bonds.

           (g)  In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any
 Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture
 to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to
 represent all the Holders of the Transition Bonds, and it shall not be
 necessary to make any Transition Bondholder a party to any such
 Proceedings.

           SECTION 5.04  REMEDIES; PRIORITIES.  (a) If an Event of Default
 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may do one or more of the following
 (subject to Section 5.05):

           (i)  institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an
      express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the
      Transition Bonds or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether
      by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and
      collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Transition
      Bonds moneys adjudged due;

           (ii)  institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or
      partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Collateral;

           (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC or
      the Competition Act or any other applicable law and take any other
      appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of
      the Trustee and the Holders of the Transition Bonds of such Series;

           (iv)  sell the Collateral or any portion thereof or rights or
      interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and
      conducted in any manner permitted by law; and

           (v)  exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims
      of the Issuer against the Seller, PP&L or the Servicer under or in
      connection with the Sale Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the
      Administration Agreement or the Servicing Agreement as provided in
      Section 3.20(b);

 provided, however, that the Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate any
 portion of the Collateral following an Event of Default, other than an
 Event of Default described in Section 5.01(i), (ii) or (iii), with respect
 to any Series unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds of all Series consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of
 such sale or liquidation distributable to the Transition Bondholders of all
 Series are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid
 upon such Transition Bonds for principal, premium, if any, and interest or
 (C) the Trustee determines that the Collateral will not continue to provide
 sufficient funds for all payments on the Transition Bonds of all Series as
 they would have become due if the Transition Bonds had not been declared
 due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the consent of Holders of 66-2/3%
 of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series.  In
 determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause (B)
 and (C), the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of
 an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation
 as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of
 the Collateral for such purpose.

           (b)   If an Event of Default under clause (vii) of Section 5.01
 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders,
 shall be entitled and empowered to the extent permitted by applicable law,
 to institute or participate in Proceedings reasonably necessary to compel
 performance of or to enforce the pledge and agreement of the Commonwealth
 in Section 2812(c)(2) of the Competition Act and to collect any monetary
 damages incurred by the Holders or the Trustee as a result of any such
 Event of Default, and may prosecute any such Proceeding to final judgment
 or decree.

           SECTION 5.05  OPTIONAL PRESERVATION OF THE COLLATERAL.  If the
 Transition Bonds have been declared to be due and payable under Section
 5.02 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its
 consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee may, but
 need not, elect, as provided in Section 5.11(iii), to maintain possession
 of the Collateral and not sell or liquidate the same.  It is the desire of
 the parties hereto and the Transition Bondholders that there be at all
 times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and premium, if any,
 and interest on the Transition Bonds, and the Trustee shall take such
 desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession
 of the Collateral or sell or liquidate the same.  In determining whether to
 maintain possession of the Collateral or sell or liquidate the same, the
 Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an
 Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as
 to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the
 Collateral for such purpose.

           SECTION 5.06  LIMITATION OF PROCEEDINGS.  No Holder of any
 Transition Bond of any Series shall have any right to institute any
 Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, or to avail itself of the remedies
 provided in Section 2812(d)(3)(v) of the Competition Act, with respect to
 this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any
 other remedy hereunder, unless:

           (i)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the
      Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

           (ii)  the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
      of the Transition Bonds of all Series have made written request to the
      Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of
      Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

           (iii)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
      security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against
      the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with
      such request;

           (iv)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
      request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such
      Proceedings; and

           (v)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
      given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
      majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series;

 it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Transition
 Bonds shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by
 availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or
 prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Transition Bonds or to obtain
 or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to
 enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein
 provided.

      In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent
 requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Transition
 Bonds, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of

 the Transition Bonds of all Series, the Trustee in its sole discretion may
 determine what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other
 provisions of this Indenture.

           SECTION 5.07  UNCONDITIONAL RIGHTS OF TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS TO
 RECEIVE PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND INTEREST.  Notwithstanding any
 other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Transition Bond shall
 have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, and shall not be
 impaired without the consent of each such Holder, (a) to receive payment of
 (i) the interest, if any, on such Transition Bond on or after the due dates
 thereof expressed in such Transition Bond or in this Indenture, (ii) the
 unpaid principal, if any, of such Transition Bonds on or after the Series
 Final Maturity Date or Class Final Maturity Date therefor or (iii) in the
 case of redemption, receive payment of the unpaid principal, if any, of and
 premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Transition Bond on or after
 the Redemption Date therefor and (b) to institute suit for the enforcement
 of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the
 consent of such Holder.

           SECTION 5.08  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Trustee
 or any Transition Bondholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any
 right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been
 discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely
 to the Trustee or to such Transition Bondholder, then and in every such
 case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Transition Bondholders shall, subject
 to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and
 respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
 and remedies of the Trustee and the Transition Bondholders shall continue
 as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

           SECTION 5.09  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No right or remedy
 herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Transition
 Bondholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
 every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative
 and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
 hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or
 employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
 prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate
 right or remedy.

           SECTION 5.10  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT A WAIVER.  No delay or
 omission of the Trustee or any Transition Bondholder to exercise any right
 or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any
 such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of
 Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this
 Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Transition Bondholders may be
 exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by
 the Trustee or by the Transition Bondholders, as the case may be.

           SECTION 5.11  CONTROL BY TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS.  The Holders of
 a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series
 (or, if less than all Series or Classes are affected, the affected Series
 or Class or Classes) shall have the right to direct the time, method and
 place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee
 with respect to the Transition Bonds of such Series or Class or Classes or
 exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such
 Series or Class or Classes; provided that

           (i)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
      or with this Indenture;

           (ii)  subject to the express terms of Section 5.04, any direction
      to the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral shall be by the
      Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than 100% of the
      Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series;

           (iii)  if the conditions set forth in Section 5.05 have been
      satisfied and the Trustee elects to retain the Collateral pursuant to
      such Section and elects not to sell or liquidate the same, then any
      direction to the Trustee by Holders of Transition Bonds representing
      less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of
      all Series to sell or liquidate the Collateral shall be of no force
      and effect; and

           (iv)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
      Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction;

 provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.01, the Trustee need not take
 any action that it determines might involve it in liability for which it
 reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified against the
 costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying
 with this request.  The Trustee also need not take any action that it
 determines might materially and adversely affect the rights of any
 Transition Bondholders not consenting to such action.

           SECTION 5.12  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.  Prior to the declaration
 of the acceleration of the maturity of the Transition Bonds of all Series
 as provided in Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority of the
 Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series may waive any past
 Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a Default (i) in
 payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the
 Transition Bonds or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which
 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
 Transition Bond of all Series or Classes affected.  In the case of any such
 waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Transition Bonds
 shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder,
 respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
 Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

      Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed
 to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default
 arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have
 occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall
 extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any
 right consequent thereto.

           SECTION 5.13  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.  All parties to this
 Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Transition Bond by such Holder's
 acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in
 its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
 remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any
 action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party
 litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and
 that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including
 reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having
 due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
 such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to
 (a) any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any
 Transition Bondholder, or group of Transition Bondholders, in each case
 holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Amount of the
 Transition Bonds of a Series or (c) any suit instituted by any Transition
 Bondholder for the enforcement of the payment of (i) interest on any
 Transition Bond on or after the due dates expressed in such Transition Bond
 and in this Indenture, (ii) the unpaid principal, if any, of any Transition
 Bond on or after the Series Final Maturity Date or Class Final Maturity
 Date, if applicable, therefor or (iii) in the case of redemption, the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and interest on any Transition
 Bond on or after the Redemption Date therefor.

           SECTION 5.14  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.  The Issuer
 covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at
 any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take
 the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
 now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
 performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may
 lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any
 such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the
 execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and
 permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
 enacted.

           SECTION 5.15  ACTION ON TRANSITION BONDS.  The Trustee's right to
 seek and recover judgment on the Transition Bonds or under this Indenture
 shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other
 relief under or with respect to this Indenture.  Neither the Lien of this
 Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Transition
 Bondholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the
 Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such
 judgment upon any portion of the Collateral or upon any of the assets of
 the Issuer.

                                 ARTICLE VI

                                THE TRUSTEE

           SECTION 6.01  DUTIES AND LIABILITIES OF TRUSTEE.  (a)  If an
 Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise
 the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same
 degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would
 exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own
 affairs.

           (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

           (i)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
      such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
      no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
      Indenture against the Trustee; and

           (ii)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee
      may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
      correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates
      or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
      requirements of this Indenture.

           (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
 negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful
 misconduct, except that:

           (i)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
      this Section;

           (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
      made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that
      the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

           (iii)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
      it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
      received by it pursuant to Section 5.11.

           (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to
 the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 6.01.

           (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
 received by it except as provided in this Indenture or as the Trustee may
 agree in writing with the Issuer.

           (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated
 from other funds held by the Trustee except to the extent required by law
 or the terms of this Indenture or the Sale Agreement or the Servicing
 Agreement.

           (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
 expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
 performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
 rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that
 repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
 liability is not reasonably assured to it.

           (h)  Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
 affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
 subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

      (i) Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable for any
 indebtedness of the Issuer, the Servicer, the Seller or PP&L evidenced by
 or arising under the Transition Bonds or any Basic Document.

           SECTION 6.02  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. (a) The Trustee may rely on any
 document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
 by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter
 stated in the document.

      (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
 Issuer Officer's Certificate or an Issuer Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee
 shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
 in reliance on an Issuer Officer's Certificate or an Issuer Opinion of
 Counsel.

      (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
 perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
 attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be
 responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
 supervision of, any such agent attorney, custodian, or nominee appointed
 with due care by it thereunder.

      (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
 to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
 rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not
 constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

      (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of
 counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
 Transition Bonds shall be full and complete authorization and protection
 from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it
 hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of
 such counsel.

           SECTION 6.03  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee in its
 individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
 Transition Bonds and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its affiliates
 with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying
 Agent, Transition Bond Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do
 the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Sections
 6.11 and 6.12.

           SECTION 6.04  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.  The Trustee shall not be
 responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy
 of this Indenture or the Transition Bonds.  The Trustee shall not be
 accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Transition Bonds,
 and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in
 the Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the
 Transition Bonds or in the Transition Bonds other than the Trustee's
 certificate of authentication.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for
 the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of
 the Collateral, or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the
 Transition Bonds (other than the certificate of authentication for the
 Transition Bonds) or the Basic Documents and the Trustee shall in no event
 assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to any Holder of a
 Transition Bond, other than as expressly provided for in this Indenture.
 The Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of the
 Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer or the Member or any Manager of the Issuer
 under any Basic Document or otherwise and the Trustee shall have no
 obligation or liability to perform the obligations of the Issuer.

           SECTION 6.05  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.  If a Default occurs and is
 continuing with respect to any Class or Series and if it is known to a
 Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Rating
 Agency and to each Holder of Transition Bonds of all Series notice of the
 Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in
 payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Transition
 Bond, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of
 its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the
 notice is in the interests of Transition Bondholders.

           SECTION 6.06  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS. (a) The Trustee
 shall deliver to each Holder of Transition Bonds such information as may
 be required to enable such Holder to prepare its federal and state income
 tax returns.

           (b)  With respect to each Series of Transition Bonds, on or prior
 to each Payment Date therefor, the Trustee will deliver a statement
 prepared by the Trustee to each Holder of Transition Bonds which will
 include (to the extent applicable) the following information (and any other
 information so specified in the Series Supplement for such Series) as to
 the Transition Bonds of such Series with respect to such Payment Date or
 the period since the previous Payment Date, as applicable:

           (i)  the amount paid to Holders of such Transition Bonds in
      respect of principal;  such amount to be expressed as a dollar amount
      per thousand;

           (ii)  the amount paid to Holders of such Transition Bonds in
      respect of interest; such amount to be expressed as a dollar amount
      per thousand;

           (iii)  the Transition Bond Balance, after giving effect to the
      payments to be made on such Payment Date, and the Projected Transition
      Bond Balance, in each case for such Series and as of such Payment
      Date;

           (iv)  the amount on deposit in the Overcollateralization
      Subaccount and the Scheduled Overcollateralization Level as of such
      Payment Date;

           (v)  the amount on deposit in the Capital Subaccount as of such
      Payment Date; and

           (vi)  the amount, if any, on deposit in the Reserve Subaccount as
      of such Payment Date.

           (c)  The Trustee's responsibility for disbursing the information
 described in subsection (b) above to Holders of Transition Bonds is limited
 to the availability, timeliness and accuracy of the information provided by
 the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.05 and Annex 1 of the Servicing
 Agreement.

           SECTION 6.07  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.  The Issuer shall pay
 to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services.
 The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation
 of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee
 for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances
 incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the
 compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable
 compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's
 agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Issuer shall indemnify and
 hold harmless the Trustee from and against any and all costs, damages,
 expenses, losses, liabilities or other amounts whatsoever (including
 counsel fees) incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration
 of this trust, the enforcement of this trust and all of the Trustee's
 rights, powers and duties under this Indenture and the performance by the
 Trustee of the duties and obligations of the Trustee under or pursuant to
 this Indenture.  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim
 for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
 Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The
 Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and
 the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer
 need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or
 expense incurred by the Trustee (i) through the Trustee's own wilful
 misconduct, negligence or bad faith or (ii) to the extent the Trustee was
 reimbursed for or indemnified against any such loss, liability or expense
 by the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement, by PP&L pursuant to the
 Contribution Agreement or by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing
 Agreement.

      When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default
 specified in Section 5.01(v) or (vi) with respect to the Issuer, the
 expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title
 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state
 bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

           In the event that there is any withdrawal of funds from the
 Capital Subaccount, which funds constitute all or any portion of the
 initial deposit made into the Capital Subaccount as the Required Capital
 Amount for any Series, the Issuer shall, upon the written request of the
 Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the date of such request, deliver to
 the Trustee and keep in force until this Indenture ceases to be of any
 further effect pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.01, one or more
 policies of insurance, surety bonds and/or letters of credit in the
 aggregate face amount of five million dollars ($5,000,000) which policies,
 surety bonds and/or letters of credit are sufficient to provide coverage
 for, and to insure to the Trustee the payment of, all amounts due and owing
 to the Trustee under this Indenture (collectively, the "Trustee Policies"),
 subject to reasonable commercial availability and provided that the
 premiums or fees for the Trustee Policies shall not exceed fifty thousand
 dollars ($50,000) during any calendar year.  The terms and conditions of
 the Trustee Policies shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable
 to the Trustee and shall be issued by one or more carriers or issuers
 reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

           SECTION 6.08  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may resign at
 any time upon 30 days notice by so notifying the Issuer.  The Issuer
 shall remove the Trustee if:

           (i)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

           (ii)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent;

           (iii)  a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the
      Trustee or its property; or

           (iv)  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

      If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
 office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred
 to herein as the "Retiring Trustee"), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
 successor Trustee.

      In addition, the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the
 Transition Bonds of all Series may remove the Trustee by so notifying the
 Issuer and the Trustee and such Holders may appoint a successor Trustee.

      A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
 appointment to the Retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon the
 resignation or removal of the Retiring Trustee shall become effective, and
 the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
 Trustee under this Indenture.  No resignation or removal of the Trustee
 will become effective until the acceptance of the appointment by a
 successor Trustee.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
 succession to Transition Bondholders.  The Retiring Trustee shall promptly
 transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee.

      If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
 Retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the Retiring Trustee, the Issuer or
 the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of
 all Series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
 appointment of a successor Trustee.

      If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Transition
 Bondholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
 of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
 Section 6.08, the Issuer's obligations under Section 6.07 shall continue
 for the benefit of the Retiring Trustee.

           SECTION 6.09  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER.  If the Trustee
 consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
 substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another
 corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
 corporation or banking association shall, without any further act be the
 successor Trustee.  Notice of any such event shall be promptly given to
 each Rating Agency by the successor Trustee.

      In case at the time such successor or successors by merger,
 conversion, consolidation or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created
 by this Indenture any of the Transition Bonds shall have been authenticated
 but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the
 certificate of authentication of any Retiring Trustee, and deliver such
 Transition Bonds so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the
 Transition Bonds shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the
 Trustee may authenticate such Transition Bonds either in the name of any
 Retiring Trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee;
 and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and
 effect granted by the Transition Bonds or by this Indenture and this force
 and effect shall be equal to any certificate issued by the Trustee.

           SECTION 6.10  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE. (a)
 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for
 the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which
 any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall
 have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one
 or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee
 or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in
 such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the
 Transition Bondholders, such title to the Collateral, or any part hereof,
 and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties,
 obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or
 desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required
 to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11
 and no notice to Transition Bondholders of the appointment of any
 co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08 hereof.
 Notice of any such appointment shall be promptly given to each Rating
 Agency by the Trustee.

           (b)  Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
 permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions
 and conditions:

           (i)  all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
      imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
      exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or
      co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
      co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee
      joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any
      jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed
      the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or
      acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations
      (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion
      thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed
      singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
      direction of the Trustee;

           (ii)  no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason
      of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

           (iii)  the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or
      remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

           (c)  Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee
 shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees
 and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every
 instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to
 this Indenture and the conditions of this Article VI.  Each separate
 trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall
 be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of
 appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be
 provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture,
 specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the
 conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the
 Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

           (d)  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time
 constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and
 authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under
 or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any
 separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,
 resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and
 trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent
 permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

           SECTION 6.11  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.  The Trustee shall
 at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a), and shall at
 all times warrant that it will use commercially reasonable
 efforts to ensure that the computer software and hardware systems
 ("Systems") that are owned by the Trustee and will be used in connection
 with the Trustee's duties under this Indenture are 2000 Compliant or will
 be made 2000 Compliant before December 31, 1999.  As used in the preceding
 sentence, the term "2000 Compliant" means that the Systems will function
 without material error caused by the introduction of dates falling on or
 after January 1, 2000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer
 acknowledges and agrees that the Trustee cannot and does not warrant that
 the Systems will continue to interface with the hardware, firmware,
 software (including operating systems), records or data used by the Issuer
 or third parties, nor does the Trustee make any warranties hereunder with
 respect to any public utility, communications service provider,
 correspondent bank, securities or commodities exchange, or funds transfer
 network.  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
 $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
 condition and it shall have a long term debt rating of "Baa3" or better by
 Moody's and "BBB-" or better by Fitch IBCA.  The Trustee shall comply with
 TIA Section 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the
 second sentence of TIA Section 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there
 shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture
 or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if
 the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are
 met.

           SECTION 6.12  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER.
 The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
 relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or
 been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent
 indicated.

                                ARTICLE VII

                 TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

           SECTION 7.01  ISSUER TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF
 TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS.  The Issuer shall furnish or cause to be furnished
 to the Trustee (a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each
 Record Date with respect to each Series and (ii) three months after the
 last Record Date with respect to each Series, a list, in such form as the
 Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders
 of Transition Bonds of such Series as of such Record Date, (b) at such
 other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after
 receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and
 content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is
 furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is the Transition
 Bond Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

           SECTION 7.02  PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO
 TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a
 form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders
 of Transition Bonds contained in the most recent list furnished to the
 Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders
 of Transition Bonds received by the Trustee in its capacity as Transition
 Bond Registrar.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as
 provided in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

           (b)  Transition Bondholders may communicate with other Transition
 Bondholders pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA, with respect to their
 rights under this Indenture or under the Transition Bonds.

           (c)  The Issuer, the Trustee and the Transition Bond Registrar
 shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

           SECTION 7.03  REPORTS BY ISSUER. (a) The Issuer shall:

           (i)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer
      is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the
      annual reports and of the information, documents and other
      reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as
      the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations
      prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the
      Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

           (ii)  file with the Trustee and the Commission in accordance
      with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
      Commission such additional information, documents and reports
      with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and
      covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time
      by such rules and regulations; and

           (iii)  supply to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall transmit
      by mail to all Transition Bondholders described in TIA Section
      313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports
      required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and
      (ii) of this Section 7.03(a) as may be required by rules and
      regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

           (b)  Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of
 the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

           SECTION 7.04  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.  If required by TIA Section
 313(a), within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer,
 commencing with the year after the issuance of the Transition Bonds of any
 Series, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of Transition Bonds of such
 Series as required by TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such
 date that complies with TIA Section 313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply
 with TIA Section 313(b); provided, however, that the initial report so
 issued shall be delivered not more than 12 months after the initial
 issuance of each Series.

      A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Transition
 Bondholders shall be filed by the Trustee with the Commission and each
 stock exchange, if any, on which the Transition Bonds are listed (to the
 extent required by the rules of such exchange).  The Issuer shall notify
 the Trustee if and when the Transition Bonds are listed on any stock
 exchange.

           SECTION 7.05  PROVISION OF SERVICER REPORTS.  Upon the written
 request of any Transition Bondholder to the Trustee addressed to the
 Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall provide such Transition
 Bondholder with a copy of the Issuer Officer's Certificate referred to in
 Section 3.05 of the Servicing Agreement and the Annual Accountant's Report
 referred to in Section 3.06 of the Servicing Agreement.

                                ARTICLE VIII

                    ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

           SECTION 8.01  COLLECTION OF MONEY.  Except as otherwise expressly
 provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall
 receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any
 fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to
 or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.  The Trustee shall
 apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.  Except
 as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in
 the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument
 that is part of the Collateral, the Trustee may take such action as may be
 appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the
 institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action
 shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of
 Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as
 provided in Article V.  If the Servicer has provided a surety bond to the
 Trustee with respect to the Servicer's obligations under Section 3.03 of
 the Servicing Agreement and the Servicer fails to remit to the Trustee any
 funds required to be remitted on any Remittance Date, the Trustee shall
 make a payment demand under such surety bond in accordance with the terms
 thereof.

           SECTION 8.02  COLLECTION ACCOUNT.  (a) On or prior to the Series
 Issuance Date for the first Series issued hereunder, the Issuer shall open,
 at the Trustee's Corporate Trust Office, or at another Eligible
 Institution, one or more segregated trust accounts in the Trustee's name
 for the benefit of the Holders (collectively, the "Collection Account").
 The Collection Account shall initially be divided into subaccounts, which
 need not be separate bank accounts: a general subaccount (the "General
 Subaccount"), an overcollateralization subaccount (the
 "Overcollateralization Subaccount"), a capital subaccount (the "Capital
 Subaccount"), a reserve subaccount (the "Reserve Subaccount"), and a series
 subaccount for each Series of Transition Bonds issued on such date (each a
 "Series Subaccount").  On or prior to the Series Issuance Date for each
 Series issued after the Series Issuance Date for the first Series issued
 hereunder, the Issuer shall establish an additional Series Subaccount
 therefor as a Subaccount of the Collection Account.  Prior to depositing
 funds or U.S. Government Obligations in the Collection Account pursuant to
 Sections 4.01 or 4.02, the Issuer shall establish defeasance subaccounts
 (each a "Defeasance Subaccount") for each Series for which funds shall be
 deposited, as subaccounts of the Collection Account.  All amounts in the
 Collection Account not allocated to any other Subaccount shall be allocated
 to the General Subaccount.  Prior to the Initial Payment Date, all amounts
 in the Collection Account (other than funds deposited into the Capital
 Subaccount, up to the Required Capital Amount) shall be allocated to the
 General Subaccount.  All references to the Collection Account shall be
 deemed to include reference to all subaccounts contained therein.
 Withdrawals from and deposits to each of the foregoing subaccounts of the
 Collection Account shall be made as set forth in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03
 and 8.02(d) and (e).  The Collection Account shall at all times be
 maintained in an Eligible Security Account and only the Trustee shall have
 access to the Collection Account for the purpose of making deposits in and
 withdrawals from the Collection Account in accordance with this Indenture.
 Funds in the Collection Account shall not be commingled by the Issuer with
 any other moneys, and shall not be commingled by the Trustee.  All moneys
 deposited from time to time in the Collection Account, all deposits therein
 pursuant to this Indenture, and all investments made in Eligible
 Investments with such moneys, including all income or other gain from such
 investments, shall be held by the Trustee in the Collection Account as part
 of the Collateral as herein provided.

           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
 Collection Account shall be a securities account and shall be established
 only with a securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(13) of
 the applicable UCC) that agrees with the Trustee that (I) the Collection
 Account shall be a securities account of the Trustee, (II) all property
 credited to the Collection Account shall be treated as a financial asset,
 (III) such securities intermediary shall treat the Trustee as entitled to
 exercise the rights that comprise each financial asset credited to the
 Collection Account, (IV) such securities intermediary shall comply with
 entitlement orders originated by the Trustee without the further consent of
 any other person or entity, (V) such securities intermediary will not agree
 with any person other than the Trustee to comply with entitlement orders
 originated by such other person, (VI) the Collection Account and all
 property credited to it shall not be subject to any lien, security
 interest, right of set-off in favor of such securities intermediary or
 anyone claiming through it (other than the Trustee), and (VII) such
 agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
 Pennsylvania.  The Collection Account shall be under the control (within
 the meaning of Section 8-106 of the applicable UCC) of the Trustee.  If at
 any time the Collection Account ceases to be an Eligible Securities
 Account, the Trustee shall, within 10 days, establish a new Collection
 Account as an Eligible Securities Account.

           (b)  So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
 is continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Collection Account
 shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Trustee
 upon Issuer Order; provided, however, that (i) such Eligible Investments
 shall not mature later than the Business Day prior to the next Payment Date
 (except as otherwise provided in any Series Supplement with respect to
 funds in the Series Subaccount for any Series of Transition Bonds), (ii)
 such Eligible Investments shall not be sold, liquidated or otherwise
 disposed of at a loss prior to the maturity thereof, and (iii) no funds in
 the Defeasance Subaccount for any Series of Transition Bonds shall be
 invested in Eligible Investments or otherwise, except that U.S. Government
 Obligations deposited by the Issuer with the Trustee pursuant to Sections
 4.01 or 4.02 shall remain as such.  All income or other gain from
 investments of moneys deposited in the Collection Account shall be
 deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account, and any loss resulting
 from such investments shall be charged to the Collection Account.  The
 Issuer shall not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds or
 to sell any investment held in the Collection Account unless the security
 interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be
 perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case
 without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any
 direction to the Trustee to make any such investment or sale, if requested
 by the Trustee, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Issuer Opinion
 of Counsel, acceptable to the Trustee, to such effect.  Subject to Section
 6.01(c), the Trustee shall not in any way be held liable for the selection
 of Eligible Investments or for investment losses incurred thereon except
 for losses attributable to the Trustee's failure to make payments on such
 Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity as
 principal obligor and not as Trustee, in accordance with their terms.  The
 Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result
 of the liquidation of any Eligible Investment prior to its stated maturity
 or the failure of the Issuer to provide timely written investment
 direction.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any
 amounts held hereunder in the absence of written investment direction
 pursuant to an Issuer Order; provided, however, that if (i) the Issuer
 shall have failed to give investment directions for any funds on deposit in
 the Collection Account to the Trustee by 11:00 a.m.  Eastern Time (or such
 other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Trustee) on any Business Day,
 or (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
 but the Transition Bonds shall not have been declared due and payable
 pursuant to Section 5.02, then the Trustee shall, to the fullest extent
 practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Collection Account in one or
 more Eligible Investments.

           (c)  Any ITC Collections remitted by the Servicer to the Trustee,
 any Indemnity Amounts remitted to the Trustee by PP&L or the Servicer or
 otherwise received by the Trustee or the Issuer, and any other proceeds of
 Collateral received by the Servicer, the Issuer or the Trustee shall be
 deposited in the General Subaccount.

           (d)  On the Business Day preceding each Payment Date, the Trustee
 shall by 12:00 noon (New York City time) apply all amounts on deposit in
 the General Subaccount of the Collection Account and any investment
 earnings on the subaccounts in the Collection Account in the following
 priority:

           (i)  fees owed to the Trustee in an amount equal to $5,625 for
      such Payment Date, plus legal fees and expenses, Indemnity Amounts and
      any other amounts due and owing to the Trustee pursuant to the Basic
      Documents for such Payment Date so long as no Event of Default would
      result from the payment of or failure to pay such Indemnity Amount,
      shall be paid to the Trustee;

           (ii)  fees owed to the Independent Managers in an amount equal to
      $875 for such Payment Date, plus legal fees and expenses and Indemnity
      Amounts for such Payment Date so long as no Event of Default would
      result from the payment of or failure to pay such Indemnity Amount,
      shall be paid to the Independent Managers;

           (iii)  the Servicing Fee and all unpaid Servicing Fees from prior
      Payment Dates shall be paid to the Servicer;

           (iv)  the administration fee payable under the Administration
      Agreement between the Issuer and the Administrator, in an amount equal
      to $25,000 for such Payment Date, shall be paid to the Administrator;

           (v)  so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
      continuing or would be caused by such payment, all Operating Expenses
      other than (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be paid to the
      Persons entitled thereto, provided that the amount paid on any Payment
      Date pursuant to this clause (v) may not exceed $100,000 for such
      Payment Date in the aggregate for all Series;

           (vi)  an amount equal to Interest payable on each Series of
      Transition Bonds for the Payment Date shall be allocated on a Pro Rata
      Basis to the corresponding Series Subaccount or will be paid to the
      counterparty on any interest rate swap agreement between the Issuer
      and such counterparty, specified in the related Series Supplement, if
      such swap agreement remains in effect for such Payment Date;

           (vii)  an amount equal to any Principal of any Series or Class of
      Transition Bonds payable as a result of acceleration pursuant to
      Section 5.02, any Principal of any Series or Class of Transition Bonds
      payable on a Series Final Maturity Date or Class Final Maturity Date
      for that Series or Class and any Principal of and premium, if any, on
      a Series or Class of Transition Bonds payable on a Redemption Date
      shall be allocated on a Pro Rata basis to the corresponding Series
      Subaccount;

           (viii)  an amount equal to Principal scheduled to be paid on each
      Series of Transition Bonds on the next Payment Date, excluding any
      amounts provided for pursuant to clause (vii) above, shall be
      allocated on a Pro Rata basis to the corresponding Series Subaccount;

           (ix)  all remaining unpaid Operating Expenses and Indemnity
      Amounts shall be paid to the Persons entitled thereto;

           (x)  any amount necessary to replenish any shortfalls in the
      Capital Subaccount shall be allocated to the Capital Subaccount;

           (xi)  an amount shall be allocated to the Overcollateralization
      Subaccount sufficient to cause the amount in the Overcollateralization
      Subaccount to equal the Scheduled Overcollateralization Level;

           (xii)  so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
      continuing, an amount equal to investment earnings on amounts in the
      Capital Subaccount shall be released to the Issuer;

           (xiii)  the balance, if any, shall be allocated to the Reserve
      Subaccount; and

           (xiv)  following repayment of all outstanding Series of
      Transition Bonds, the balance, if any, shall be released to the Issuer
      free from the Lien of the Indenture.

      "Pro Rata" means with respect to any Series or Class of Transition
 Bonds a ratio, (i) in the case of clause (d)(vi) above, the numerator of
 which is the aggregate amount of Interest payable with respect to such
 Series or Class on such Payment Date and the denominator of which is the
 sum of the aggregate amounts of Interest payable with respect to all
 Outstanding Series or Classes on such Payment Date; and (ii) in the case of
 clauses (d)(vii) and (d)(viii) above, the numerator of which is the
 aggregate amount of Principal scheduled to be paid or payable pursuant to
 each such clause with respect to such Series or Class on such Payment Date
 and the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate amounts of
 Principal scheduled to be paid or payable pursuant to each such clause with
 respect to all Outstanding Series or Classes on such Payment Date, unless
 and to the extent, with respect to either clause (i) or (ii) above, in the
 case of a Series comprised of two or more Classes, the Series Supplement
 for such Series provides otherwise.

      If, on any Payment Date, funds on deposit in the General Subaccount
 are insufficient to make the payments or transfers contemplated by clauses
 (i) through (ix) above, the Trustee shall draw from amounts on deposit in
 the following subaccounts in the following order up to the amount of such
 shortfall, in order to make such payments and transfers:

      (i)   from the Reserve Subaccount,

      (ii)  from the Overcollateralization Subaccount, and

      (iii) from the Capital Subaccount.

           (e)  On each Payment Date for any Series, the amounts on deposit
 in the Series Subaccount for that Series shall be applied or transferred as
 follows (in the priority indicated): (i) to pay Interest due and payable on
 the Transition Bonds of such Series on such Payment Date to the Holders of
 Transition Bonds of such Series, (ii) the balance, if any, up to the amount
 of Principal scheduled to be paid or payable on the Transition Bonds of
 such Series on such Payment Date, to pay such Principal to the Holders of
 Transition Bonds of such Series and (iii) the balance, if any, to the
 General Subaccount for allocation on the next Payment Date.

      All payments to the Transition Bondholders of a Series pursuant to (A)
 clause (i) of the preceding paragraph shall be made pro rata based on the
 respective aggregate amounts of Interest due and payable with respect to
 Outstanding Transition Bonds of such Series held by such Holders, and (B)
 clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph shall be made pro rata based on the
 respective aggregate amounts of Principal scheduled to be paid or payable
 with respect to Outstanding Transition Bonds of such Series held by such
 Holders, unless and to the extent, with respect to either clause (i) or
 (ii) above, in the case of a Series comprised of two or more Classes, the
 Series Supplement for such Series provides otherwise.  All payments to
 Transition Bondholders of a Class pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the
 preceding paragraph shall be made pro rata based on the respective
 principal amounts of Transition Bonds of such Class held by such Holders.

           SECTION 8.03 RELEASE OF COLLATERAL.  (a) All money and other
 property withdrawn from the Collection Account by the Trustee for payment
 to the Issuer as provided in this Indenture in accordance with Section 8.02
 hereof shall be deemed released from the Indenture when so withdrawn and
 applied in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, without further
 notice to, or release or consent by, the Trustee.

           (b) Other than as provided for in clause (a) above, the Trustee
 shall release property from the Lien of this Indenture only as and to the
 extent permitted by the Basic Documents and only upon receipt of an Issuer
 Request accompanied by an Issuer Officer's Certificate, an Issuer Opinion
 of Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA Sections
 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01
 or an Issuer Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to
 the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificate.

           (c) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to
 Section 6.07, the Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this
 Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the Lien of
 this Indenture, or convey the Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner
 and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of
 this Indenture.  No party relying upon an instrument executed by the
 Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the
 Trustee's authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions
 precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

           (d) Subject to Section 8.03(b), the Trustee shall, at such time
 as there are no Transition Bonds Outstanding and all sums due the Trustee
 pursuant to Section 6.07 have been paid, release any remaining portion of
 the Collateral that secured the Transition Bonds from the Lien of this
 Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto
 any funds or investments then on deposit in or credited to the Collection
 Account.

           SECTION 8.04 ISSUER OPINION OF COUNSEL.  The Trustee shall
 receive at least five days notice when requested by the Issuer to take any
 action pursuant to Section 8.03, accompanied by copies of any instruments
 involved, and the Trustee shall also require, as a condition to such
 action, an Issuer Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to
 the Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the
 steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions
 precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such
 action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the
 Transition Bonds or the rights of the Transition Bondholders in
 contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that
 such Issuer Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion
 as to the fair value of the Collateral.  Counsel rendering any such opinion
 may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity
 of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Trustee in
 connection with any such action.

           SECTION 8.05 REPORTS BY INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.  The Issuer
 shall appoint a firm of Independent certified public accountants of
 recognized national reputation for purposes of preparing and delivering the
 reports or certificates of such accountants required by this Indenture and
 the related Series Supplements.  Upon any resignation by such firm, the
 Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor thereto that shall also be a firm
 of Independent certified public accountants of recognized national
 reputation.  If the Issuer shall fail to appoint a successor to a firm of
 Independent certified public accountants that has resigned within 15 days
 after such resignation, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of
 such failure in writing.  If the Issuer shall not have appointed a
 successor within 10 days thereafter, the Trustee shall promptly appoint a
 successor firm of Independent certified public accountants of recognized
 national reputation.  The fees of such firm of Independent certified public
 accountants and its successor shall be payable by the Issuer.

                                 ARTICLE IX

                          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

           SECTION 9.01  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF
 TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS. (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any
 Transition Bonds but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer
 and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from
 time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto
 (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in
 force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

           (i)  to correct or amplify the description of the Collateral, or
      better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee the Collateral,
      or to subject to the Lien of this Indenture additional property;

           (ii)  to evidence the succession, in compliance with the
      applicable provisions hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the
      assumption by any applicable successor of the covenants of the Issuer
      contained herein and in the Transition Bonds;

           (iii)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of
      the Transition Bondholders, or to surrender any right or power herein
      conferred upon the Issuer;

           (iv)  to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any
      property to the Trustee;

           (v)  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
      provision herein or in any Supplemental Indenture which may be
      inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any Supplemental
      Indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
      questions arising under this Indenture or in any Supplemental
      Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such action shall not, as
      evidenced by an Issuer Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any
      material respect the interests of any Transition Bondholder and (ii)
      the Rating Agency Condition (other than with respect to Moody's) shall
      have been satisfied with respect thereto and prior notice thereof
      shall have been given to Moody's;

           (vi)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the
      appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the
      Transition Bonds and to add to or change any of the provisions of this
      Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of
      the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the
      requirements of Article VI;

           (vii)  to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this
      Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the
      qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar
      federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such
      other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA; or

           (viii)  to set forth the terms of any Series that has not
      theretofore been authorized by a Supplemental Indenture, provided that
      the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

      The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such
 Supplemental Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
 stipulations that may be therein contained.

           (b)  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer
 Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the
 Transition Bonds, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
 for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
 eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any
 manner the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under this
 Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such action shall not, as evidenced
 by an Issuer Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect
 the interests of any Transition Bondholder and (ii) the Rating Agency
 Condition (other than with respect to Moody's) shall have been satisfied
 with respect thereto and prior notice thereof shall have been given to
 Moody's.

           SECTION 9.02  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF TRANSITION
 BONDHOLDERS.  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer
 Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies (with respect to
 Moody's and Fitch) and upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition
 (with respect to S&P) (in each case, accompanied by the form of the
 proposed supplemental indenture) and with the consent of the Holders of not
 less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of
 each Series or Class to be affected, by Act of such Holders delivered to
 the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures
 supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or
 changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this
 Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the
 Transition Bonds under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such
 Supplemental Indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
 Outstanding Transition Bond of each Series or Class affected thereby:

           (i)  change the date of payment of any instalment of principal of
      or premium, if any, or interest on any Transition Bond, or reduce the
      principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the redemption
      price or the premium, if any, with respect thereto, change the
      provisions of this Indenture and the related applicable Series
      Supplement relating to the application of collections on, or the
      proceeds of the sale of, the Collateral to payment of principal of or
      premium, if any, or interest on the Transition Bonds, or change the
      currency in which, any Transition Bond or the interest thereon is
      payable;

           (ii)  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
      the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds
      available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any
      such amount due on the Transition Bonds on or after the respective due
      dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the
      Redemption Date);

           (iii)  reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
      Transition Bonds or of a Series or Class thereof, the consent of the
      Holders of which is required for any such Supplemental Indenture, or
      the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of
      compliance with provisions of this Indenture or defaults hereunder and
      their consequences provided for in this Indenture or modify or alter
      the provisions of the proviso to the definition of the term
      "Outstanding";

           (iv)  reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
      Transition Bonds required to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer
      to sell or liquidate the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.04 or to
      preserve the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.05;

           (v)  modify any provision of this Section 9.02 except to increase
      any percentage specified herein or to provide that those provisions of
      this Indenture or the Basic Documents referenced in this Section
      cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each
      Outstanding Transition Bond affected thereby;

           (vi)  modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such
      manner so as to affect the amount of any payment of interest,
      principal or premium, if any, payable on any Transition Bond on any
      Payment Date or change the Redemption Dates, Expected Amortization
      Schedules or Series Final Maturity Dates or Class Final Maturity Dates
      of any Transition Bonds;

           (vii)  decrease the Overcollateralization Amount or Required
      Capital Amount with respect to any Series or the Scheduled
      Overcollateralization Level with respect to any Payment Date;

           (viii)  modify or alter the provisions of this Indenture
      regarding the voting of Transition Bonds held by the Issuer, the
      Seller, an Affiliate of either of them or any obligor on the
      Transition Bonds;

           (ix)  decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
      of Transition Bonds required to amend the sections of this Indenture
      which specify the applicable percentage of the aggregate principal
      amount of the Transition Bonds necessary to amend this Indenture or
      any other Basic Documents; or

           (x)  permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a
      parity with the Lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the
      Collateral or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein,
      terminate the Lien of this Indenture on any property at any time
      subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Transition Bond of the
      security provided by the Lien of this Indenture.

      It shall not be necessary for any Act of Transition Bondholders under
 this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed Supplemental
 Indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the
 substance thereof.

      Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any
 Supplemental Indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to
 the Holders of the Transition Bonds to which such amendment or Supplemental
 Indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of
 such Supplemental Indenture.  Any failure of the Trustee to mail such
 notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or
 affect the validity of any such Supplemental Indenture.

           SECTION 9.03  EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.  In
 executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any Supplemental
 Indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the
 trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
 and subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall be fully protected in relying
 upon, an Issuer Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
 Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The
 Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
 Supplemental Indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties,
 liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

           SECTION 9.04  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  Upon the
 execution of any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof,
 this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in
 accordance therewith with respect to each Series or Class of Transition
 Bonds affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
 obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the
 Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Transition Bonds shall
 thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all
 respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and
 conditions of any such Supplemental Indenture shall be and be deemed to be
 part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all
 purposes.

           SECTION 9.05  CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  Every
 amendment of this Indenture and every Supplemental Indenture executed
 pursuant to this Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as
 then in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the
 TIA.

           SECTION 9.06  REFERENCE IN TRANSITION BONDS TO SUPPLEMENTAL
 INDENTURES.  Transition Bonds authenticated and delivered after the
 execution of any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to this Article IX may,
 and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by
 the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such Supplemental Indenture.
 If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Transition Bonds so
 modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to
 any such Supplemental Indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
 and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
 Transition Bonds.

                                 ARTICLE X

                      REDEMPTION OF TRANSITION BONDS;

           SECTION 10.01  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION BY ISSUER.  If so provided in
 the related Series Supplement, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all,
 but not less than all, of the Transition Bonds of a Series on any Payment
 Date if, after giving effect to payments that would otherwise be made on
 such Payment Date, the Outstanding Amount of any such Series of Transition
 Bonds has been reduced to less than five percent of the initial principal
 balance of such Series.  The redemption price in any case shall be equal to
 the outstanding principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed plus accrued
 and unpaid interest thereon at the Bond Rate to the Redemption Date ( the
 "Redemption Price").  If the Issuer elects to redeem the Transition Bonds
 of a Series pursuant to this Section 10.01, it shall furnish notice of such
 election to the Trustee not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption Date
 for such redemption and shall deposit with the Trustee the Redemption Price
 of the Transition Bonds to be redeemed plus interest accrued thereon to
 such Redemption Date on or prior to such Redemption Date whereupon all such
 Transition Bonds shall be due and payable on such Redemption Date upon the
 furnishing of a notice complying with Section 10.03 hereof to each Holder
 of the Transition Bonds of such Series pursuant to this Section 10.01.

           SECTION 10.02  MANDATORY REDEMPTION BY ISSUER.  The Issuer shall
 redeem the Transition Bonds of a Series on the Redemption Date or Dates, if
 any, in the amounts required, if any, and at the redemption price specified
 in the Series Supplement for such Series, which in any case shall be not
 less than the outstanding principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed,
 plus accrued interest thereon to such Redemption Date.  If the Issuer is
 required to redeem the Transition Bonds of a Series pursuant to this
 Section 10.02, it shall furnish notice of such requirement to the Trustee
 not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption Date for such redemption and
 shall deposit with the Trustee the redemption price of the Transition Bonds
 to be redeemed whereupon all such Transition Bonds shall be due and payable
 on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of a notice complying with
 Section 10.03 hereof to each Holder of the Transition Bonds of such Series
 pursuant to this Section 10.02.

           SECTION 10.03  FORM OF REDEMPTION NOTICE.  Unless otherwise
 specified in the Series Supplement relating to a Series of Transition
 Bonds, notice of redemption under Section 10.01 or 10.02 hereof shall be
 given by the Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less
 than five days nor more than 45 days prior to the applicable Redemption
 Date to each Holder of Transition Bonds to be redeemed, as of the close of
 business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date at
 such Holder's address appearing in the Transition Bond Register.

      All notices of redemption shall state:

      (1) the Redemption Date;

      (2) the amount of such Transition Bonds to be redeemed;

      (3) the Redemption Price; and

      (4) the place where such Transition Bonds are to be surrendered
      for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest (which
      shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as
      provided in Section 3.02 hereof).

       Notice of redemption of the Transition Bonds to be redeemed shall be
 given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.  Failure
 to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any
 Transition Bond selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the
 validity of the redemption of any other Transition Bond.  Notice of
 optional redemption shall be irrevocable once given.

           SECTION 10.04  PAYMENT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.  If notice of
 redemption has been duly mailed, or duly waived by the Holders of all
 Transition Bonds called for redemption, and the redemption moneys have been
 duly deposited with the Trustee, then the Transition Bonds called for
 redemption shall be payable on the applicable Redemption Date at the
 applicable Redemption Price plus accrued interest thereon.  No further
 interest will accrue on the principal amount of any Transition Bonds called
 for redemption after the Redemption Date for such redemption if payment of
 the Redemption Price thereof plus accrued interest thereon has been duly
 provided for, and the Holder of such Transition Bonds will have no rights
 with respect thereto, except to receive payment of the Redemption Price
 thereof and unpaid interest accrued to the Redemption Date.  Payment of the
 Redemption Price together with accrued interest shall be made by the
 Trustee to or upon the order of the Holders of the Transition Bonds called
 for redemption upon surrender of such Transition Bonds, and the Transition
 Bonds so redeemed shall cease to be of further effect and the Lien
 hereunder shall be released with respect to such Transition Bonds.

                                 ARTICLE XI

                               MISCELLANEOUS

           SECTION 11.01  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS, ETC.  Upon
 any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action
 under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the
 Trustee (i) an Issuer Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions
 precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
 action have been complied with, (ii) an Issuer Opinion of Counsel stating
 that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any,
 have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent
 Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the
 applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any
 such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
 specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional
 certificate or opinion need be furnished.

      Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
 condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

           (a)  statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion
 has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the
 definitions herein relating thereto;

           (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
 examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
 contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

           (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,
 such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary
 to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or
 not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

           (d)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
 signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

           SECTION 11.02  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.  In any
 case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by
 an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such
 matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
 Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but
 one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters
 and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person
 may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several
 documents.

      Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
 be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or
 opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or
 in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or
 opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his
 certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate of an
 Authorized Officer or Issuer Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it
 relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
 representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Seller or
 the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual
 matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer,
 unless such Authorized Officer or counsel knows, or in the exercise of
 reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
 representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

      Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
 applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
 other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be
 consolidated and form one instrument.

      Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
 certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
 deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or
 as evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended
 that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such
 application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the
 case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in
 such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such
 application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report.
 The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Trustee's
 right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion
 contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

           SECTION 11.03  ACTS OF TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS.

           (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
 consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or
 taken by Transition Bondholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or
 more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Transition
 Bondholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as
 herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when
 such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it
 is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Such instrument or
 instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are
 herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Transition Bondholders
 signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such
 instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
 for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive
 in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in
 this Section.

           (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such
 instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
 sufficient.

           (c)  The ownership of Transition Bonds shall be proved by the
 Transition Bond Register.

           (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
 consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Transition Bonds shall
 bind the Holder of every Transition Bond issued upon the registration
 thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything
 done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in
 reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such
 Transition Bond.

           SECTION 11.04  NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE, ISSUER AND RATING
 AGENCIES.  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
 waiver or Act of Transition Bondholders or other documents provided or
 permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed
 with:

           (a)  the Trustee by any Transition Bondholder or by the Issuer
 shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished
 or filed in writing, delivered personally, via facsimile transmission, by
 reputable overnight courier or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the
 Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

           (b)  the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Transition Bondholder
 shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing, delivered
 personally, via facsimile transmission, by reputable overnight courier or
 by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to: PP&L
 Transition Bond Company LLC, Two North Ninth Street, GENA9-2, Room Number
 3, Allentown, Pennsylvania 18101, Attention: Managers, or at any other
 address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer.  The
 Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the
 Transition Bondholders to the Trustee.

      Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the
 Trustee or a Manager shall be in writing, delivered personally, via
 facsimile transmission, by reputable overnight courier or by first-class
 mail, postage prepaid, to: (i) in the case of Moody's: Moody's Investors
 Service, Inc., Attention: ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New
 York, New York 10007; (ii) in the case of Standard & Poor's: Standard &
 Poor's Corporation, 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041, Attention: Asset
 Backed Surveillance Department; and (iii) in the case of Fitch IBCA: Fitch
 IBCA, Inc., 1 State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: ABS
 Surveillance.

           SECTION 11.05  NOTICES TO TRANSITION BONDHOLDERS; WAIVER.  Where
 this Indenture provides for notice to Transition Bondholders of any event,
 such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly
 provided) if in writing and delivered by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
 to each Transition Bondholder affected by such event, at the address of
 such Transition Bondholder as it appears on the Transition Bond Register,
 not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date,
 prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to
 Transition Bondholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such
 notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Transition
 Bondholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to
 other Transition Bondholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner
 herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

      Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice
 may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice,
 either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent
 of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Transition Bondholders shall be filed
 with the Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the
 validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

      In case it shall be impractical to deliver notice in accordance with
 the first paragraph of this Section 11.05 to the Holders of Transition
 Bonds when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of
 this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be
 satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of
 such notice.

      Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies,
 failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or
 obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance
 constitute a Default or Event of Default.

           SECTION 11.06  ALTERNATE PAYMENT AND NOTICE PROVISIONS.
 Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Transition
 Bonds to the contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any
 Holder of a Transition Bond providing for a method of payment, or notice by
 the Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is different from the
 methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices.  The
 Issuer will furnish to the Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the
 Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in
 accordance with such agreements.

           SECTION 11.07  CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  If any
 provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision
 hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the
 provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.

      The provisions of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on
 any person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein
 unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this
 Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

           SECTION 11.08  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.  The
 Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for
 convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

           SECTION 11.09  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants and
 agreements in this Indenture and the Transition Bonds by the Issuer shall
 bind its successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

      All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
 successors.

           SECTION 11.10  SEPARABILITY.  In case any provision in this
 Indenture or in the Transition Bonds shall be invalid, illegal or
 unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining
 provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

           SECTION 11.11  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.  Nothing in this Indenture
 or in the Transition Bonds, express or implied, shall give to any Person,
 other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the
 Transition Bondholders, and any other party secured hereunder, and any
 other Person with an ownership interest in any part of the Collateral, any
 benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this
 Indenture.

           SECTION 11.12  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.  In any case where the date on
 which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding
 any other provision of the Transition Bonds or this Indenture) payment need
 not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business
 Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which
 nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after
 any such nominal date.

           SECTION 11.13  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED
 BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
 PENNSYLVANIA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
 OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
 DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

           SECTION 11.14  COUNTERPARTS.  This Indenture may be executed in
 any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be
 an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one
 and the same instrument.

           SECTION 11.15  ISSUER OBLIGATION.  No recourse may be taken,
 directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer or
 the Trustee on the Transition Bonds or under this Indenture or any
 certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith,
 against (i) the Member or any Manager, employee or agent of the Issuer or
 (ii) any stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee
 (it being understood that none of the Trustee's obligations are in its
 individual capacity).

           SECTION 11.16  NO PETITION.  The Trustee, by entering into this
 Indenture, and each Transition Bondholder, by accepting a Transition Bond,
 hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against
 the Issuer or the Seller, or join in the institution against the Issuer or
 the Seller of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
 liquidation Proceeding, or other Proceeding under any United States federal
 or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations
 relating to the Transition Bonds, this Indenture or any of the Basic
 Documents.


           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this
 Indenture to be duly executed by their respective Manager and officer,
 respectively, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first
 above written.


                           PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                             COMPANY LLC,


                           By:  /s/ James E. Abel
                                ---------------------------
                                Name:  James E. Abel
                                Title: Manager


                           THE BANK OF NEW YORK,


                           By:  /s/ Cheryl L. Laser
                                -----------------------------
                                Name:  Cheryl L. Laser
                                Title: Assistant Vice President



                                 SCHEDULE 1

                   SCHEDULED OVERCOLLATERALIZATION LEVELS

     Payment Date                      Scheduled Overcollateralization Level



                                 APPENDIX A

                             MASTER DEFINITIONS

 The definitions contained in this Appendix A are applicable to the singular
 as well as the plural forms of such terms.

      Act has the meaning specified in Section 11.03 of the Indenture.

      Adjustment Date means (i) January 1 of each year through January 1,
      2008, (ii) July 1, 2008 and October 1, 2008 and (iii) the first day of
      each calendar month thereafter, commencing January 1, 2009.

      Administration Agreement means the Administration Agreement dated
      August 10, 1999, between PP&L, as Administrator, and the Issuer.

      Administrator means PP&L as administrator under the Administration
      Agreement.

      Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
      Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
      specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, control when
      used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct
      the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
      whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
      otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have meanings
      correlative to the foregoing.

      Annual Accountant's Report has the meaning assigned to that term
      in Section 3.07 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Assignment means the Assignment executed and delivered by PP&L in
      favor of CEP Securities pursuant to, and in the form set forth in
      Exhibit A of, the Contribution Agreement.

      Authorized Denominations means, with respect to any Series or Class of
      Transition Bonds, $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, or such other
      denominations as may be specified in the Series Supplement therefor.

      Authorized Officer means, with respect to the Issuer, any Manager or
      the Member of the Issuer and, with respect to the Member of the
      Issuer, any officer who is authorized to act for the Member in matters
      relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized
      Officers delivered by the Member to the Trustee as of the date hereof
      (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time
      thereafter).

      Basic Documents means the Issuer LLC Agreement, the Issuer Certificate
      of Formation, the Contribution Agreement, the Assignment, the Sale
      Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the
      Indenture and any Bills of Sale.

      Billing Month means a particular calendar month during which
      Intangible Transition Charges are billed to Customers.

      Bill of Sale means any bill of sale issued by CEP Securities to the
      Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement evidencing the sale of
      Intangible Transition Property by CEP Securities to the Issuer.

      Bond Rate means, with respect to each Series or, if applicable, each
      Class of Transition Bonds, the rate at which interest accrues on the
      principal balance of Transition Bonds of such Series or Class, as
      specified in the Series Supplement therefor.

      Book-Entry Transition Bonds means beneficial interests in the
      Transition Bonds, ownership and transfers of which shall be made
      through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.11
      of the Indenture.

      Business Day means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a
      day on which banking institutions in the City of Allentown,
      Pennsylvania, or in the City of New York, New York are required
      or authorized by law or executive order to remain closed.

      Calculation Date means, (i) with respect to each Adjustment Date
      through the January 1, 2008 Adjustment Date, the October 1 preceding
      such Adjustment Date through October 1, 2007, and (ii) thereafter, the
      fifteenth day of the month preceding each Adjustment Date, commencing
      June 15, 2008 with respect to the July 1, 2008 Adjustment Date.

      Capital Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of the
      Indenture.

      CEP Securities means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited
      liability company, or its successor.

      Class means, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes
      of Transition Bonds of that Series, as specified in the Series
      Supplement for that Series.

      Class Final Maturity Date means the Final Maturity Date of a Class,
      as specified in the Series Supplement for the related Series.

      Clearing Agency means an organization registered as a "clearing
      agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

      Clearing Agency Participant means a broker, dealer, bank, other
      financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a
      Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities
      deposited with the Clearing Agency.

      Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
      time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

      Collateral has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of the
      Indenture.

      Collection Account has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of the
      Indenture.

      Collection Period means the period from and including the first
      day of a calendar month to but excluding the first day of the
      next calendar month.

      Collections Curve means a separate forecast prepared by the Servicer
      for each Customer Class of the percentages of amounts billed in a
      Billing Month that are expected to be received during each of the
      following seven months.

      Collections Curve Payment means, with respect to a Billing Month, the
      sum of the amounts paid to the Trustee over a seven-month period
      following that Billing Month based on the Collections Curves for that
      Billing Month.

      Commission means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any
      successor thereof.

      Competition Act means the Pennsylvania Electricity Generation
      Customer Choice and Competition Act, Chapter 28 of Title 66 of
      the Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes, 66 Pa. C.S., Sections
      2801, et seq.

      Competitive Transition Charges means the competitive transition
      charges that PP&L may impose on Customers pursuant to the Competition
      Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Contract Rights has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of the
      Contribution Agreement.

      Contributed Property has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of the
      Contribution Agreement.

      Contribution Agreement means the Contribution Agreement, dated as
      of May 13, 1999, among PP&L, Group, Reserves and CEP Securities,
      as amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto dated August 10, 1999,
      as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to
      time.

      Corporate Trust Office means the principal office of the Trustee at
      which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
      administered, which office at date of the execution of this Indenture
      is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 12 East, New York, NY 10286,
      Attention: Asset Backed Finance Unit or at such other address as the
      Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Transition
      Bondholders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of
      any successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will
      notify the Transition Bondholders and the Issuer).

      Covenant Defeasance Option has the meaning specified in Section 4.01
      of the Indenture.

      Curve Payment Shortfall means, with respect to each Billing Month and
      the Reconciliation Date for such Billing Month, the excess of actual
      ITC Collections the Servicer has received for that Billing Month over
      the Collections Curve Payments previously made to the Trustee for that
      Billing Month.

      Customer Class means each of the customer classes specified in the
      Qualified Rate Order.

      Customers means each person that

        (a) was a retail customer of electric service of PP&L located
        within PP&L's service territory on January 1, 1997 or that became a
        retail customer of electric service of PP&L located within PP&L's
        service territory after January 1, 1997,

        (b) is still located within PP&L's service territory, and

        (c) is receiving distribution service from PP&L.

      Daily Remittance Date means, if the Servicer has not satisfied
      the conditions of Section 5.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement,
      every second Business Day.

      Default means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
      time or both would become, an Event of Default.

      Defeasance Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
      the Indenture.

      Definitive Transition Bonds has the meaning specified in Section 2.11
      of the Indenture.

      DTC Agreement means the agreement between the Issuer, the Trustee and
      The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency, dated as
      of the Closing Date, relating to the Transition Bonds, as the same may
      be amended and supplemented from time to time.

      Eligible Securities Account means either:

        (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or

        (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department
        of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
        States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of a foreign
        bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for
        funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities
        of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from each
        Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which
        signifies investment grade.

      Eligible Guarantor Institution means a firm or other entity identified
      in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as "an eligible guarantor
      institution," including (as such terms are defined therein):

        (a) a bank;

        (b) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or
        government securities broker or dealer;

        (c) a credit union;

        (d) a national securities exchange, registered securities
        association or clearing agency; or

        (e) a savings association that is a participant in a securities
        transfer association.

      Eligible Institution means:

        (a) the corporate trust department of the Trustee, so long as any
        of the securities of the Trustee have a credit rating from each
        Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which
        signifies investment grade, or

        (b) a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
        States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of a foreign
        bank), which

           (i) has either

             (A) with respect to any Eligible Investment having a maturity
             of greater than one month, a long-term unsecured debt rating
             of "AAA" by Standard & Poor's, "AAA" by Fitch and "Al" by
             Moody's or

             (B) with respect to any Eligible Investment having a maturity
             one month or less, a certificate of deposit rating of "A-1+"
             by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's, or any other
             long-term, short-term or certificate of deposit rating
             acceptable to the Rating Agencies and

           (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

      Eligible Investments mean book-entry securities, negotiable
      instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or
      registered form which evidence:

        (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as
        to timely payment by, the United States of America;

        (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit
        of any depositors institution or trust company incorporated
        under the laws of the United States of America or any State
        thereof (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject
        to supervision and examination by Federal or State banking or
        depository institution authorities; provided, however, that at
        the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest
        therein, the commercial paper or other short-term unsecured
        debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of
        which is based on the credit of a Person other than such
        depository institution or trust company) thereof shall have a
        credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest
        investment category granted thereby;

        (c) commercial paper or other short term obligations of any
        corporation organized under the laws of the United States of
        America (other than PP&L) whose ratings, at the time of the
        investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, from
        each of the Rating Agencies are in the highest investment
        category granted thereby;

        (d) investments in money market funds having a rating from
        each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category
        granted thereby (including funds for which the Trustee or any
        of its Affiliates act as investment manager or advisor);

        (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution
        or trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

        (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that
        is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United
        States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the
        obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit
        of the United States of America, in either case entered into
        with a depository institution or trust company (acting as
        principal) described in clause (b) above;

        (g) repurchase obligations with respect to any security or
        whole loan entered into with

           (i) a depository institution or trust company (acting as
           principal) described in clause (b) above (except that the
           rating referred to in the proviso in this clause (b) shall
           be A-1+ or higher in the case of Standard & Poor's) (any
           depository institution or trust company being referred to
           in this definition as a "financial institution"),

           (ii) a broker/dealer (acting as principal) registered as a
           broker or dealer under Section 15 of the Exchange Act (any
           broker/dealer being referred to in this definition as a
           "broker/dealer"), the unsecured short-term debt obligations
           of which are rated P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1+ by
           Standard & Poor's at the time of entering into this
           repurchase obligation, or

           (iii) an unrated broker/dealer, acting as principal, that
           is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a non-bank or bank holding
           company the unsecured short-term debt obligations of which
           are rated P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1+ by Standard &
           Poor's at the time of purchase; or

        (h) any other investment permitted by each of the Rating
        Agencies;

        provided, that, unless otherwise permitted by the Rating
        Agencies, upon the failure of any Eligible Institution to
        maintain any applicable rating set forth in this definition or
        the definition of Eligible Institution, the related
        investments at such institution shall be reinvested in
        Eligible Investments at a successor Eligible Institution
        within 10 days.

      Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 5.01 of the
      Indenture.

      Excess Curve Payment means, with respect to each Billing Month and the
      Reconciliation Date for such Billing Month, the excess of the
      Collections Curve Payments previously made to the Trustee for that
      Billing Month over actual ITC Collections the Servicer has received
      for that Billing Month.

      Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      Expected Amortization Schedule means, with respect to each Series or,
      if applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds, the expected
      amortization schedule for principal thereof, as specified in the
      Series Supplement therefor.

      Expected Final Payment Date means, with respect to each Series or, if
      applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds, the date when all interest
      and principal is scheduled to be paid for that Series or Class in
      accordance with the Expected Amortization Schedule, as specified in
      the Series Supplement therefor.

      FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor.

      Final Maturity Date means, for each Series or, if applicable, each
      Class of Transition Bonds, the date by which all principal and
      interest on the Transition Bonds is required to be paid, as specified
      in the Series Supplement therefor.

      Financing Issuance means an issuance of a new Series of Transition
      Bonds under the Indenture to provide funds to finance the purchase by
      the Issuer of Intangible Transition Property.

      Fitch IBCA means Fitch IBCA, Inc., or its successor.

      Formation Documents means, collectively, the Issuer LLC
      Agreement, the Issuer Certificate of Formation and any other
      document pursuant to which the Issuer is formed or governed, as
      the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

      General Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of the
      Indenture.

      Grant means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
      remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien
      upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit,
      set over and confirm pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the
      Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include all
      rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the
      Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and continuing
      right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal,
      interest and other payments in respect of the Collateral and all other
      moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other
      communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all
      rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the Granting
      party or otherwise and generally to do and receive anything that the
      Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or
      with respect thereto.

      Group means CEP Group, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its
      successor.

      Holder or Transition Bondholder means the Person in whose name a
      Transition Bond of any Series or Class is registered on the Transition
      Bond Register.

      Indemnification Event means an event which triggers PP&L's obligation
      to indemnify CEP Securities, the Issuer and the Trustee, for itself
      and on behalf of the Transition Bondholders, and each of their
      respective managers, officers, directors and agents, pursuant to
      Section 5.01 of the Contribution Agreement.

      Indemnity Amounts means any indemnification obligations payable by
      PP&L pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Contribution Agreement or the
      Servicer pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Servicing Agreement, as
      applicable.

      Indenture means the Indenture dated August 10, 1999, between the
      Issuer and the Trustee, as the same may be amended and
      supplemented from time to time by one or more indentures
      supplemental hereto, and shall include the forms and terms of the
      Transition Bonds established thereunder.

      Independent means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
      that the Person

        (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
        the Transition Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities and any
        Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons,

        (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material
        indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor,
        PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any Affiliate of any of
        the foregoing Persons and

        (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, PP&L,
        Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any Affiliate of any of the
        foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter,
        trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions.

      Independent Certificate means a certificate or opinion to be delivered
      to the Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
      complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 of the
      Indenture, made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed
      by an Issuer Order and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of
      reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the
      signer has read the definition of "Independent" in this Appendix A and
      that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

      Independent Manager has the meaning set forth in the Issuer LLC
      Agreement.

      Initial Intangible Transition Property means the Intangible Transition
      Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of the Initial Transfer
      Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Initial Transfer Date means the Series Issuance Date for the first
      Series of Transition Bonds.

      Insolvency Event means, with respect to a specified Person,

        (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court
        having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person
        or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case
        under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
        or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing
        a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
        sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
        substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up
        or liquidation of such Person's affairs, and such decree or
        order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90
        consecutive days or

        (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under
        any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
        other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent
        by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an
        involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such
        Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a
        receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
        sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
        substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person
        of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
        failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such
        debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in
        furtherance of any of the foregoing.

      Intangible Transition Charge Adjustment means each adjustment to
      Intangible Transition Charges related to the Transferred
      Intangible Transition Property made in accordance with Section
      4.01 of the Servicing Agreement and the Issuer Annex.

      Intangible Transition Charge Adjustment Process means the process by
      which Intangible Transition Charges are adjusted pursuant to the
      Servicing Agreement and the Competition Act.

      Intangible Transition Charges means the intangible transition
      charges authorized by the PUC to be imposed on all Customer bills
      through a non-bypassable mechanism by PP&L or its successor or by
      any other entity which provides electric service to Customers, to
      recover Qualified Transition Expenses pursuant to the Competition
      Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Intangible Transition Property means the irrevocable right of
      PP&L or its successor or assignee to collect Intangible
      Transition Charges from Customers to recover through the issuance
      of Transition Bonds the Qualified Transition Expenses described
      in the Qualified Rate Order, including all right, title and
      interest of PP&L or its successor or assignee in such order and
      in all revenues, collections, claims, payments, money or proceeds
      of or arising from Intangible Transition Charges pursuant to the
      Qualified Rate Order, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing,
      which term is intended and shall be construed to be the same as
      "intangible transition property" as used in the Competition Act
      and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Intangible Transition Property Documentation means all documents
      relating to the Intangible Transition Property, including copies
      of the Qualified Rate Order and all documents filed with the PUC
      in connection with any Intangible Transition Charges Adjustment,
      as described in Section 3.08 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Interest means, for any Payment Date for any Series or Class of
      Transition Bonds, the sum, without duplication, of:

        (a)  an amount equal to the amount of interest accrued at the
             applicable interest rates from the prior Payment Date
             with respect to that Series or Class;

        (b)  any unpaid interest, to the extent permitted by law, plus
             any interest accrued on this unpaid interest;

        (c)  if the Transition Bonds have been declared due and
             payable, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; and

        (d)  with respect to a Series or Class to be redeemed prior to
             the next Payment Date, the amount of interest that will
             be payable as interest on the Series on that Redemption
             Date.

      Issuer means PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a Delaware limited
      liability company, or its successor or the party named as such in the
      Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
      successor.

      Issuer Annex means, Annex 1 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Issuer Certificate of Formation means the Certificate of Formation of
      the Issuer which was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State's
      Office on March 25, 1999.

      Issuer LLC Agreement means the Amended and Restated Limited
      Liability Company Agreement between the Issuer and PP&L, as sole
      Member, dated August 10, 1999.

      Issuer Officer's Certificate means a certificate signed by any
      Authorized Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described
      in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of
      Section 11.01 of the Indenture, and delivered to the Trustee.  Unless
      otherwise specified, any reference in the Indenture to an Officer's
      Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of any Authorized
      Officer of the Issuer.

      Issuer Opinion of Counsel means one or more written opinions of
      counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in the
      Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Issuer and who shall be
      reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and which opinion or opinions
      shall be addressed to the Trustee, as Trustee, and shall comply with
      any applicable requirements of Section 11.01 of the Indenture, and
      shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

      Issuer Order and Issuer Request means a written order or request
      signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers
      and delivered to the Trustee.

      ITC Collections means amounts collected in respect of Intangible
      Transition Charges.

      Legal Defeasance Option has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(b)
      of the Indenture.

      Lien means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or
      encumbrance of any kind.

      Losses means collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations,
      losses, damages, payments, costs or expenses of any kind
      whatsoever.

      Manager means any manager of the Issuer.

      Member means PP&L, as the sole member of the Issuer.

      Monthly Remittance Date means, if the Servicer has satisfied the
      conditions of Section 5.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement, the
      fifteenth (15th) day of each calendar month (or if such fifteenth
      (15th) day is not a Business Day, the next Business day).

      Moody's means Moody's Investors Service Inc., or its successor.

      Officers' Certificate means a certificate signed, in the case of
      PP&L, by

        (a) the chairman of the board, the president, the vice
        chairman of the board, any executive vice president or any
        vice president; and

        (b) the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the secretary or
        any assistant secretary

      and, in the case of CEP Securities, by two of the Managers of CEP
      Securities.

      Operating Expenses means, with respect to the Issuer, all fees, costs,
      expenses and indemnity payments owed by the Issuer, including all
      amounts owed by the Issuer to the Trustee, the Quarterly Servicing
      Fee, the quarterly fee payable by the Issuer to the Administrator
      under the Administration Agreement, the fees and expenses payable by
      the Issuer to the independent managers of the Issuer, legal fees and
      expenses of the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Servicing
      Agreement, and legal and accounting fees, costs and expenses of the
      Issuer.

      Opinion of Counsel means one or more written opinions of counsel
      who may be an employee of or counsel to CEP Securities or PP&L,
      which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, the
      Issuer or the Rating Agencies, as applicable, and which shall be
      in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, if applicable.

      Outstanding with respect to Transition Bonds means, as of the date of
      determination, all Transition Bonds theretofore authenticated and
      delivered under the Indenture except:

        (a) Transition Bonds theretofore canceled by the Transition Bond
        Registrar or delivered to the Transition Bond Registrar for
        cancellation;

        (b) Transition Bonds or portions thereof the payment for which
        money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with
        the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such
        Transition Bonds; provided, however, that if such Transition Bonds
        are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given
        pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefor, satisfactory to
        the Trustee, made; and

        (c) Transition Bonds in exchange for or in lieu of other Transition
        Bonds which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the
        Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented
        that any such Transition Bonds are held by a protected purchaser;

      provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
      Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds or any Series or Class
      thereof have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
      notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document,
      Transition Bonds owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
      Transition Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any
      Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and
      deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
      Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
      authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Transition
      Bonds that the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.
      Transition Bonds so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be
      regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction
      of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such
      Transition Bonds and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other
      obligor upon the Transition Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP
      Securities or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.

      Outstanding Amount means the aggregate principal amount of all
      Outstanding Transition Bonds or, if the context requires, all
      Outstanding Transition Bonds of a Series or Class Outstanding at the
      date of determination.

      Overcollateralization means, with respect to any Payment Date, an
      amount that, if deposited to the Overcollateralization Subaccount,
      would cause the balance in such subaccount to equal the Scheduled
      Overcollateralization Level for such Payment Date, without regard to
      investment earnings.

      Overcollateralization Amount means, with respect to any Series of
      Transition Bonds, the amount specified as such in the Series
      Supplement therefor.

      Overcollateralization Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section
      8.02(a) of the Indenture.

      Paying Agent means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
      eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of the
      Indenture and is authorized by the Issuer to make the payments of
      principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Transition Bonds
      on behalf of the Issuer.

      Payment Date means, with respect to each Series or, if applicable,
      each Class of Transition Bonds, each date or dates specified as
      Payment Dates for such Series or Class in the Series Supplement
      therefor.

      Person means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
      venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any
      beneficiary thereof), business trust, limited liability company,
      unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
      subdivision thereof.

      PP&L means PP&L, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its successor.

      Predecessor Transition Bond means, with respect to any particular
      Transition Bond, every previous Transition Bond evidencing all or a
      portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular
      Transition Bond; and, for the purpose of this definition, any
      Transition Bond authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 of the
      Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Transition
      Bond shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost,
      destroyed or stolen Transition Bond.

      Post-Retail Access means any period after the time that a Customer was
      permitted to choose its electricity generation supplier.

      Pre-Retail Access means any period prior to the time that a Customer
      was permitted to choose its electricity generation supplier.

      Principal means, with respect to any Payment Date and each Series or,
      if applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds:

        (a)  the amount of principal scheduled to be paid on such
             Payment Date in accordance with the Expected
             Amortization Schedule;

        (b)  the amount of principal due on the Final Maturity Date of
             any Series or Class on such Payment Date;

        (c)  the amount of principal due as a result of the
             occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default
             and acceleration of the Transition Bonds;

        (d)  the amount of principal and premium, if any, due as
             a result of a redemption of Transition Bonds on such
             Payment Date; and

        (e)  any overdue payments of principal.

      Proceeding means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
      or administrative proceeding.

      Projected Transition Bond Balance means, as of any date, the sum of
      the amounts provided for in the Expected Amortization Schedules for
      each outstanding Series of Transition Bonds and such date.

      PUC means the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission or any
      successor.

      PUC Regulations means any regulations, orders or directives
      promulgated, issued or adopted by the PUC.

      Qualified Rate Order means the Final Order issued by the PUC on
      August 27, 1998 pursuant to the Competition Act, as such order
      has been supplemented by the Supplemental Order issued by the PUC
      on May 21, 1999, and as such order may hereafter be further
      supplemented by an order of the PUC issued pursuant to paragraph
      19 of the August 27, 1998 order.

      Qualified Transition Expenses has the meaning assigned to that
      term in the Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Quarterly Servicing Fee means the fee payable to the Servicer on the
      Business Day preceding each Payment Date for services rendered, in
      accordance with Section 5.07 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Rating Agency means any rating agency rating the Transition Bonds of
      any Class or Series at the time of issuance thereof at the request of
      the Issuer.  If no such organization or successor is any longer in
      existence, "Rating Agency" shall be a nationally recognized
      statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated
      by the Issuer, notice of which designation shall be given to the
      Trustee under the Indenture, the Member of the Issuer and the
      Servicer.

      Rating Agency Condition means, with respect to any action, the
      notification in writing by each Rating Agency to the Trustee and the
      Issuer that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
      of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any outstanding
      Series or Class of Transition Bonds.

      Reconciliation Date means, with respect to any Billing Month, the
      twelfth (12th) day (or if such twelfth (12th) day is not a Business
      Day, the next Business day) in the eighth month after such Billing
      Month.

      Record Date means, with respect to any Payment Date for a Series or
      Class, the date set forth as such in the Series Supplement therefor.

      Redemption Date means, with respect to each Series or, if applicable,
      each Class of Transition Bonds, the date for the redemption of the
      Transition Bonds of such Series or Class pursuant to Sections 10.01 or
      10.02 of the Indenture or the Series Supplement for such Series or
      Class, which in each case shall be a Payment Date.

      Redemption Price has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the
      Indenture.

      Refunding Issuance means issuance of a new Series of Transition Bonds
      hereunder to pay the cost of refunding, through redemption or payment
      on the Expected Final Payment Date for a Series or Class of Transition
      Bonds, all or part of the Transition Bonds of such Series or Class to
      the extent permitted by the terms thereof.

      Registered Holder means, as of any date, the Person in whose name a
      Transition Bond is registered on the Transition Bond Register on such
      date.

      Released Parties has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(f) of
      the Servicing Agreement.

      Remittance Date means a Daily Remittance Date or a Monthly Remittance
      Date, as applicable.

      Required Capital Amount means a capital contribution in an amount
      equal to the amount specified in the related Series Supplement,
      representing a capital contribution from PP&L.

      Reserve Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of the
      Indenture.

      Reserves means CEP Reserves, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its
      successor.

      Responsible Officer means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
      within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any Vice
      President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary,
      or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions
      similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and
      also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom
      such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and
      familiarity with the particular subject.

      Retiring Trustee means a Trustee that resigns or vacates the office of
      Trustee for any reason.

      Sale Agreement means the Intangible Transition Property Sale
      Agreement dated August 10, 1999, between the Seller and the
      Issuer.

      Sale Date means each date on which the Seller sells, transfers,
      assigns and conveys the Intangible Transition Property to the
      Issuer.

      Scheduled Overcollateralization Level means, with respect to any
      Payment Date, the amount set forth as such in Schedule 1 of the
      Indenture, as such Schedule has been adjusted in accordance with
      Section 3.19 of the Indenture to reflect redemptions or defeasances of
      Transition Bonds and issuances of additional Series of Transition
      Bonds.

      Seller means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
      company, or its successor, in its capacity as seller of the Intangible
      Transition Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Series means any series of Transition Bonds issued and authenticated
      by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, as specified in the Series
      Supplement therefor.

      Series Final Maturity Date means the Final Maturity Date for a Series.

      Series Issuance Date means, with respect to any Series, the date on
      which the Transition Bonds of such Series are to be originally issued
      in accordance with Section 2.10 of the Indenture and the Series
      Supplement for such Series.

      Series Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of the
      Indenture.

      Series Supplement means an indenture supplemental to the
      Indenture that authorizes a particular Series of Transition
      Bonds.

      Servicer means PP&L, as the servicer of the Intangible Transition
      Property, and each successor to PP&L (in the same capacity)
      pursuant to Section 5.03 or 6.04 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Servicer Default means an event specified in Section 6.01 of the
      Servicing Agreement.

      Servicing Agreement means the Servicing Agreement dated August
      10, 1999, between the Issuer and the Servicer, as the same may be
      amended and supplemented from time to time.

      Servicing Fee means the fee paid by the Issuer to the Servicer on each
      Payment Date with respect to each Series of Transition Bonds in an
      amount to be specified in the Section 5.07 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Standard & Poor's, or S&P, means Standard & Poor's Rating Group,
      a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, or its successor.

      State means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America
      or the District of Columbia.

      Subsequent Intangible Transition Property means Intangible Transition
      Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of a Subsequent Transfer
      Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Subsequent Sale means the sale of additional Intangible Transition
      Property by the Seller to the Issuer after the Initial Transfer Date,
      subject to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Sale
      Agreement and the Indenture.

      Subsequent Transfer Date means the date that a Subsequent Sale will be
      effective, specified in a written notice provided by the Seller to the
      Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Successor Servicer means a successor Servicer appointed by the Trustee
      pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Servicing Agreement which will succeed
      to all the rights and duties of the Servicer under the Servicing
      Agreement.

      Supplemental Indenture means a supplemental indenture entered into by
      the Issuer and the Trustee pursuant to Article IX of the Indenture.

      Supplemental Order means the Order of the PUC dated May 21, 1999,
      supplementing the Qualified Rate Order.

      Termination Notice has the meaning specified in Section 6.01 of
      the Servicing Agreement.

      Third Party means any third party, including any electric
      generation supplier, providing billing or metering services,
      licensed by the PUC pursuant to relevant provisions of the
      Competition Act and any PUC order.

      Transfer Date means the Initial Transfer Date or any Subsequent
      Transfer Date, as applicable.

      Transferred Intangible Transition Property means Intangible Transition
      Property which has been sold, assigned and transferred to the Issuer
      pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Transition Bond means any of the transition bonds (as defined in the
      Competition Act) issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture.

      Transition Bond Balance means, as of any date, the aggregate
      Outstanding Amount of all Series of Transition Bonds on such date.

      Transition Bond Owner means, with respect to a Book-Entry Transition
      Bond, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry
      Transition Bond, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or
      on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing
      Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect
      participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such
      Clearing Agency).

      Transition Bond Register means a register, kept by the Transition Bond
      Registrar on behalf of the Issuer in which, subject to such reasonable
      regulations as it may prescribe, the Transition Bond Registrar shall
      provide for the registration of Transition Bonds and the registration
      of transfers of Transition Bonds.

      Transition Bond Registrar means the Trustee, in its capacity as keeper
      of the Transition Bond Register, or any successor to the Trustee in
      such capacity.

      Trust Indenture Act or TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
      force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

      Trustee means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, or
      its successor or any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

      UCC means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
      Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended
      from time to time

      U.S. Government Obligations means direct obligations (or certificates
      representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United
      States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof)
      for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United
      States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the
      issuer's option.

      Y2K Compliant means that computer systems and equipment with date-
      sensitive chips will accurately process date and time data.





                     PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC,



                                   Issuer



                                    and



                           THE BANK OF NEW YORK,



                                  Trustee



                       ------------------------------



                          1999-1 SERIES SUPPLEMENT



                        Dated as of August 10, 1999



                       ------------------------------





      1999-1 SERIES SUPPLEMENT dated as of August 10, 1999 (this
 "Supplement"), by and between PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC, a Delaware
 limited liability company (the "Issuer"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New
 York banking corporation (the "Trustee"), as Trustee under the Indenture
 dated as of August 10, 1999, between the Issuer and the Trustee (the
 "Indenture").

                           PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

      Section 9.01 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the
 Issuer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into one
 or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purposes of
 authorizing the issuance by the Issuer of a Series of Transition Bonds and
 specifying the terms thereof.  The Issuer has duly authorized the execution
 and delivery of this Supplement and the creation of a Series of Transition
 Bonds with an initial aggregate principal amount of $2,420,000,000 to be
 known as the Issuer's Transition Bonds, Series 1999-1 (the "Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds").  All acts and all things necessary to make the Series
 1999-1 Transition Bonds, when duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated
 by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture and this Supplement and issued
 by the Issuer, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Issuer and
 to make this Supplement a valid and enforceable supplement to the Indenture
 have been done, performed and fulfilled and the execution and delivery
 hereof have been in all respects duly and lawfully authorized.  The Issuer
 and the Trustee are executing and delivering this Supplement in order to
 provide for the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds.

      In order to secure the payment of principal of and interest on the
 Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds issued and to be issued under the Indenture
 and/or any Series Supplement, the Issuer hereby confirms the Grant to the
 Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 1999-1 Transition
 Bonds from time to time issued and outstanding, all of the Issuer's right,
 title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, including without
 limitation, the Intangible Transition Property transferred by the Seller to
 the Issuer as of the Initial Transfer Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement
 and all proceeds thereof.

      The Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of the Series 1999-1 Transition
 Bonds, acknowledges the confirmation of such Grant, accepts the trusts
 hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform
 its duties required in the Indenture and this Supplement.

      SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

      All terms used in this Supplement that are defined in the Indenture,
 either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them
 therein, except to the extent such terms are defined or modified in this
 Supplement or the context clearly requires otherwise.

      SECTION 2. OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

           Authorized Denominations shall mean $1,000 and integral multiples
           thereof.

           Bond Rate has the meaning set forth in Section 4 of this
           Supplement.

           Class Final Maturity Date means, with respect to any Class of the
           Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds, the final maturity date thereof,
           as specified in Section 4 of this Supplement.

           Expected Amortization Schedule means Schedule A to this
           Supplement.

           Expected Final Payment Date means, with respect to any Class of
           the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds, the expected final payment
           date therefor, as specified in Section 4 of this Supplement.

           Overcollateralization Amount has the meaning set forth in Section
           5(d) of this Supplement.

           Payment Date has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this
           Supplement.

           Record Date shall mean, with respect to any Payment Date, the
           close of business on the Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

           Required Capital Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 5(e)
           of this Supplement.

           Series Issuance Date has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of
           this Supplement.

           Series Final Maturity Date has the meaning set forth in Section 4
           of this Supplement.

      SECTION 3. DESIGNATION; SERIES ISSUANCE DATES.

      (a) Designation. The Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds shall be
 designated generally as the Issuer's Transition Bonds, Series 1999-1 and
 further denominated as Classes A-1 through A-8.

      (b) Series Issuance Date. The Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds that are
 authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to or upon the order of the
 Issuer on August 10, 1999 (the "Series Issuance Date") shall have as their
 date of authentication August 10, 1999.

      SECTION 4. INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT; BOND RATE; EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
      DATE; CLASS FINAL MATURITY DATES.

      The Transition Bonds of each Class of the Series 1999-1 Transition
 Bonds shall have the initial principal amounts, bear interest at the rates
 per annum and have Expected Final Payment Dates and Class Final Maturity
 Dates as set forth below:

        Initial
        Principal       Bond      Expected Final          Class Final
 Class  Amount          Rate      Payment Date            Maturity Date
 -----  ---------       ----      --------------          -------------

 A-1    $293,000,000    6.08%     March 25, 2001        March 25, 2003
 A-2    $178,000,000    6.41%     December 26, 2001     December 26, 2003
 A-3    $303,000,000    6.60%     March 25, 2003        March 25, 2005
 A-4    $201,000,000    6.72%     December 26, 2003     December 26, 2005
 A-5    $313,000,000    6.83%     March 25, 2005        March 25, 2007
 A-6    $223,000,000    6.96%     December 26, 2005     December 26, 2007
 A-7    $455,000,000    7.05%     June 25, 2007         June 25, 2009
 A-8    $454,000,000    7.15%     December 26, 2008     June 25, 2009


        The Bond Rate for Classes A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8
 shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of four 90-day quarters.

        SECTION 5. PAYMENT DATES; EXPECTED AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE FOR
 PRINCIPAL;  INTEREST; OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT; REQUIRED CAPITAL
 AMOUNT.

        (a) Payment Dates. The Payment Dates for each Class of the Series
 1999-1 Transition Bonds are March 25, June 25, September 25 and December 26
 of each year or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next
 succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27, 1999 and continuing
 until the earlier of repayment of such Class in full and the applicable
 Class Final Maturity Date.

        (b) Expected Amortization Schedule for Principal. Unless an Event
 of Default has occurred and is continuing and the unpaid principal amount
 of all Series of Transition Bonds has been declared to be due and payable
 together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on each Payment Date the
 Trustee shall distribute to the Series 1999-1 Transition Bondholders of
 record as of the related Record Date amounts payable in respect of the
 Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture
 as principal, in accordance with the Expected Amortization Schedule.
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if one or more Classes did not receive
 principal on any prior Payment Date and as a result the aggregate
 Outstanding Amount of such Class or Classes was not reduced to the balance
 indicated in the Expected Amortization Schedule on such Payment Date, then
 such Classes will be allocated funds from the Series 1999-1 Subaccount to
 make up such shortfalls in the order in which such amounts were scheduled
 to be paid prior to any Classes receiving funds in respect of principal
 scheduled to be paid on the current Payment Date; provided, however, that
 in no event shall a principal payment pursuant to this Section 5(b) on any
 Class on a Payment Date be greater than the amount that reduces the
 Outstanding Amount of such Class of Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds to the
 amount specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule for such Class and
 Payment Date.

        (c) Interest. Interest will be payable on each Class of the Series
 1999-1 Transition Bonds on each Payment Date in an amount equal to one-
 quarter of the product of

        (i) the applicable Bond Rate and

        (ii) the Outstanding Amount of the related Class of Transition
        Bonds as of the close of business on the preceding Payment Date
        after giving effect to all payments of principal made to the
        holders of the related Class of Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds on
        such preceding Payment Date;

 provided that, with respect to the initial Payment Date or if no payment
 has yet been made, interest on the outstanding principal balance shall
 accrue from and including the Series Issuance Date to, but excluding, the
 following Payment Date computed on the basis of the actual number of days
 elapsed since the Series Issuance Date divided by 360.

        (d) Overcollateralization Amount. The Overcollateralization Amount
 for the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds shall be $12,100,000.

        (e) Required Capital Amount.  The Required Capital Amount for the
 Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds shall be $12,100,000.

        SECTION 6. AUTHORIZED DENOMINATIONS. The Series 1999-1 Transition
 Bonds shall be issuable in the Authorized Denominations.

        SECTION 7. REDEMPTION.

        (a) Mandatory Redemption. The Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds shall
 not be subject to mandatory redemption.

        (b) Optional Redemption. The Issuer may redeem the Transition Bonds
 of Series 1999-1, at its option, on any Payment Date in accordance with
 Section 10.01 of the Indenture if, after giving effect to payments that
 would otherwise be made on such Payment Date, the Outstanding Amount of
 such Series has been reduced to less than five percent of the initial
 principal balance of such Series.

        SECTION 8. CREDIT ENHANCEMENT. No credit enhancement (other than
 the Overcollateralization Amount, the Required Capital Amount and any
 adjustments to the Intangible Transition Charges approved by the PUC as
 contemplated in the Servicing Agreement) is provided for the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds.

        SECTION 9. DELIVERY AND PAYMENT FOR THE SERIES 1999-1 TRANSITION
 BONDS; FORM OF THE SERIES 1999-1 TRANSITION BONDS. The Trustee shall
 deliver the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds to the Issuer when authenticated
 in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Indenture. The Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds of each Class shall be in the form of Exhibits A through H
 hereto.

        SECTION 10. CONFIRMATION OF INDENTURE. As supplemented by this
 Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
 Indenture, as so supplemented by this Supplement, shall be read, taken, and
 construed as one and the same instrument.

        SECTION 11. COUNTERPARTS. This Supplement may be executed in any
 number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
 original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one
 and the same instrument.

        SECTION 12. GOVERNING LAW. This Supplement shall be construed in
 accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without
 reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights
 and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance
 with such laws.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this
 Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
 authorized as of the first day of the month and year first above written.


                                PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC,
                                as Issuer


                                 By:  /s/ James E. Abel
                                      ----------------------------
                                      Name:  James E. Abel
                                      Title: Manager


                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                 not in its individual capacity but
                                 solely as Trustee on behalf
                                 of the Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:  /s/ Cheryl L. Laser
                                      ------------------------------
                                      Name:   Cheryl L. Laser
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President




                                SCHEDULE A
                       Expected Amortization Schedule
                       Outstanding Principal Balance

                  All amounts are in United States Dollars

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Payment
 Date      Class A-1    Class A-2    Class A-3    Class A-4    Class A-5     Class A-6    Class A-7      Class A-8
- ----------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
12/27/99   263,315,284   178,000,000  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/00    201,074,523   178,000,000  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/00    140,987,613   178,000,000  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/00     88,690,386   178,000,000  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/00    36,616,412   178,000,000  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/01              -   148,795,346  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/01              -    85,478,334  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/01              -    29,831,440  303,000,000  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/01             -             -  277,308,357  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/02              -             -  209,424,797  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/02              -             -  145,286,566  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/02              -             -   88,534,909  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/02             -             -   31,832,576  201,000,000  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/03              -             -            -  163,274,080  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/03              -             -            -   96,517,432  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/03              -             -            -   36,944,118  313,000,000  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/03             -             -            -            -  290,339,977  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/04              -             -            -            -  218,538,788  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/04              -             -            -            -  149,923,675  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/04              -             -            -            -   88,234,499  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/04             -             -            -            -   26,437,199  223,000,000  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/05              -             -            -            -            -  176,722,080  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/05              -             -            -            -            -  107,969,661  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/05              -             -            -            -            -   45,728,103  455,000,000    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/05             -             -            -            -            -            -  438,304,028    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/06              -             -            -            -            -            -  362,494,702    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/06              -             -            -            -            -            -  287,655,428    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/06              -             -            -            -            -            -  219,322,507    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/06             -             -            -            -            -            -  150,687,290    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/07              -             -            -            -            -            -   70,515,210    454,000,000
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/07              -             -            -            -            -            -            -    447,302,056
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/07              -             -            -            -            -            -            -    376,326,600
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/07             -             -            -            -            -            -            -    304,969,223
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
3/25/08              -             -            -            -            -            -            -    223,215,871
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
6/25/08              -             -            -            -            -            -            -    145,058,241
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
9/25/08              -             -            -            -            -            -            -     72,753,715
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
12/26/08             -             -            -            -            -            -            -              -
           ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------

</TABLE>




                       Exhibit A to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                         $

 No. R- _____



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AA 8


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-1 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-1 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-1.


 Bond     Original Principal      Expected Final      Class Final
 Rate          Amount             Payment Date        Maturity Date

 6.08%       $293,000,000         March 25, 2001      March 25, 2003


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters.  Such principal of and interest on this
 Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner
 specified on the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-1
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-1 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-1 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-1 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-1
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-1 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-1
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999

                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                    Name:  James E. Abel
                                    Title: Manager






                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-1 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.


                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:



                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-1 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-1 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-1
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-1
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-1 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-1 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-1 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-1 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-1 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-1 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-1 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Series Supplement, except that with
 respect to Class A-1 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the
 name of a Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in
 immediately available funds to the account designated by such Clearing
 Agency and except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if
 any, payable with respect to this Class A-1 Transition Bond on a Payment
 Date which shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed
 to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears
 in the Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without
 requiring that this Class A-1 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of
 payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-1 Transition
 Bond (or any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by
 any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future
 Holders of this Class A-1 Transition Bond and of any Class A-1 Transition
 Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof
 or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-1 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-1 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-1 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-1 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-1 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-1 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-1
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-1 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-1 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-1 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-1
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-1 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-1 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-1 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-1 Transition Bond and of any Class A-1
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-1 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-1 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-1 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-1 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-1
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-1 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-1 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-1 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


 ___________         _________________________*
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 ___________         ________________________



 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-1 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.




                       Exhibit B to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                             $

 No. R- _______



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AB 6


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-2 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-2 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-2.


 Bond         Original Principal      Expected Final       Class Final
 Rate             Amount              Payment Date         Maturity Date

 6.41%          $178,000,000          December 26, 2001    December 26, 2003


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters.  Such principal of and interest on this
 Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner
 specified on the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-2
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-2 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-2 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-2 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-2
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-2 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-2
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                    Name:  James E. Abel
                                    Title: Manager




                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-2 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-2 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-2 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-2
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-2
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-2 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-2 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-2 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-2 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-2 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-2 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-2 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-2 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-2 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-2 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-2 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-2 Transition Bond and of any Class A-2 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-2 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-2 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-2 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-2 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-2 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-2 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-2
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-2 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-2 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-2 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-2
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-2 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-2 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-2 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-2 Transition Bond and of any Class A-2
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-2 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-2 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-2 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-2 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-2
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-2 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-2 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-2 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


                                             *
 ___________         _________________________
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 ___________         _________________________



 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-2 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.



                       Exhibit C to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                           $

 No. R- ________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AC 4


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-3 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-3 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-3.


 Bond         Original Principal     Expected Final       Class Final
 Rate               Amount           Payment Date         Maturity Date

 6.60%         $303,000,000          March 25, 2003       March 25, 2005


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters.  Such principal of and interest on this
 Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner
 specified on the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-3
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-3 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-3 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-3 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-3
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-3 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-3
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                     Name:  James E. Abel
                                     Title: Manager




                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-3 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-3 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-3 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-3
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-3
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-3 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-3 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-3 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-3 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-3 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-3 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-3 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-3 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-3 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-3 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-3 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-3 Transition Bond and of any Class A-3 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-3 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-3 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-3 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-3 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-3 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-3 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-3
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-3 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-3 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-3 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-3
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-3 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-3 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-3 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-3 Transition Bond and of any Class A-3
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-3 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-3 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-3 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-3 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-3
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-3 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-3 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-3 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


                                                    *
 ___________                 ________________________
                             Signature Guaranteed:


 ___________                 _________________________



 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-3 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.



                       Exhibit D to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                               $

 No. R- ____________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AD 2


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-4 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-4 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                 TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-4


 Bond         Original Principal     Expected Final         Class Final
 Rate               Amount           Payment Date           Maturity Date

 6.72%         $201,000,000          December 26, 2003      December 26, 2005


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters.  Such principal of and interest on this
 Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner
 specified on the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-4
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-4 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-4 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-4 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-4
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-4 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-4
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed,
 manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                     Name:  James E. Abel
                                     Title: Manager












                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-4 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-4 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-4 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-4
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-4
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-4 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-4 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-4 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-4 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-4 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-4 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-4 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-4 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-4 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-4 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-4 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-4 Transition Bond and of any Class A-4 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-4 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-4 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-4 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-4 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-4 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-4 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-4
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-4 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-4 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-4 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-4
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-4 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-4 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-4 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-4 Transition Bond and of any Class A-4
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-4 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-4 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-4 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-4 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-4
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-4 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-4 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-4 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


                                                *
 ___________                _____________________
                            Signature Guaranteed:


 ___________                _____________________


 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-4 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.




                       Exhibit E to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                           $

 No. R- _________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AE 0


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-5 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-5 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-5.


 Bond         Original Principal     Expected Final      Class Final
 Rate               Amount           Payment Date        Maturity Date

 6.83%         $313,000,000          March 25, 2005      March 25, 2007


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters. Such principal of and interest on this Series
 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner specified on
 the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-5
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-5 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-5 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-5 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-5
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-5 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-5
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999



                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                     Name:  James E. Abel
                                     Title: Manager






                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-5 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-5 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-5 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-5
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-5
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-5 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-5 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-5 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-5 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-5 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-5 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-5 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-5 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-5 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-5 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-5 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-5 Transition Bond and of any Class A-5 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-5 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-5 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-5 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-5 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-5 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-5 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-5
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-5 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-5 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-5 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-5
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-5 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-5 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-5 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-5 Transition Bond and of any Class A-5
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-5 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-5 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-5 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-5 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-5
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-5 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-5 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-5 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


 _________           _________________________*
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 __________          _________________________


 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-5 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.



                       Exhibit F to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                            $

 No. R-_________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AF 7


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-6 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-6 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-6.


 Bond         Original Principal      Expected Final        Class Final
 Rate               Amount            Payment Date          Maturity Date

 6.96%         $223,000,000           December 26, 2005     December 26, 2007


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters.  Such principal of and interest on this
 Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner
 specified on the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-6
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-6 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-6 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-6 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-6
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-6 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-6
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                     Name:  James E. Abel
                                     Title: Manager




                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-6 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-6 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-6 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-6
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-6
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-6 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-6 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-6 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-6 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-6 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-6 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-6 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Series Supplement, except that with
 respect to Class A-6 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the
 name of a Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in
 immediately available funds to the account designated by such Clearing
 Agency and except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if
 any, payable with respect to this Class A-6 Transition Bond on a Payment
 Date which shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed
 to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears
 in the Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without
 requiring that this Class A-6 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of
 payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-6 Transition
 Bond (or any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by
 any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future
 Holders of this Class A-6 Transition Bond and of any Class A-6 Transition
 Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof
 or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-6 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-6 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-6 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-6 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-6 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-6 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-6
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-6 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-6 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-6 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-6
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-6 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-6 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-6 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-6 Transition Bond and of any Class A-6
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-6 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-6 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-6 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-6 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-6
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-6 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-6 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-6 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


 __________          _________________________*
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 __________          ________________________


 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-6 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.




                       Exhibit G to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                              $

 No. R- _________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AG 5


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-7 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-7 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-7.


 Bond         Original Principal      Expected Final       Class Final
 Rate               Amount            Payment Date         Maturity Date

 7.05%         $455,000,000           June 25, 2007        June 25, 2009


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters. Such principal of and interest on this Series
 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner specified on
 the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-7
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-7 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-7 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-7 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-7
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-7 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-7
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                     Name:  James E. Abel
                                     Title: Manager





                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-7 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-7 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-7 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-7
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-7
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-7 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-7 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-7 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-7 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-7 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-7 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-7 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-7 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-7 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-7 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-7 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-7 Transition Bond and of any Class A-7 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-7 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-7 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-7 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-7 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-7 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-7 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-7
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-7 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-7 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-7 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-7
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-7 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-7 Transition Bond may be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-7 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-7 Transition Bond and of any Class A-7
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-7 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-7 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-7 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-7 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Series
 Supplement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law
 provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
 hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-7
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-7 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.



                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-7 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-7 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


 _________           _______________________*
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 _________           _______________________



 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-7 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.



                       Exhibit H to Series Supplement


 REGISTERED                                                           $

 No. R- ___________



                    SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


                           CUSIP NO. 69350E AH 3


      THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CLASS A-8 TRANSITION BOND WILL BE PAID IN
 INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
 AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A-8 TRANSITION BOND AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE
 AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                TRANSITION BONDS, SERIES 1999-1, CLASS A-8.


 Bond         Original Principal     Expected Final          Class Final
 Rate               Amount           Payment Date            Maturity Date

 7.15 %        $454,000,000          December 26, 2008       June 25, 2009


      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a limited liability company
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein
 referred to as the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
 the Registered Holder hereof, or registered assigns, the Original Principal
 Amount shown above in quarterly instalments on the Payment Dates (as
 defined below) and in the amounts specified on the reverse hereof or, if
 less, the amounts determined pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture,
 in each year, commencing on the date determined as provided on the reverse
 hereof and ending on or before the Class Final Maturity Date, to pay the
 entire unpaid principal hereof on the Class Final Maturity Date and to pay
 interest, at the Bond Rate shown above at a fixed rate, on each March 25,
 June 25, September 25 and December 26, and or if any such day is not a
 Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing on December 27,
 1999 and continuing until the earlier of the payment of the principal
 hereof and the Class Final Maturity Date (each a "Payment Date"), on the
 principal amount of this Series 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition Bond
 outstanding from time to time.  Interest will be computed (i) for the first
 Payment Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and
 including August 10, 1999, to but excluding such Payment Date, divided by
 360 and (ii) for each succeeding Payment Date on the basis of a 360-day
 year of four 90-day quarters. Such principal of and interest on this Series
 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition Bond shall be paid in the manner specified on
 the reverse hereof.

      The principal of and interest on this Series 1999-1, Class A-8
 Transition Bond are payable in such coin or currency of the United States
 of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
 and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this
 Class A-8 Transition Bond shall be applied first to interest due and
 payable on this Class A-8 Transition Bond as provided above and then to the
 unpaid principal of and premium, if any, on this Class A-8 Transition Bond,
 all in the manner set forth in Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

      Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A-8
 Transition Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same
 effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Class A-8 Transition
 Bond.

      Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
 the Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Class A-8
 Transition Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
 referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any
 purpose.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be
 signed, manually or in facsimile, by an authorized Manager of the Issuer.

 Dated:  August 10, 1999


                                  PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                 By:________________________
                                    Name:  James E. Abel
                                    Title: Manager







                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION



 Dated: August 10, 1999



      This is one of the Class A-8 Transition Bonds of the Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds, designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned
 Indenture.



                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                   not in its individual capacity but
                                   solely as Trustee on behalf of the
                                   Transition Bondholders,


                                 By:_______________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:




                         REVERSE OF TRANSITION BOND


      This Series 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition Bond is one of a duly
 authorized issue of Transition Bonds of the Issuer, designated as its
 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Transition Bonds"), issued and to be
 issued in one or more Series, which Series are issuable in one or more
 Classes, and this Series Transition Bond, in which this Series 1999-1,
 Class A-8 Transition Bond represents an interest, consists of Classes,
 including the Class A-8 Transition Bonds (herein called the "Class A-8
 Transition Bonds"), all issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as
 of August 10, 1999, and a series supplement thereto dated as of August 10,
 1999 (such series supplement, as supplemented or amended, the "Series
 Supplement" and, collectively with such indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, the "Indenture"), each between the Issuer and The Bank of New
 York, as Trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee
 under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
 thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the Collateral property
 pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the respective rights,
 obligations and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
 Holders of the Transition Bonds and the terms and conditions under which
 additional Transition Bonds may be issued. All terms used in this Class A-8
 Transition Bond that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
 amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

      The Class A-8 Transition Bonds, the other Classes of Series 1999-1
 Transition Bonds and any other Series of Transition Bonds issued by the
 Issuer are and will be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral
 pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture or the Series
 1999-1 Supplement.

      The principal of this Class A-8 Transition Bond shall be payable on
 each Payment Date only to the extent that amounts in the Collection Account
 are available therefor, and only until the outstanding principal balance
 thereof on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments of
 principal, if any, made on such Payment Date) has been reduced to the
 principal balance specified in the Expected Amortization Schedule which is
 attached to the Series Supplement as Schedule A, unless payable earlier
 either because

      (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
      Trustee or the Holders of Transition Bonds representing not less than
      a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds of all
      Series have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately due and
      payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Indenture, or

      (ii) the Issuer, at its option, shall have called for the redemption
      of the Series 1999-1 Transition Bonds in whole pursuant to Section
      7(b) of the Series Supplement and Section 10.01 of the Indenture.

 However, actual principal payments may be made in lesser than expected
 amounts and at later than expected times as determined pursuant to Section
 8.02(e) of the Indenture. The entire unpaid principal amount of this Series
 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition Bond shall be due and payable on the earlier
 of the Class Final Maturity Date hereof and the Redemption Date, if any,
 herefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
 of the Transition Bonds shall be due and payable, if not then previously
 paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
 continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of the Transition Bonds of all
 Series representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of
 the Transition Bonds have declared the Transition Bonds to be immediately
 due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02 of the Indenture.
 All principal payments on the Class A-8 Transition Bonds shall be made pro
 rata to the Class A-8 Transition Bondholders entitled thereto based on the
 respective principal amounts of the Series 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition
 Bonds held by them.

      Payments of interest on this Class A-8 Transition Bond due and payable
 on each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal or premium,
 if any, due on this Class A-8 Transition Bond on such Payment Date shall be
 made by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to the Person whose name
 appears as the Registered Holder of this Class A-8 Transition Bond (or one
 or more predecessor of such Transition Bond) in the Transition Bond
 Register as of the close of business on the Record Date or in such other
 manner as may be provided in the Supplement, except that with respect to
 Class A-8 Transition Bonds registered on the Record Date in the name of a
 Clearing Agency, payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately
 available funds to the account designated by such Clearing Agency and
 except for the final instalment of principal and premium, if any, payable
 with respect to this Class A-8 Transition Bond on a Payment Date which
 shall be payable as provided below.  Such checks shall be mailed to the
 Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears in the
 Transition Bond Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring
 that this Class A-8 Transition Bond be submitted for notation of payment.
 Any reduction in the principal amount of this Class A-8 Transition Bond (or
 any one or more predecessor to such Transition Bond) effected by any
 payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders
 of this Class A-8 Transition Bond and of any Class A-8 Transition Bond
 issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
 lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be
 available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then
 remaining unpaid principal amount of this Class A-8 Transition Bond on a
 Payment Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer,
 will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 second preceding Record Date to such Payment Date by notice mailed no later
 than five days prior to such final Payment Date and shall specify that such
 final instalment will be payable to the Registered Holder hereof as of the
 Record Date immediately preceding such final Payment Date and only upon
 presentation and surrender of this Class A-8 Transition Bond and shall
 specify the place where this Series 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition Bond may
 be presented and surrendered for payment of such instalment.

      The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue instalments of interest on
 this Class A-8 Transition Bond at the Bond Rate for Class A-8 to the extent
 lawful.

      As provided in the Indenture, the Class A-8 Transition Bonds may be
 redeemed, in whole, but not in part, in certain circumstances as provided
 in Section 7(b) of the Series Supplement.

      As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set
 forth therein, the transfer of this Class A-8 Transition Bond may be
 registered in the Transition Bond Register upon surrender of this Class A-8
 Transition Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency
 designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
 accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
 Trustee duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized
 in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
 Institution, and thereupon one or more new Class A-8 Transition Bonds of
 any Authorized Denominations and in the same aggregate initial principal
 amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No
 service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange
 of this Class A-8 Transition Bond, but the transferor may be required to
 pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
 be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange.

      Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this
 Class A-8 Transition Bond, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
 Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Class A-8
 Transition Bond is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner
 hereof for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and premium,
 if any, and interest on this Class A-8 Transition Bond and for all other
 purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Class A-8 Transition Bond be
 overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be
 affected by notice to the contrary.

      The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided,
 the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of
 the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Transition Bonds under the
 Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
 Transition Bonds at the time Outstanding of each Series or Class to be
 affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of
 Transition Bonds representing specified percentages of the Outstanding
 Amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, on behalf of the Holders of
 all the Transition Bonds, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
 provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture
 and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
 Class A-8 Transition Bond (or any one of more predecessor of such
 transition bonds) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
 all future Holders of this Class A-8 Transition Bond and of any Class A-8
 Transition Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in
 exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent
 or waiver is made upon this Class A-8 Transition Bond. The Indenture also
 permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set
 forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Transition
 Bonds issued thereunder.

      The term "Issuer" as used in this Series 1999-1, Class A-8 Transition
 Bond includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

      The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances,
 to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the
 Holders of Transition Bonds under the Indenture.

      The Class A-8 Transition Bonds are issuable only in registered form in
 Authorized Denominations as provided in the Indenture and the Supplement,
 subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

      This Class A-8 Transition Bond, the Indenture and the Supplement shall
 be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
 Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the
 obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder
 shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

      No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Class A-8
 Transition Bond or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation
 of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
 and interest on this Class A-8 Transition Bond at the times, place, and
 rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.




                                 ASSIGNMENT


 Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee





      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
 transfers unto ___


                       (name and address of assignee)


 the within Class A-8 Transition Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby
 irrevocably constitutes and appoints


                      (name and address of appointee)


 attorney, to transfer said Class A-8 Transition Bond on the books kept for
 registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.


 Dated:


 ________            _______________________*
                     Signature Guaranteed:


 _________           _______________________


 *    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
      of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Class
      A-8 Transition Bond in every particular, without alteration,
      enlargement or any change whatsoever.





                           MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP
                               1701 MARKET STREET
                           PHILADELPHIA, PA 19103-2921
                                 (215) 963-5000


                                                 August 10, 1999



 PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC
 Two North Ninth Street
 Allentown, Pennsylvania  18101-1179


                    Re:  PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC

 Ladies and Gentlemen:

      We have acted as special Pennsylvania counsel to PP&L Transition Bond
 Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), in
 connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No.
 333-75369), as amended (the "Registration Statement"), filed by the Company
 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") relating to
 transition bonds (the "Transition Bonds") of the Company issued under the
 Indenture dated as of August 10, 1999 between the Company and The Bank of
 New York, as trustee.

      We are familiar with the proceedings taken with respect to the
 authorization, issuance and sale of the Transition Bonds.  In this
 connection, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
 identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such
 agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or
 other representatives of the Company and others and such other documents,
 certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a
 basis for the opinion set forth herein.

      In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural
 persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all
 documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original
 documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or
 photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter
 documents.  In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that
 the parties thereto have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and
 perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due
 authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution
 and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding
 effect thereof on such parties.  As to any facts material to the opinions
 expressed herein which we have not independently established or verified,
 we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other
 representatives of the Company, PP&L, Inc. and others.

           We do not express any opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction
 other than the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the federal
 laws of the United States.

           Based on and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion
 that the Transition Bonds constitute valid and binding obligations of the
 Company, are fully paid and non-assessable and are enforceable against the
 Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that
 enforcement thereof may be limited by (1) bankruptcy, insolvency,
 reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws now
 or hereafter in effect relating to creditor's rights generally and (2)
 general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is
 considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

           We consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading
"Various Legal Matters Relating to the Transition Bonds" in the Prospectus
included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not
thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent
is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and
regulations of the SEC.

                                         Very truly yours,


                                         /s/ Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP






                                           August 10, 1999



 PP&L, Inc.
 Two North Ninth Street
 Allentown, PA 18101-1179


                Re:  PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC

 Ladies and Gentlemen:

           In connection with the filing of Registration Statement No. 333-
 75369 on Form S-3 relating to PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC (the
 "Issuer"), as amended from time to time, (the "Registration Statement")
 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") which was
 declared effective by the SEC on July 27, 1999, you have requested our
 opinion regarding certain descriptions of tax consequences contained in the
 form of prospectus (the "Prospectus") included in the Registration
 Statement.

           We have acted as special federal income tax counsel to the
 Issuer, in connection with (a) the assignment and sale to the Issuer of
 PP&L's Intangible Transition Property, which is the property right created
 by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania representing the irrevocable right of
 PP&L, Inc. ("PP&L") or its assignee to receive through Intangible
 Transition Charges amounts sufficient to recover all of its Qualified
 Transition Expenses and (b) the Issuer's issuance of Transition Bonds which
 are supported by the Intangible Transition Property and which are offered
 and sold pursuant to the Registration Statement (such offered Transition
 Bonds, the "Offered Bonds").  The Offered Bonds are being issued under the
 Indenture dated as of August 10, 1999 (substantially in the form filed as
 an exhibit to the Registration Statement) (the "Indenture") between the
 Issuer and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), as well as
 under the Series Supplement dated as of August 10, 1999 (the "Series
 Supplement") between the Issuer and the Trustee.

           In connection with our engagement, we have examined and relied
 upon the Certificate of Formation of PP&L Transition Bond Company and the
 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement for PP&L
 Transition Bond Company (the "Agreement") included as exhibits to the
 Registration Statement.

           Furthermore, we are familiar with the proceedings taken to date
 with respect to the authorization, issuance and sale of the Transition
 Bonds and have examined originals or counterparts, or certified or other
 copies identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of the
 Registration Statement (including all amendments thereto), such
 certificates, instruments, documents and other corporate records of each of
 the Issuer and PP&L and matters of fact and law as we deem necessary for
 the purposes of the opinion expressed below.  Capitalized terms not
 otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned to such
 terms in the Registration Statement.

           In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
 signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals,
 the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as
 certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of
 such latter documents.  As to any facts material to the opinions expressed
 herein which were not independently established or verified, we have relied
 upon statements, representations, and certifications of officers and other
 representatives of the Issuer, PP&L, the Underwriters, and others.

           In rendering our opinion, we have also considered and relied upon
 the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and administrative rulings,
 judicial decisions, Treasury regulations, and such other authorities as we
 have deemed appropriate, all as in effect as of the date hereof.  In
 particular we have relied on a private letter ruling addressed to PP&L
 dated July 9, 1999 (the "PP&L Private Letter Ruling").  The statutory
 provisions, regulations and interpretations upon which our opinion is based
 are subject to changes, and such changes could apply retroactively.  In
 addition, there can be no assurance that positions contrary to those stated
 in our opinion may not be taken by the Internal Revenue Service.

           The above-referenced description of federal income taxes apply
only to the issuance of the Offered Bonds under the Indenture and the
Series Supplement. Accordingly, this description of federal income tax
consequences may not be applicable to the issuance of any other series of
bonds by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Statement.

           We express no opinions as to the laws of any jurisdiction other
 than the federal laws of the United States of America to the extent
 specifically referred to herein.

           Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the following
 opinions:

           1.   the Issuer will not be subject to United States federal
                income tax as an entity separate from PP&L; and

           2.   the statements in the Prospectus under the heading "Summary
                of Terms - Prospectus" and under the heading "Material
                Income Tax Matters for the Transition Bonds" subject to the
                qualifications set forth therein, accurately describe the
                material federal income tax consequences to holders of the
                Offered Bonds that are not U.S. persons (within the meaning
                of the Code), under existing law and the assumptions stated
                therein.

 Furthermore, subject to the qualifications and assumptions set forth
 therein, we hereby adopt and confirm to you our opinion as set forth under
 the heading "Material Income Tax Matters for the Transition Bonds" in the
 Prospectus.

           We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
 Registration Statement and to the references to Skadden, Arps, Slate,
 Meagher & Flom LLP under the captions "Various Legal Matters Relating to
 the Transition Bonds" in the Prospectus and "Material Income Tax Matters
 for the Transition Bonds" in the Prospectus.


                               Very truly yours,


                               /s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate,
                                   Meagher & Flom LLP






               INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENT


                                  between


                      PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC


                                   Issuer


                                    and


                           CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC


                                   Seller


                           Dated August 10, 1999



                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                  ARTICLE I
                                Definitions

 SECTION 1.01  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 SECTION 1.02  Other Definitional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

                                 ARTICLE II
                Conveyance of Intangible Transition Property

 SECTION 2.01  Conveyance of Initial Intangible Transition Property  . . . 2
 SECTION 2.02  Conditions to Conveyance of Intangible Transition Property  3

                                 ARTICLE III
                  Representations and Warranties of Seller

 SECTION 3.01  Organization and Good Standing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 SECTION 3.02  Due Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 SECTION 3.03  Power and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 SECTION 3.04  Binding Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 SECTION 3.05  No Violation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 SECTION 3.06  No Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 SECTION 3.07  Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 SECTION 3.08  The Intangible Transition Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 SECTION 3.09  Solvency  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

                                 ARTICLE IV
                          Covenants of the Seller

 SECTION 4.01  Seller's Existence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
 SECTION 4.02  No Liens or Conveyances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
 SECTION 4.03  Delivery of Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
 SECTION 4.04  Notice of Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
 SECTION 4.05  Compliance with Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
 SECTION 4.06  Covenants Related to Intangible Transition Property . . . . 8
 SECTION 4.07  Protection of Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
 SECTION 4.08  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
 SECTION 4.09  Reliance by Seller, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                  ARTICLE V
                          Miscellaneous Provisions

 SECTION 5.01  Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
 SECTION 5.02  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
 SECTION 5.03  Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.04  Limitations on Rights of Others . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.05  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.06  Separate Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.07  Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.08  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.09  Assignment to Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
 SECTION 5.10  Nonpetition Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

 APPENDIX A    DEFINITIONS

 EXHIBIT A     BILL OF SALE



           INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENT dated August 10,
 1999, between PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited
 liability company (the "Issuer"), and CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC, a Delaware
 limited liability company, as seller (the "Seller").

           WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase from time to time
 Intangible Transition Property created pursuant to the Competition Act and
 the Qualified Rate Order;

           WHEREAS the Seller is willing to sell Intangible Transition
 Property to the Issuer;

           WHEREAS the Issuer, in order to finance the purchase of the
 Transferred Intangible Transition Property, will from time to time issue
 Transition Bonds under the Indenture; and

           WHEREAS the Issuer, to secure its obligations under the
 Transition Bonds and the Indenture, will pledge its right, title and
 interest in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property to the Trustee
 for the benefit of the Transition Bondholders.

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
 covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
 parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

        SECTION 1.01  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used herein and not
 otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in Appendix A
 of this Sale Agreement.

        SECTION 1.02  OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

   (a)  Agreement means this Intangible Transition Property Sale Agreement,
   as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
   to time.

   (b)  Non-capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the
   Competition Act shall, as the context requires, have the meanings
   assigned to such terms in the Competition Act, but without giving effect
   to amendments to the Competition Act after the date hereof which have a
   material adverse effect on the Issuer or the Transition Bondholders.

   (c)  All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
   when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered
   pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

   (d)  The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and words of similar
   import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a
   whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section,
   Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are
   references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement
   unless otherwise specified; and the term "including" shall mean
   "including without limitation".

   (e)  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
   singular as well as the plural forms of such terms.

                                  ARTICLE II

                  CONVEYANCE OF INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY

        SECTION 2.01  CONVEYANCE OF INITIAL INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY.

   (a) In consideration of the Issuer's payment to or upon the order of
   the Seller of $2,402,000,000.00  (the "Initial Purchase Price") by
   wire transfer of funds immediately available on the date hereof to
   Seller's account no. 3751319461 at Bank of America, routing transit #
   111000012, subject to the conditions specified in Section 2.02, the
   Seller does hereby irrevocably sell, transfer, assign, set over and
   otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (subject to the
   obligations herein), all right, title and interest of the Seller in,
   to and under (i) the Initial Intangible Transition Property (such
   sale, transfer, assignment, setting over and conveyance of the Initial
   Intangible Transition Property to include, to the fullest extent
   permitted by the Competition Act, the assignment of all revenues,
   collections, claims, rights, payments, money or proceeds of or arising
   from the Intangible Transition Charges related to the Initial
   Intangible Transition Property, as the same may be adjusted from time
   to time) and (ii) all rights of the Seller under the Contribution
   Agreement and the Assignment.  Such sale, transfer, assignment,
   setting over and conveyance of the Initial Intangible Transition
   Property is hereby expressly stated to be a sale and, pursuant to
   Section 2812(e) of the Competition Act, shall be treated as an
   absolute transfer of all of the Seller's right, title and interest (as
   in a true sale), and not as a pledge or other financing, of the
   Initial Intangible Transition Property. The preceding sentence is the
   statement referred to in Section 2812(e) of the Competition Act. The
   Seller agrees and confirms that after giving effect to the sale
   contemplated by clause (a), it has no rights in the Initial Intangible
   Transition Property because it has sold all of its rights in the
   Initial Intangible Transition Property to the Issuer pursuant to
   Section 2812(e) of the Competition Act.

   (b) Subject to the conditions specified in Section 2.02, the Issuer
   does hereby purchase the Initial Intangible Transition Property from
   the Seller for the consideration set forth in paragraph (a) above.

   (c) The Seller and the Issuer each acknowledge and agree that the
   purchase price for the Initial Intangible Transition Property sold
   pursuant to this Agreement is equal to its fair market value at the
   time of sale.

   (d)  The Seller and the Issuer further agree that from time to time, the
   Seller may offer to sell, and the Issuer may purchase, Subsequent
   Intangible Transition Property as of Subsequent Transfer Dates, subject
   to the conditions specified in Section 2.02, in exchange for
   consideration to be agreed upon (the "Subsequent Purchase Price").  The
   Seller and the Issuer hereby agree that each such sale, transfer,
   assignment, setting over and conveyance of any Subsequent Intangible
   Transition Property shall be expressly stated to be a sale and, pursuant
   to Section 2812(e) of the Competition Act, shall be treated as an
   absolute transfer of all of the Seller's right, title and interest (as
   in a true sale), and not as a pledge or other financing, of the
   Subsequent Intangible Transition Property.  The preceding sentence shall
   constitute the statement referred to in Section 2812(e) of the
   Competition Act with respect to any Subsequent Intangible Transition
   Property.  The Seller agrees and confirms that after giving effect to
   any such sale contemplated by this clause (d), it shall have no rights
   in the Subsequent Intangible Transition Property because it will have
   sold all of its rights in the Subsequent Intangible Transition Property
   to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2812(e) of the Competition Act.

        SECTION 2.02  CONDITIONS TO CONVEYANCE OF INTANGIBLE TRANSITION
 PROPERTY. The sale by the Seller to the Issuer, and the purchase by the
 Issuer from the Seller, of Intangible Transition Property upon the Initial
 Transfer Date or any Subsequent Transfer Date shall be subject to and
 conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following
 conditions:

   (i)  on or prior to the Transfer Date, the Seller shall deliver to the
   Issuer a duly executed Bill of Sale identifying the Intangible
   Transition Property to be conveyed as of that date, substantially in the
   form of Exhibit A hereto;

   (ii)  as of the Transfer Date, no breach by the Seller of its
   representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement shall exist
   and no Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

   (iii)  as of the Transfer Date, the representations and warranties of
   PP&L under the Contribution Agreement shall be true and correct and no
   default shall exist thereunder, and PP&L shall have delivered to the
   Issuer and the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to such effect and
   confirming that the Issuer may exercise all of the rights of the Seller
   under the Contribution Agreement;

   (iv)  as of the Transfer Date:

        (A) the Issuer shall have sufficient funds available to pay
        the purchase price for the Transferred Intangible Transition
        Property to be conveyed on such date, and

        (B) all conditions to the issuance of one or more Series of
        Transition Bonds intended to provide such funds set forth in
        the Indenture shall have been satisfied or waived;

   (v)  on or prior to Transfer Date, the Seller shall have taken all
   action required to transfer to the Issuer ownership of the Transferred
   Intangible Transition Property to be conveyed on such date, free and
   clear of all Liens other than Liens created by the Issuer pursuant to
   the Indenture, including, without limitation, filing a notice of such
   transfer with the PUC pursuant to the Competition Act; and the Issuer
   shall have taken any action required for the Issuer to grant the Trustee
   a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral and
   maintain such security interest as of such date;

   (vi)  in the case of any sale of Subsequent Intangible Transition
   Property only, the Seller shall have provided the Issuer and the Rating
   Agencies with a notice specifying the Subsequent Transfer Date for the
   Subsequent Intangible Transition Property not later than 10 days prior
   to the Subsequent Transfer Date;

   (vii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Rating Agencies and to the
   Issuer:

        (A) an Opinion of Counsel to the Seller with respect to the
        transfer of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
        then being conveyed to the Issuer substantially in the form
        of Exhibit B hereto and

        (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the Seller, substantially in
        the form of Exhibit C hereto;

   (viii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Issuer an
   Officers' Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition
   precedent specified in this Section 2.02;

   (ix)  with respect to any Subsequent Sale, the Seller shall have taken
   any action necessary in order for the Rating Agency Condition to have
   been satisfied; and

   (x)  the Seller shall have received the Initial Purchase Price or the
   Subsequent Purchase Price, as applicable, in funds immediately available
   on the applicable Transfer Date.

                                 ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

   As of the Transfer Date, the Seller makes the following representations
 and warranties on which the Issuer has relied and will rely in acquiring
 Transferred Intangible Transition Property. The representations and
 warranties shall survive the sale of Transferred Intangible Transition
 Property to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee pursuant to
 the Indenture.

        SECTION 3.01  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. The Seller is a
 limited liability company duly organized and in good standing under the
 laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its
 properties and conduct its business as currently owned or conducted and had
 at all relevant times, and has, the requisite power, authority and legal
 right to own the Intangible Transition Property.

        SECTION 3.02  DUE QUALIFICATION. The Seller is duly qualified to do
 business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
 necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
 ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such
 qualifications, licenses or approvals (except where the failure to so
 qualify would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
 the Seller's business, operations, assets, revenues, properties or
 prospects).

        SECTION 3.03  POWER AND AUTHORITY. The Seller has the power and
 authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms;
 the Seller has full power and authority to own the Intangible Transition
 Property and sell and assign the Intangible Transition Property to the
 Issuer, and the Seller has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the
 Issuer; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has
 been duly authorized by the Seller.

        SECTION 3.04  BINDING OBLIGATION. This Agreement constitutes a
 legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the
 Seller in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, receivership,
 insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors'
 rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of
 equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
 law).

        SECTION 3.05  NO VIOLATION. The consummation of the transactions
 contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do
 not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions
 of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default
 under, the limited liability company agreement or the certificate of
 formation of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to
 which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound; or result in the
 creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to
 the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument; nor violate
 any law or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any
 court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
 other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or
 its properties.

        SECTION 3.06  NO PROCEEDINGS. There are no proceedings or
 investigations pending or, to the Seller's best knowledge, threatened,
 before any court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency
 or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller
 or its properties:

   (i)  asserting the invalidity of the Basic Documents or the Transition
   Bonds;

   (ii)  seeking to prevent the issuance of the Transition Bonds or the
   consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Basic
   Documents or the Transition Bonds;

   (iii)  which might materially and adversely affect the treatment of the
   Transition Bonds as debt for federal or state income tax purposes; or

   (iv)  seeking any determination or ruling that could reasonably be
   expected to materially and adversely affect the performance by the
   Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of,
   the Basic Documents or the Transition Bonds.

        SECTION 3.07  APPROVALS.  Except for UCC continuation filings, no
 approval, authorization, consent, order or other action of, or filing with,
 any court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
 governmental instrumentality is required in connection with the execution
 and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement, the performance by the Seller
 of the transactions contemplated hereby or the fulfillment by the Seller of
 the terms hereof, except those that have been obtained or made.

        SECTION 3.08  THE INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY.

   (a) Information. All information provided by the Seller to the Issuer
   with respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition Property is
   correct in all material respects.

   (b) Effect of Transfer. The transfers and assignments herein
   contemplated constitute a sale of the Intangible Transition Property,
   from the Seller to the Issuer and the Transferred Intangible
   Transition Property and any right therein would not be part of the
   debtor's estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by
   or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.

   (c) Transfer Filings. The Seller is the sole owner of the Intangible
   Transition Property being sold to the Issuer on the Transfer Date; the
   Transferred Intangible Transition Property has been validly
   transferred and sold to the Issuer free and clear of all Liens other
   than Liens created by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. All
   actions or filings, including filings with the PUC under the
   Competition Act, necessary in any jurisdiction to give the Issuer a
   valid perfected ownership interest in the Transferred Intangible
   Transition Property, free and clear of all Liens of the Seller or
   anyone claiming through the Seller and to grant to the Trustee a first
   priority perfected interest in the Transferred Intangible Transition
   Property, have been taken or made.

        SECTION 3.09  SOLVENCY. After giving effect to the sale of any
 Transferred Intangible Transition Property hereunder, the Seller:

   (i)  is solvent and expects to remain solvent,

   (ii)  is adequately capitalized to conduct its business and affairs
   considering its size and the nature of its business and intended
   purposes,

   (iii)  is not engaged in nor does it expect to engage in a business for
   which its remaining property represents an unreasonably small capital,

   (iv)  believes that it will be able to pay its debts as they come due
   and that such belief is reasonable and

   (v)  is able to pay its debts as they mature and does not intend to
   incur, or believe that it will incur, indebtedness that it will not be
   able to repay at its maturity.

                                 ARTICLE IV

                             COVENANTS OF THE SELLER

        SECTION 4.01  SELLER'S EXISTENCE.  So long as any of the Transition
 Bonds are outstanding, the Seller shall keep in full force and effect its
 existence as a limited liability company and remain in good standing, under
 the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and shall obtain and
 preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which
 such qualification is or will be necessary to protect the validity and
 enforceability of this Agreement and each other instrument or agreement to
 which the Seller is a party necessary to the proper administration of this
 Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

        SECTION 4.02  NO LIENS OR CONVEYANCES.  Except for the conveyances
 hereunder, the Seller shall not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any
 other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
 on, any of the Intangible Transition Property, whether now existing or
 hereafter created, or any interest therein.  The Seller shall not at any
 time assert any Lien against or with respect to any Transferred Intangible
 Transition Property, and shall defend the right, title and interest of the
 Issuer and the Trustee, as assignee of the Issuer, in, to and under the
 Intangible Transition Property, whether now existing or hereafter created,
 against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Seller.

   SECTION 4.03  DELIVERY OF COLLECTIONS. If the Seller receives
 collections in respect of the Intangible Transition Charges or the proceeds
 thereof, the Seller shall pay the Servicer all payments received by the
 Seller in respect thereof as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by
 the Seller, but in no event later than two Business Days after such
 receipt.

   SECTION 4.04  NOTICE OF LIENS. The Seller shall notify the Trustee
 promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Intangible Transition
 Property other than the conveyances hereunder or under the Indenture.

   SECTION 4.05  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Seller shall comply with its
 organizational or governing documents and all laws, treaties, rules,
 regulations and determinations of any governmental instrumentality
 applicable to the Seller, except to the extent that failure to so comply
 would not adversely affect the Issuer's or the Trustee's interests in the
 Intangible Transition Property or under any of the Basic Documents or the
 Seller's performance of its obligations hereunder.

   SECTION 4.06  COVENANTS RELATED TO INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY.

   (a)  So long as any of the Transition Bonds are outstanding, the Seller
   shall:

        (i) clearly disclose in its financial statements that it is
        not the owner of the Transferred Intangible Transition
        Property and that the assets of the Issuer are not available
        to pay creditors of the Seller or any of its Affiliates and

        (ii) clearly disclose the effects of all transactions
        between the Seller and the Issuer in accordance with
        generally accepted accounting principles.

   (b)  The Seller agrees that upon the sale by the Seller of the
   Transferred Intangible Transition Property to the Issuer pursuant to
   this Agreement:

        (i) to the fullest extent permitted by law, including
        applicable PUC Regulations, the Issuer shall have all of the
        rights originally held by the Seller or PP&L with respect to
        the Transferred Intangible Transition Property, including
        the right to collect any amounts payable by any Customer or
        Third Party in respect of such Transferred Intangible
        Transition Property, notwithstanding any objection or
        direction to the contrary by the Seller or PP&L and

        (ii) any payment by any Customer or Third Party to the
        Issuer shall discharge such Customer's or such Third Party's
        obligations in respect of such Transferred Intangible
        Transition Property to the extent of such payment,
        notwithstanding any objection or direction to the contrary
        by the Seller.

   (c)  So long as any of the Transition Bonds are outstanding,

        (i) the Seller shall not make any statement or reference in
        respect of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
        that is inconsistent with the ownership thereof by the
        Issuer and

        (ii) the Seller shall not take any action in respect of the
        Transferred Intangible Transition Property except as
        contemplated by the Basic Documents.

   SECTION 4.07  PROTECTION OF TITLE. The Seller shall execute and file
 such filings, and cause to be executed and filed such filings, and take all
 such actions, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by
 law fully to preserve, maintain, and protect the interests of the Issuer
 and the Trustee in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property,
 including all filings required under the Competition Act relating to the
 transfer of the ownership of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
 by the Seller to the Issuer and the pledge of the Intangible Transition
 Property by the Issuer to the Trustee. The Seller shall deliver (or cause
 to be delivered) to the Issuer and the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or
 filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as
 available following such filing.  The Seller shall take, or shall cooperate
 with PP&L in taking, such legal or administrative actions, including
 defending against or instituting and pursuing legal actions and appearing
 or testifying at hearings or similar proceedings, as may be reasonably
 necessary:

   (a)  to protect the Issuer and the Transition Bondholders from claims,
        state actions or other actions or proceedings of third parties
        which, if successfully pursued, would result in a breach of any
        representation set forth in Article III; or

   (b)  to block or overturn any attempts to cause a repeal of,
        modification of or supplement to the Competition Act, the PUC Order
        or the rights of Transition Bondholders by legislative enactment or
        constitutional amendment that would be adverse to the Issuer, the
        Trustee or the Transition Bondholders.

 The costs of any such actions or proceedings shall be payable by the
 Seller.  The Seller designates the Issuer as its agent and attorney-in-fact
 to execute any filings with the PUC, financing statements, continuation
 statements or other instruments required by the Issuer pursuant to this
 Section, it being understood that the Issuer shall have no obligation to
 execute any such instruments.

   SECTION 4.08  TAXES. So long as any of the Transition Bonds are
 outstanding, the Seller shall pay all material taxes, assessments and
 governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or
 with respect to any of its franchises, business, income or property before
 any penalty accrues thereon if the failure to pay any such taxes,
 assessments and governmental charges would, after any applicable grace
 periods, notices or other similar requirements, result in a lien on the
 Intangible Transition Property; provided that no such tax need be paid if
 the Seller or one of its subsidiaries is contesting the same in good faith
 by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and
 if the Seller or such subsidiary has established appropriate reserves as
 shall be required in conformity with generally accepted accounting
 principles.

                                  ARTICLE V

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ISSUER

   As of the Transfer Date, the Issuer makes the following representations
 and warranties on which the Seller is relying. The representations and
 warranties shall survive the purchase of Transferred Intangible Transition
 Property by the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee pursuant to
 the Indenture.

        SECTION 5.01  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. The Issuer is a
 limited liability company duly organized and in good standing under the
 laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its
 properties and conduct its business as currently owned or conducted.

        SECTION 5.02  DUE QUALIFICATION. The Issuer is duly qualified to do
 business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
 necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
 ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such
 qualifications, licenses or approvals (except where the failure to so
 qualify would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
 the Issuer's business, operations, assets, revenues, properties or
 prospects).

        SECTION 5.03  POWER AND AUTHORITY. The Issuer has the power and
 authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms;
 the Issuer has full power and authority to purchase the Intangible
 Transition Property and the Issuer has duly authorized such purchase; and
 the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly
 authorized by the Issuer.

        SECTION 5.04  BINDING OBLIGATION. This Agreement constitutes a
 legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the
 Issuer in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, receivership,
 insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors'
 rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of
 equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
 law).

                                 ARTICLE VI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        SECTION 6.01  AMENDMENT.  (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the
 Seller and the Issuer, with the consent of the Trustee and the satisfaction
 of the Rating Agency Condition (other than with respect to Moody's) with
 respect to the proposed amendment and provided that prior notice of such
 amendment has been given to Moody's.  Promptly after the execution of any
 such amendment or consent, the Issuer shall furnish written notification of
 the substance of such amendment or consent to each of the Rating Agencies.

   (b)  Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
 Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an
 Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
 authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Issuer and the Trustee may,
 but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects
 their own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

        SECTION 6.02  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications
 upon or to the Seller, the Issuer, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under
 this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered personally, via facsimile,
 reputable overnight courier or by certified mail, return-receipt requested,
 and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt

   (a)  in the case of the Seller, to CEP Securities Co. LLC, 3930 Howard
   Hughes Parkway, Suite 630, Las Vegas, NV 89109, Attention: Managers,

   (b)  in the case of the Issuer, to PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, Two
   North Ninth Street, GENA 9-2, Room Number 3, Allentown, PA 18101,
   Attention: Managers,

   (c)  in the case of Moody's, to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS
   Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007,

   (d)  in the case of Standard & Poor's, to Standard & Poor's Corporation,
   55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041, Attention: Asset Backed
   Surveillance Department,

   (e)  in the case of Fitch IBCA, to Fitch IBCA, Inc., 1 State Street
   Plaza, New York, New York, Attention:  ABS Surveillance, and

   (f)  in the case the Trustee, at the address provided for notices or
   communications to such Person in the Indenture;

 or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be
 designated by written notice to the other parties.

        SECTION 6.03  ASSIGNMENT BY SELLER. Notwithstanding anything to the
 contrary contained herein, this Agreement may not be assigned by the
 Seller.

        SECTION 6.04  ASSIGNMENT TO TRUSTEE. The Seller hereby acknowledges
 and consents to any pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by
 the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the
 Transition Bondholders of all right, title and interest of the Issuer in,
 to and under the Transferred Intangible Transition Property and the
 proceeds thereof and the assignment of any or all of the Issuer's rights
 hereunder to the Trustee.

        SECTION 6.05  LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS OF OTHERS. The provisions of
 this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Seller, the Issuer and the
 Trustee, on behalf of itself and the Transition Bondholders, and nothing in
 this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to
 any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the
 Collateral or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants,
 conditions or provisions contained herein.

        SECTION 6.06  SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement that is
 prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
 jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
 unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and
 any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
 invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
 jurisdiction.

        SECTION 6.07  SEPARATE COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed
 by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
 executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts
 shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

        SECTION 6.08  HEADINGS. The headings of the various Articles and
 Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define
 or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

        SECTION 6.09  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in
 accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without
 reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights
 and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance
 with such laws.

        SECTION 6.10  NONPETITION COVENANTS. (a) Notwithstanding any prior
 termination of this Agreement or the Indenture, the Seller shall not, prior
 to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of the
 Indenture, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the
 process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing
 or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any federal or state
 bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator,
 assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the
 Issuer or any substantial part of the property of the Issuer, or ordering
 the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

        (b)  Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement or the
 Indenture, the Issuer shall not, prior to the date which is one year and
 one day after the termination of the Indenture, petition or otherwise
 invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any court or government
 authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the
 Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or
 appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
 sequestrator or other similar official of the Seller or any substantial
 part of the property of the Seller, or ordering the winding up or
 liquidation of the affairs of the Seller.

          SECTION 6.11  PERFECTION.  In accordance with Section 2812(e) of the
 Competition Act, upon the execution and delivery of this Sale Agreement and
 the Bill of Sale, the transfer and assignment of the Intangible Transition
 Property to the Issuer will be perfected as against all third persons,
 including any judicial lien creditors.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
 to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year
 first above written.


                               PP&L BOND TRANSITION
                                 COMPANY LLC,
                                 as Issuer,


                               By:  /s/ James E. Abel
                                    _________________________
                                    Name:  James E. Abel
                                    Title: Manager


                               CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC,
                                 as Seller,


                               By:   /s/ John H. Yardley
                                     _______________________
                                     Name:  John H. Yardley
                                     Title: Manager


                          APPENDIX A - DEFINITIONS

 The definitions contained in this Appendix A are applicable to the singular
 as well as the plural forms of such terms.

      Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
      Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
      specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, control when
      used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct
      the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
      whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
      otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have meanings
      correlative to the foregoing.

      Assignment means the Assignment executed and delivered by PP&L in
      favor of CEP Securities Co. LLC pursuant to, and in the form set forth
      in Exhibit A of, the Contribution Agreement.

      Basic Documents means the Certificate of Formation of the Issuer which
      was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State's Office on March 25,
      1999; the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
      between the Issuer and PP&L, as sole member, dated August 10, 1999;
      the Certificate of Formation of the Seller which was filed with the
      Delaware Secretary of State's Office on April 22, 1999; the Amended
      and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement between the Issuer
      and Reserves, as sole member, dated August 10, 1999; the Contribution
      Agreement; the Assignment; the Sale Agreement; the Bill of Sale; the
      Servicing Agreement; the Administration Agreement; and the Indenture.

      Bill of Sale means any bill of sale issued by CEP Securities to the
      Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement evidencing the sale of
      Intangible Transition Property by CEP Securities to the Issuer.

      Business Day means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a
      day on which banking institutions in the City of Allentown,
      Pennsylvania, or in the City of New York, New York are required
      or authorized by law or executive order to remain closed.

      CEP Securities means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited
      liability company, or its successor.

      Collateral has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of the
      Indenture.

      Competition Act means the Pennsylvania Electricity Generation
      Customer Choice and Competition Act, Chapter 28 of Title 66 of
      the Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes, 66 Pa. C.S., Sections
      2801, et seq.

      Contribution Agreement means the Contribution Agreement, dated as
      of May 13, 1999, among PP&L, Group, Reserves and CEP Securities,
      as amended by the Amendment thereto dated August 10, 1999, as the
      same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time.

      Customers means each person that

        (a) was a retail customer of electric service of PP&L located
        within PP&L's service territory on January 1, 1997 or that became a
        retail customer of electric service of PP&L located within PP&L's
        service territory after January 1, 1997,

        (b) is still located within PP&L's service territory, and

        (c) is receiving distribution service from PP&L.

      Default means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
      time or both would become, an Event of Default.

      Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 5.01 of the
      Indenture.

      Fitch IBCA means Fitch IBCA, Inc., or its successor.

      Group means CEP Group, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its
      successor.

      Holder or Transition Bondholder means the Person in whose name a
      Transition Bond of any Series or Class is registered on the Transition
      Bond Register.

      Indenture means the Indenture dated August 10, 1999, between the
      Issuer and the Trustee, as the same may be amended and
      supplemented from time to time by one or more indentures
      supplemental hereto, and shall include the forms and terms of the
      Transition Bonds established thereunder.

      Initial Intangible Transition Property means the Intangible
      Transaction Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of the
      Initial Transfer Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Initial Transfer Date means the Series Issuance Date for the first
      Series of Transition Bonds.

      Intangible Transition Charges means the intangible transition
      charges authorized by the PUC to be imposed on all Customer bills
      through a non-bypassable mechanism by PP&L or its successor or by
      any other entity which provides electric service to Customers, to
      recover Qualified Transition Expenses pursuant to the Competition
      Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Intangible Transition Property means the irrevocable right of PP&L or
      its successor or assignee to collect Intangible Transition Charges
      from Customers to recover through the issuance of Transition Bonds the
      Qualified Transition Expenses described in the Qualified Rate Order,
      including all right, title and interest of PP&L or its successor or
      assignee in such order and in all revenues, collections, claims,
      payments, money or proceeds of or arising from Intangible Transition
      Charges pursuant to the Qualified Rate Order, and all proceeds of any
      of the foregoing, which term is intended and shall be construed to be
      the same as "intangible transition property" as used in the
      Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Issuer means PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a Delaware limited
      liability company, or its successor or the party named as such in the
      Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
      successor.

      Lien means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or
      encumbrance of any kind.

      Moody's means Moody's Investors Service Inc., or its successor.

      Officers' Certificate means a certificate signed, in the case of
      CEP Securities, by two of the managers of CEP Securities.

      Opinion of Counsel means one or more written opinions of counsel
      who may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, CEP
      Securities or PP&L, which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable
      to the Trustee, the Issuer or the Rating Agencies, as applicable,
      and which shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the
      Trustee, if applicable.

      Person means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
      venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any
      beneficiary thereof), business trust, limited liability company,
      unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
      subdivision thereof.

      PP&L means PP&L, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its successor.

      Proceeding means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
      or administrative proceeding.

      PUC means the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission or any
      successor.

      PUC Regulations means any regulations, orders or directives
      promulgated, issued or adopted by the PUC.

      Qualified Rate Order means the Final Order issued by the PUC on
      August 27, 1998 pursuant to the Competition Act, as such order
      has been supplemented by the Supplemental Order issued by the PUC
      on May 21, 1999, and as such order may hereafter be further
      supplemented by an order of the PUC issued pursuant to paragraph
      19 of the August 27, 1998 order.

      Qualified Transition Expenses has the meaning assigned to that
      term in the Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

      Rating Agency means any rating agency rating the Transition Bonds of
      any Class or Series at the time of issuance thereof at the request of
      the Issuer.  If no such organization or successor is any longer in
      existence, "Rating Agency" shall be a nationally recognized
      statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated
      by the Issuer, notice of which designation shall be given to the
      Trustee under the Indenture, the member of the Issuer and the
      Servicer.

      Rating Agency Condition means, with respect to any action, the
      notification in writing by each Rating Agency to the Trustee and the
      Issuer that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
      of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any outstanding
      Series or Class of Transition Bonds.

      Reserves means CEP Reserves, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its
      successor.

      Sale Agreement means this Intangible Transition Property Sale
      Agreement, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time
      to time.

      Seller means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
      company, or its successor, in its capacity as seller of the Intangible
      Transition Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Series means any series of Transition Bonds issued and authenticated
      by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, as specified in the Series
      Supplement therefor.

      Series Issuance Date means, with respect to any Series, the date on
      which the Transition Bonds of such Series are to be originally issued
      in accordance with Section 2.10 of the Indenture and the Series
      Supplement for such Series.

      Series Supplement means an indenture supplemental to the
      Indenture that authorizes a particular Series of Transition
      Bonds.

      Servicer means PP&L, as the servicer of the Intangible Transition
      Property, and each successor to PP&L (in the same capacity)
      pursuant to Section 5.03 or 6.04 of the Servicing Agreement.

      Servicer Default means an event specified in Section 6.01 of the
      Servicing Agreement.

      Servicing Agreement means the Servicing Agreement dated August
      10, 1999, between the Issuer and the Servicer, as the same may be
      amended and supplemented from time to time.

      Standard & Poor's, or S&P, means Standard & Poor's Rating Group,
      a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, or its successor.

      State means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America
      or the District of Columbia.

      Subsequent Intangible Transition Property means Intangible Transition
      Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of a Subsequent Transfer
      Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Subsequent Sale means the sale of additional Intangible Transition
      Property by the Seller to the Issuer after the Initial Transfer Date,
      subject to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Sale
      Agreement and the Indenture.

      Subsequent Transfer Date means the date that a Subsequent Sale will be
      effective, specified in a written notice provided by the Seller to the
      Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Supplemental Order means the Order of the PUC dated May 21, 1999,
      supplementing the Qualified Rate Order.

      Third Party means any third party, including any electric
      generation supplier, providing billing or metering services,
      licensed by the PUC pursuant to relevant provisions of the
      Competition Act and any PUC order.

      Transfer Date means the Initial Transfer Date or any Subsequent
      Transfer Date, as applicable.

      Transferred Intangible Transition Property means Intangible Transition
      Property which has been sold, assigned and transferred to the Issuer
      pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

      Transition Bond means any of the transition bonds (as defined in the
      Competition Act) issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture.

      Transition Bond Register means a register, kept by the Transition Bond
      Registrar on behalf of the Issuer in which, subject to such reasonable
      regulations as it may prescribe, the Transition Bond Registrar shall
      provide for the registration of Transition Bonds and the registration
      of transfers of Transition Bonds.

      Transition Bond Registrar means the Trustee, in its capacity as keeper
      of the Transition Bond Register, or any successor to the Trustee in
      such capacity.

      Trustee means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, or
      its successor or any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

      UCC means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
      Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended
      from time to time



                                 EXHIBIT A


                                BILL OF SALE


      For good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby
 acknowledged, CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
 (the "Seller"), does hereby sell, assign, transfer and convey to PP&L
 TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
 "Issuer"), without recourse except as provided in the Sale Agreement all of
 the Intangible Transition Property owned by the Seller, which sale,
 assignment, transfer and conveyance of the Intangible Transition Property
 shall include, as provided in the Competition Act, the sale, assignment,
 transfer and conveyance of all revenues, collections, claims, payments,
 money or proceeds of or arising from the Intangible Transition Charges
 related to the Intangible Transition Property, as the same may be adjusted
 from time to time in accordance with the Competition Act and the Qualified
 Rate Order, to have and to hold the same unto the Issuer and to the
 successors and assigns of the Issuer, forever.

      Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings
 set forth in the Sale Agreement dated August 10, 1999 between the Issuer
 and the Seller.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller has duly executed this Bill of Sale
 this 10th day of August, 1999.

                          CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC

                          By:  ________________________
                          Name: ______________________
                          Title: _______________________


 Accepted this 10th day of August, 1999.

 PP&L TRANSITION BOND COMPANY LLC

 By:  ________________________
 Name: ______________________
 Title: _______________________






                             AMENDMENT NO.1 TO
           INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                                   among


                                 PP&L, INC.

                              CEP GROUP, INC.,

                             CEP RESERVES, INC.

                                    and

                           CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC



                           Dated August 10, 1999



           Amendment No. 1 dated August 10, 1999 (this "Amendment") to
 Intangible Transition Property Contribution Agreement dated May 13, 1999
 (the "Original Agreement", and as amended by this Amendment and as further
 amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
 "Agreement"), among  PP&L, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation ("PP&L"), CEP
 Group, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation ("Group"), CEP Reserves, Inc., a
 Delaware corporation ("Reserves"), and CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware
 limited liability company ("CEP Securities").

           WHEREAS, PP&L, Group, Reserves and CEP Securities entered into
 the Original Agreement on May 13, 1999;

           WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.06(e) of the Original Agreement
 PP&L has agreed, in connection with the issuance of any Transition Bonds,
 to execute and deliver, or cause to be delivered, such amendments to this
 Agreement and such additional agreements, certificates, documents and
 opinions as may in PP&L's judgment be required to obtain the highest
 possible rating for such Transition Bonds from each rating agency rating
 such bonds and to effect the sale of such Transition Bonds to the
 underwriters of such bonds;

           WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the Transition Bonds
 on the date hereof, the parties hereto desire to amend the Original
 Agreement to add additional representations and warranties of PP&L and to
 clarify certain provisions of the Original Agreement so as to obtain the
 highest possible rating for such Transition Bonds;

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and intending to
 be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                 ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS

           SECTION 1.01.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not
 otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Original
 Agreement.

                                 ARTICLE II

                                 AMENDMENTS

           SECTION 2.01.  Section 3.08 of the Original Agreement is hereby
 amended to restate subsection (c) thereto in its entirety and to add new
 subsections (h) and (i) thereto as follows:

           "(c) Transfer Filings. PP&L is the sole owner of the Intangible
           Transition Property being assigned to CEP Securities pursuant to
           the Assignment; upon the execution and delivery of the
           Assignment, the Intangible Transition Property will have been
           validly assigned, transferred and conveyed to CEP Securities free
           and clear of all Liens. All actions and filings, including
           filings with the PUC under the Competition Act, necessary in any
           jurisdiction to give CEP Securities and its permitted assignees a
           valid perfected ownership interest in the Intangible Transition
           Property, free and clear of all Liens have been taken or made."

           "(h) Effect of Transfer to the Issuer. The sale, transfer
           and assignment contemplated by the Sale Agreement constitute
           an absolute transfer of the Intangible Transition Property
           from CEP Securities to the Issuer as provided in Section
           2812(e) of the Competition Act.  The Transferred Intangible
           Transition Property would not be part of the debtor's estate
           in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or
           against CEP Securities under any bankruptcy law."

           "(i) Transfer Filings by CEP Securities. CEP Securities is
           the sole owner of the Intangible Transition Property being
           sold, transferred and assigned by CEP Securities to the
           Issuer pursuant to the Bill of Sale; upon the execution and
           delivery of the Bill of Sale, the Intangible Transition
           Property will have been validly sold, assigned,
           transferred and conveyed to the Issuer free and clear of all
           Liens. All filings, including filings with the PUC under the
           Competition Act, necessary in any jurisdiction to give the
           Issuer and its permitted assignees a valid perfected
           ownership interest in the Intangible Transition Property,
           free and clear of all Liens have been made."

           SECTION 2.02.  Subsection (f)(ii)(A) and subsection (f)(iii) of
 Section 3.08 of the Original Agreement are hereby restated in their
 entirety to read as follows:

                "[(f)(ii)](A) the irrevocable right of PP&L
                to receive through Intangible Transition
                Charges, unless adequate protection is made
                by law for the protection of Transition
                Bondholders, an amount sufficient to recover
                all of the Qualified Transition Expenses
                described in the Qualified Rate Order in an
                amount equal to the aggregate principal
                amount of the Transition Bonds plus an amount
                sufficient to provide for any credit
                enhancement (including the
                Overcollateralization Amount relating to each
                Series of Transition Bonds), to fund any
                reserves, and to pay interest, premium, if
                any, servicing fees and other expenses
                relating to the Transition Bonds,"

                "[f](iii) paragraphs five through twenty-one of the
                Qualified Rate Order as issued on August 27, 1998, including
                the right to collect Intangible Transition Charges, and the
                Supplemental Order issued by the PUC on May 21, 1999 have
                been declared to be irrevocable by the PUC, and any
                supplemental order of the PUC adopted pursuant to paragraph
                19 of the PUC's August 27, 1998 order when issued will have
                been declared to be irrevocable by the PUC."

           SECTION 2.03. The first two sentences of Section 4.08 of the
 Original Agreement are hereby amended to read in their entirety as follows:

                "PP&L shall execute and file or cause to be executed and
                filed such filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant
                to the Competition Act, and take such actions, in such
                manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to
                preserve, maintain and protect the interests of CEP
                Securities, the Issuer and the Trustee in the Intangible
                Transition Property, including all filings contemplated by
                the Competition Act relating to the transfer of the
                ownership of the Intangible Transition Property by PP&L to
                CEP Securities and by CEP Securities to the Issuer and the
                pledge of the Intangible Transition Property by the Issuer
                to the Trustee. PP&L shall deliver to CEP Securities, the
                Issuer and the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing
                receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon
                as available following such filing."

           SECTION 2.04. Article IV of the Original Agreement is hereby
 amended to add a new Section 4.10 thereto as follows:

                "SECTION 4.10. OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. PP&L shall deliver to
                CEP Securities, the Issuer and the Trustee:

                (a) promptly after the execution and delivery of the Sale
                Agreement and of each amendment thereto or to the Servicing
                Agreement and on each Subsequent Transfer Date (as defined
                in the Sale Agreement), an Opinion of Counsel either

                     (i) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel,
                     all filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant to
                     the Competition Act, that are necessary to fully
                     preserve and protect the interests of the Trustee in
                     the Intangible Transition Property have been executed
                     and filed, and reciting the details of such filings or
                     referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
                     details are given, or

                     (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such
                     counsel, no such action is necessary to preserve and
                     protect such interest; and

                (b) within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year
                beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than
                three months after the Initial Transfer Date (as defined in
                the Sale Agreement), an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a
                date during such 90-day period, either

                     (i) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel,
                     all filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant to
                     the Competition Act, have been executed and filed that
                     are necessary to preserve fully and protect fully the
                     interest of the Trustee in the Intangible Transition
                     Property, and reciting the details of such filings or
                     referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
                     details are given, or

                     (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such
                     counsel, no such action is necessary to preserve and
                     protect such interest.

           Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (a) or (b) above
           shall specify any action necessary (as of the date of such
           opinion) to be taken in the following year to preserve and
           protect such interest."

           SECTION 2.05.  Subsections (b) and (c) of Section 5.01 of the
 Original Agreement are hereby amended to read in their entirety as follows:

                "(b) PP&L shall indemnify CEP Securities, the Issuer
                and the Trustee, for itself and on behalf of the
                Transition Bondholders, and each of their respective
                officers, directors, managers, employees and agents
                for, and defend and hold harmless each such Person from
                and against, any and all taxes (other than any taxes
                imposed on Transition Bondholders solely as a result of
                their ownership of Transition Bonds) that may at any
                time be imposed on or asserted against any such Person
                under existing law as of any Transfer Date as a result
                of the assignment of the Intangible Transition
                Property by PP&L to CEP Securities, or the sale and
                assignment of the Intangible Transition Property by CEP
                Securities to the Issuer, or the acquisition or holding
                of Intangible Transition Property by CEP Securities or
                the Issuer, or the issuance and sale by the Issuer of
                the Transition Bonds, including any sales, gross
                receipts, general corporation, personal property,
                privilege, franchise or license taxes not recovered by
                the Issuer through Intangible Transition Charges, but
                excluding any taxes imposed as a result of a failure of
                such person to properly withhold or remit taxes imposed
                with respect to payments on any Transition Bond.

                (c)  PP&L shall indemnify CEP Securities, the Issuer and the
                Trustee, for itself and on behalf of the Transition
                Bondholders, and each of their respective officers,
                directors, managers, employees and agents for, and defend
                and hold harmless each such Person from and against, (i) any
                and all amounts of principal of and interest on the
                Transition Bonds not paid when due or when scheduled to be
                paid in accordance with their terms and the amount of any
                deposits to the Issuer required to have been made in
                accordance with the terms of the Basic Documents which are
                not made when so required and (ii) any and all liabilities,
                obligations, claims, actions, suits, or payments of any kind
                whatsoever that may be imposed on or asserted against any
                such Person, other than any liabilities, obligations or
                claims for or payments of principal of or interest on the
                Transition Bonds, together with any reasonable costs and
                expenses incurred by such Person (collectively, "Losses"),
                in any such case as a result of PP&L's breach of any of its
                representations, warranties or covenants contained in
                Articles III, IV or V."

           SECTION 2.06.  Clause (iii)(A) of Section 5.02 of the Original
 Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                "(A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
                filings to be made by PP&L, including filings with the PUC
                pursuant to the Competition Act, have been executed and
                filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
                respective interests of CEP Securities, the Issuer and the
                Trustee in the Intangible Transition Property and reciting
                the details of such filings, or"

           SECTION 2.07.  Section 6.02 of the Original Agreement is hereby
 amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                "SECTION 6.02. NOTICES.  All demands, notices and
           communications upon or to PP&L, CEP Securities, Group, Reserves,
           the Issuer, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under this
           Agreement shall be in writing, delivered personally, by
           facsimile, overnight courier or certified mail, return-receipt
           requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
           receipt

           (a) in the case of PP&L, to PP&L, Inc., Two North Ninth
           Street, Allentown, PA 18101-1179, Attention: Senior Vice
           President & Chief Financial Officer,

           (b) in the case of CEP Securities, to CEP Securities Co. LLC,
           3960 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 630, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109,

           (c) in the case of the Issuer, to PP&L Transition Bond Company
           LLC, Two North Ninth Street, GENA9-2, room 3, Allentown, PA
           18101, Attention:  Manager,

           (d) in the case of Group, to CEP Group, Inc., Two North Ninth
           Street, Allentown, PA 18101;

           (e) in the case of Reserves, to CEP Reserves, Inc., 3773 Howard
           Hughes Parkway, Suite 300 North, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

           (f) in the case of the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust
           Office,

           (g) in the case of Moody's, to Moody's Investors Service,
           Inc., ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York,
           New York 10007,

           (h) in the case of Standard & Poor's, to Standard & Poor's
           Corporation, 26 Broadway, New York, New York 10004,
           Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance Department, and

           (i) in the case of Fitch ICBA, to Fitch IBCA, Inc., 1 State
           Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004.

           or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall
           be designated by written notice to the other parties."

           SECTION 2.08. Appendix A of the Original Agreement is hereby
 amended to add the following definitions:

                Administration Agreement means the Administration Agreement
                dated August 10, 1999, between PP&L, as administrator, and
                the Issuer, as the same may be amended or supplemented from
                time to time.

                Administrator means PP&L as administrator under the
                Administration Agreement.

                Bill of Sale means any bill of sale issued by CEP Securities
                to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement evidencing the
                sale of Intangible Transition Property by CEP Securities to
                the Issuer.

                Issuer Certificate of Formation means the Certificate of
                Formation of the Issuer which was filed with the Delaware
                Secretary of State's Office on March 25, 1999.

                Issuer LLC Agreement means the Amended and Restated
                Limited Liability Company Agreement between the Issuer
                and PP&L, as sole Member, dated August 10, 1999.

           SECTION 2.09. Appendix A of the Original Agreement is hereby
 amended to restate the following definitions in their entirety as follows:

                Collateral has the meaning set forth in the Granting Clause
                of the Indenture.

                Intangible Transition Property means the irrevocable
                right of PP&L or its successor or assignee to collect
                Intangible Transition Charges from Customers to recover
                through the issuance of Transition Bonds the Qualified
                Transition Expenses described in the Qualified Rate
                Order, including all right, title and interest of PP&L
                or its successor or assignee in the Qualified Rate
                Order and in all revenues, collections, claims,
                payments, money or proceeds of or arising from
                Intangible Transition Charges pursuant to the Qualified
                Rate Order, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing,
                which term is intended and shall be construed to be the
                same as "intangible transition property" as used in the
                Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

                Losses has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(c) of
                this Agreement.

                Qualified Rate Order means the order of the PUC issued on
                August 27, 1998 pursuant to the Competition Act, as such
                order has been supplemented by the Supplemental Order issued
                by the PUC on May 21, 1999, and as such order may hereafter
                be further supplemented by an order of the PUC issued
                pursuant to paragraph 19 of the August 27, 1998 order.

                Servicer Default has the meaning set forth in the Servicing
                Agreement.

                Serviced Intangible Transition Property means all of the
                Intangible Transition Property.

                Transferred Intangible Transition Property means all of the
                Intangible Transition Property."

                                ARTICLE III

                               MISCELLANEOUS

           SECTION 3.01. The Agreement as amended by this Amendment is
 hereby ratified and confirmed and as so amended shall remain in full force
 and effect.

           SECTION 3.02. PP&L represents and warrants that the
 representations and warranties of PP&L in the Original Agreement are true
 and correct on and as of the date of this Amendment as if made on the date
 of this Amendment.

           SECTION 3.03. This Amendment may be executed by the parties
 hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
 delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
 constitute but one and the same instrument.

           SECTION 3.04. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance
 with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its
 conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
 parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.


           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
 to be duly executed by their respective officers or manager as of the day
 and year first above written.


                                         PP&L, INC.

                                         by  /s/ John R. Biggar
                                             _____________________________
                                         Name:  John R. Biggar
                                         Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                Chief Financial Officer


                                         CEP GROUP, INC.


                                         by  /s/ James E. Abel
                                             _______________________________
                                         Name:   James E. Abel
                                         Title:  Treasurer


                                         CEP RESERVES, INC.


                                         by  /s/ John H. Yardley
                                             ____________________________
                                         Name:  John H. Yardley
                                         Title: Vice President


                                         CEP SECURITIES CO. LLC

                                         by  /s/ John H. Yardley
                                             _____________________________
                                         Name:   John H. Yardley
                                         Title:  Manager





             INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY SERVICING AGREEMENT





                                  between





                      PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC



                                   Issuer





                                    and




                                PP&L, INC.,



                                  Servicer





                           Dated August 10, 1999





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                                         Page
                                                                                         ----

                                 ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS

<S>              <C>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1.01.     Definitions................................................................1

SECTION 1.02.     Other Definitional Provisions..............................................1


                                 ARTICLE II

                 APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION OF SERVICER

SECTION 2.01.     Appointment of Servicer; Acceptance of Appointment.........................1

SECTION 2.02.     Authorization..............................................................2

SECTION 2.03.     Dominion and Control over Transferred Intangible Transition Property.......2


                                ARTICLE III

                              BILLING SERVICES

SECTION 3.01.     Duties of Servicer.........................................................2

SECTION 3.02.     Collection and Allocation of Intangible Transition Charges.................3

SECTION 3.03.     Payment of ITC Collections.................................................5

SECTION 3.04.     Servicing and Maintenance Standards........................................5

SECTION 3.05.     Servicer's Certificates....................................................6

SECTION 3.06.     Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default.......................6

SECTION 3.07.     Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants' Report....................7

SECTION 3.08.     Intangible Transition Property Documentation...............................7

SECTION 3.09.     Computer Records; Audits of Documentation..................................7

SECTION 3.10.     Defending Intangible Transition Property Against Claims....................8

SECTION 3.11.     Opinions of Counsel........................................................8


                                 ARTICLE IV

                SERVICES RELATED TO INTANGIBLE TRANSITION CHARGES ADJUSTMENTS

SECTION 4.01.     Intangible Transition Charges Adjustments..................................9


                                 ARTICLE V

                                THE SERVICER

SECTION 5.01.     Representations and Warranties of Servicer.................................9

SECTION 5.02.     Indemnities of Servicer; Release of Claims................................11

SECTION 5.03.     Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Servicer.12

SECTION 5.04.     Assignment of Servicer's Obligations......................................14

SECTION 5.05.     Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others............................14

SECTION 5.06.     PP&L Not To Resign as Servicer............................................14

SECTION 5.07.     Quarterly Servicing Fee...................................................15

SECTION 5.08.     Servicer Expenses.........................................................15

SECTION 5.09.     Appointments..............................................................15

SECTION 5.10.     Remittances...............................................................15

SECTION 5.11.     Protection of Title.......................................................16


                                 ARTICLE VI

                              SERVICER DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01.     Servicer Default..........................................................17

SECTION 6.02.     Notice of Servicer Default................................................18

SECTION 6.03.     Waiver of Past Defaults...................................................18

SECTION 6.04.     Appointment of Successor..................................................19

SECTION 6.05.     Cooperation with Successor................................................19


                                ARTICLE VII

                          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 7.01.     Amendment.................................................................20

SECTION 7.02.     Notices...................................................................20

SECTION 7.03.     Assignment................................................................21

SECTION 7.04.     Limitations on Rights of Others...........................................21

SECTION 7.05.     Severability..............................................................21

SECTION 7.06.     Separate Counterparts.....................................................21

SECTION 7.07.     Headings..................................................................21

SECTION 7.08.     Governing Law.............................................................21

SECTION 7.09.     Assignment to the Trustee.................................................21

SECTION 7.10.     Nonpetition Covenants.....................................................21

SECTION 7.11.     Termination...............................................................22

ANNEX 1           ITC Adjustment Process and Reports - PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC

EXHIBIT A         Servicing Procedures

APPENDIX A        Master Definitions
</TABLE>



                  SERVICING AGREEMENT dated August 10, 1999 (this
"Agreement") between PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Issuer"), and PP&L, INC., a Pennsylvania
corporation ("PP&L"), as the servicer of the Intangible Transition Property
(together with each successor to PP&L (in the same capacity) pursuant to
Section 5.03 or 6.02, the "Servicer").

                  WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service the Intangible
Transition Property purchased from the Seller by the Issuer; and

                  WHEREAS the Issuer, in connection with ownership of
Transferred Intangible Transition Property, desires to engage the Servicer
to carry out the functions described herein.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby,
the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                 ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS

        SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise
defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings set forth in
Appendix A hereto

        SECTION 1.02. OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

        (a) The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section, Annex,
Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references
to Sections, Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified; and the term "including" shall mean "including without
limitation".

        (b) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to
the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms.


                                 ARTICLE II

                 APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION OF SERVICER

        SECTION 2.01. APPOINTMENT OF SERVICER; ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT.
Subject to Section 5.04 and Article VI, the Issuer hereby appoints the
Servicer, and the Servicer hereby accepts such appointment, to perform the
Servicer's obligations pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of and for the
benefit of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This
appointment and the Servicer's acceptance thereof may not be revoked except
in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.

        SECTION 2.02. AUTHORIZATION. With respect to all or any portion of
the Transferred Intangible Transition Property, the Servicer shall be, and
hereby is, authorized and empowered by the Issuer to:

        (a) execute and deliver, on behalf of itself or the Issuer, as the
case may be, any and all instruments, documents or notices, and

        (b) on behalf of itself or the Issuer, as the case may be, make any
filing and participate in proceedings of any kind with any governmental
authorities, including with the PUC.

        The Issuer shall furnish the Servicer with such documents as have
been prepared by the Servicer for execution by the Issuer, and with such
other documents as may be in the Issuer's possession, as necessary or
appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and
administrative duties hereunder. Upon the written request of the Servicer,
the Issuer shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney or other
documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its
duties hereunder.

        SECTION 2.03. DOMINION AND CONTROL OVER TRANSFERRED INTANGIBLE
TRANSITION PROPERTY. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the
Servicer and the Issuer agree that the Issuer shall have dominion and
control over the Transferred Intangible Transition Property, and the
Servicer, in accordance with the terms hereof, is acting solely as the
servicing agent of the Issuer with respect to the Transferred Intangible
Transition Property. The Servicer hereby agrees that it shall not take any
action that is not authorized by this Agreement, that is not consistent
with its customary procedures and practices, or that shall impair the
rights of the Issuer with respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition
Property, in each case unless such action is required by law or court or
regulatory order.


                                ARTICLE III

                              BILLING SERVICES

        SECTION 3.01. DUTIES OF SERVICER. The Servicer, as agent for the
Issuer (to the extent provided herein), shall have the following duties:

        (a) Duties of Servicer Generally. The Servicer will manage,
service, administer and make collections in respect of the Transferred
Intangible Transition Property. The Servicer's duties will include:

        (i) calculating and billing the Intangible Transition Charges and
collecting (from Customers and Third Parties, as applicable) and posting
all ITC Collections;

        (ii) responding to inquiries by Customers, Third Parties, the PUC,
or any federal, local or other state governmental authority with respect to
the Transferred Intangible Transition Property and the Intangible
Transition Charges;

        (iii) accounting for ITC Collections, investigating delinquencies,
processing and depositing collections, making periodic remittances and
furnishing periodic reports to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Rating
Agencies;

        (iv) selling, as the agent for the Issuer, as its interest may
appear, defaulted or written off accounts in accordance with the Servicer's
usual and customary practices; and

        (v) taking action in connection with Intangible Transition Charge
Adjustments as is set forth herein.

        Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the duties of the
Servicer set forth in this Agreement shall be qualified in their entirety
by the Pennsylvania Public Utility Code and any PUC Regulations, orders or
directions as in effect at the time such duties are to be performed.
Without limiting the generality of this Section 3.01(a), in furtherance of
the foregoing, the Servicer hereby agrees that it shall also have, and
shall comply with, the duties and responsibilities relating to data
acquisition, usage and bill calculation, billing, customer service
functions, collections, payment processing and remittance set forth in
Exhibit A hereto.

        (b) Notification of Laws and Regulations. The Servicer shall
immediately notify the Issuer, the Trustee and the Rating Agencies in
writing of any laws or PUC Regulations, orders or directions hereafter
promulgated that have a material adverse effect on the Servicer's ability
to perform its duties under this Agreement.

        (c) Other Information. Upon the reasonable request of the Issuer,
the Trustee or any Rating Agency, the Servicer shall provide to the Issuer,
the Trustee or the Rating Agency, as the case may be, any public financial
information in respect of the Servicer, or any material information
regarding the Intangible Transition Property to the extent it is reasonably
available to the Servicer, that may be reasonably necessary and permitted
by law for the Issuer, the Trustee or the Rating Agency to monitor the
performance by the Servicer hereunder. In addition, so long as any of the
Transition Bonds of any Series are outstanding, the Servicer shall provide
to the Issuer and to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after written
request therefor, any information available to the Servicer or reasonably
obtainable by it that is necessary to calculate the Intangible Transition
Charges applicable to each Customer Class.

        SECTION 3.02. COLLECTION AND ALLOCATION OF INTANGIBLE TRANSITION
CHARGES.

        (a) The Servicer shall use all reasonable efforts, consistent with
its customary servicing procedures, to collect all amounts owed in respect
of Intangible Transition Charges as and when the same shall become due and
shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to
collection activities that the Servicer conducts for itself or others. The
Servicer shall not change the amount of or reschedule the due date of any
scheduled payment of Intangible Transition Charges, except as contemplated
in this Agreement or as required by law or court or PUC order or directive;
provided, however, that the Servicer may take any of the foregoing actions
to the extent that such action would be in accordance with customary
billing and collection practices of the Servicer with respect to billing
and collection activities that it conducts for itself.

        (b) As specified in PUC Order Docket No. M-00960890; F. 0011, July
11, 1997, any amounts received by the Servicer from a Customer that
represent a partial payment toward an outstanding balance will be applied
in the following manner:

           (i) If the Customer has a Pre-Retail Access balance, the payment
               will be applied as follows:

               (A) to the outstanding Pre-Retail Access balance or the
                   installment amount for a payment agreement on this
                   amount;

               (B) to Intangible Transition Charges and Competitive
                   Transition Charges, pro rata;

               (C) to transmission and distribution charges;

               (D) to supply charges; and

               (E) to non-basic services charges.

           If the Customer has a Post-Retail Access balance, partial
           payments will be applied to the Pre-Retail Access balance,
           according to the terms of the Pre-Retail Access payment
           agreement, before being applied to any other outstanding
           Post-Retail Access charges.

           (ii)For a Customer with no Pre-Retail Access balance but with a
               Post-Retail Access balance, the payment will be applied as
               follows:

               (A) to the balance due for prior Intangible Transition
                   Charges, Competitive Transition Charges and transmission
                   and distribution charges;

               (B) to current Intangible Transition Charges and Competitive
                   Transition Charges, pro rata;

               (C) to current transmission and distribution charges;

               (D) to the balance due for prior supply charges;

               (E) to current supply charges; and

               (F) to non-basic services.

        SECTION 3.03. PAYMENT OF ITC COLLECTIONS. The Servicer shall
prepare annually a Collections Curve for each Billing Month. The Servicer
agrees to remit actual ITC Collections for any Billing Month to the Trustee
for deposit in the Collection Account not later than the Remittance Date
immediately following the Reconciliation Date for such Billing Month. In
addition, the Servicer shall make periodic payments on account of ITC
Collections to the Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account, as
follows: For so long as the Servicer has satisfied the conditions of
Section 5.10(b), on each Monthly Remittance Date the Servicer shall remit
to the Trustee for each of the seven preceding Billing Months an amount
equal to the amount of ITC Collections estimated to have been received
during the preceding calendar month, based on the applicable Collections
Curve for each Customer Class then in effect, for those Billing Months.

        If the Servicer has not satisfied the conditions of Section
5.10(b), on each Daily Remittance Date, the Servicer shall remit to the
Trustee for each of the seven preceding Billing Months an amount equal to
(x) the amount of ITC Collections estimated to have been received during
the preceding calendar month, based on the applicable Collections Curve for
each Customer Class then in effect, for those Billing Months, divided by
(y) one-half the number of Business Days in the current remittance month.

        On or before the Reconciliation Date for each Billing Month, the
Servicer shall determine whether there exists a Curve Payment Shortfall or
an Excess Curve Payment with respect to such Billing Month. In the event
that there is a Curve Payment Shortfall with respect to the applicable
Billing Month, the Servicer shall pay the Curve Payment Shortfall to the
Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account on that Reconciliation
Date. In the event that there is an Excess Curve Payment for the applicable
Billing Month, the Servicer may either (i) reduce the amount that the
Servicer is required to remit to the Trustee for deposit in the Collection
Account on the corresponding Remittance Date (and, if necessary, succeeding
Remittance Dates) by the amount of the Excess Curve Payment, or (ii)
require the Trustee to pay to the Servicer from the Collection Account the
amount of the Excess Curve Payment which payment shall become the property
of the Servicer.

        SECTION 3.04. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE STANDARDS. The Servicer
shall, on behalf of the Issuer:

        (a) manage, service, administer and make collections in respect of
the Transferred Intangible Transition Property with reasonable care and in
compliance with applicable law, including all applicable PUC Regulations
and guidelines, using the same degree of care and diligence that the
Servicer exercises with respect to billing and collection activities that
the Servicer conducts for itself and others;

        (b) follow standards, policies and procedures in performing its
duties as Servicer that are customary in the electric distribution
industry;

        (c) use all reasonable efforts, consistent with its customary
servicing procedures, to enforce and maintain the Issuer's and the
Trustee's rights in respect of the Intangible Transition Property; and

        (d) calculate Intangible Transition Charges in compliance with the
Competition Act, the Qualified Rate Order and any applicable tariffs;

except where the failure to comply with any of the foregoing would not
materially and adversely affect the Issuer's or the Trustee's interest in
the Transferred Intangible Transition Property. The Servicer shall follow
such customary and usual practices and procedures as it shall deem
necessary or advisable in its servicing of all or any portion of the
Transferred Intangible Transition Property, which, in the Servicer's
judgment, may include the taking of legal action pursuant to Section 3.10
hereof or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not
change its customary and usual practices and procedures in any manner that
would materially and adversely affect the Issuer's or the Trustee's
interest in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property unless it shall
have provided the Rating Agencies with prior written notice.

        SECTION 3.05. SERVICER'S CERTIFICATES. The Servicer will provide to
the Issuer and to the Trustee the statements and certificates specified in
Annex 1.

        SECTION 3.06. ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

        (a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, to the Trustee and to
each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 of each year beginning March 31,
2000, an Officers' Certificate, stating that:

        (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding
        calendar year (or relevant portion thereof) and of its performance
        under this Agreement has been made under such officers' supervision
        and

        (ii) to the best of such officers' knowledge, based on such review,
        the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement
        throughout such period or, if there has been a default in the
        fulfillment of any such obligation, describing each such default.

        (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, to the Trustee and to
each Rating Agency, promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but
in no event later than five Business Days thereafter, written notice in an
Officers' Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse
of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default under Section 6.01 or a
default under any other Basic Document.

        SECTION 3.07. ANNUAL INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT.

        (a) The Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public
accountants (which may also provide other services to the Servicer or the
Seller) to prepare, and the Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, to the
Trustee and to each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 of each year,
beginning March 31, 2000 to and including the March 31 succeeding the
retirement of all Transition Bonds, a report addressed to the Servicer (the
"Annual Accountant's Report"), which may be included as part of the
Servicer's customary auditing activities, to the effect that such firm has
performed certain procedures in connection with the Servicer's compliance
with its obligations under this Agreement during the preceding calendar
year (or, in the case of the first Annual Accountant's Report, the period
of time from the first Sale Date until December 31, 1999), identifying the
results of such procedures and including any exceptions noted. In the event
such accounting firm requires the Trustee or the Issuer to agree or consent
to the procedures performed by such firm, the Issuer shall direct the
Trustee in writing to so agree; it being understood and agreed that the
Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement or consent in conclusive
reliance upon the direction of the Issuer, and the Trustee will not make
any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no
obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or
correctness of such procedures.

        (b) The Annual Accountant's Report shall also indicate that the
accounting firm providing such report is independent of the Servicer within
the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants.

        SECTION 3.08. INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY DOCUMENTATION. To
assure uniform quality in servicing the Transferred Intangible Transition
Property and to reduce administrative costs, the Servicer shall keep on
file, in accordance with its customary procedures, all Intangible
Transition Property Documentation.

        SECTION 3.09. COMPUTER RECORDS; AUDITS OF DOCUMENTATION.

        (a) Safekeeping. The Servicer shall maintain accurate and complete
accounts, records and computer systems pertaining to the Intangible
Transition Property and the Intangible Transition Property Documentation in
accordance with its standard accounting procedures and in sufficient detail
to permit reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect
to) Intangible Transition Charges and the ITC Collections from time to time
remitted to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.10 and to enable the Issuer
to comply with this Agreement and the Indenture. The Servicer shall
conduct, or cause to be conducted, periodic audits of the Intangible
Transition Property Documentation held by it under this Agreement and of
the related accounts, records and computer systems, in such a manner as
shall enable the Issuer and the Trustee, as pledgee of the Issuer, to
verify the accuracy of the Servicer's record keeping. The Servicer shall
promptly report to the Issuer and to the Trustee any failure on the
Servicer's part to hold the Intangible Transition Property Documentation
and maintain its accounts, records and computer systems as herein provided
and promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure. Nothing
herein shall be deemed to require an initial review or any periodic review
by the Issuer or the Trustee of the Intangible Transition Property
Documentation.

        (b) Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Servicer shall
maintain the Intangible Transition Property Documentation at 2 North Ninth
Street, Allentown, Pennsylvania or at such other office as shall be
specified to the Issuer and to the Trustee by written notice not later than
30 days prior to any change in location. The Servicer shall permit the
Issuer and the Trustee or their respective duly authorized representatives,
attorneys, agents or auditors at any time during normal business hours to
inspect, audit and make copies of and abstracts from the Servicer's records
regarding the Intangible Transition Property and Intangible Transition
Charges and the Intangible Transition Property Documentation. The failure
of the Servicer to provide access to such information as a result of an
obligation or applicable law (including PUC Regulations) prohibiting
disclosure of information regarding customers shall not constitute a breach
of this Section 3.09(b).

        SECTION 3.10. DEFENDING INTANGIBLE TRANSITION PROPERTY AGAINST
CLAIMS. The Servicer shall institute any action or proceeding necessary to
compel performance by the PUC or the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania of any of
their obligations or duties under the Competition Act or the Qualified Rate
Order with respect to the Intangible Transition Property. The costs of any
such action reasonably allocated by the Servicer to the Transferred
Intangible Transition Property shall be payable from ITC Collections as an
Operating Expense in accordance with the Indenture. The Servicer's
obligations pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall survive and continue
notwithstanding the fact that the payment of Operating Expenses pursuant to
the Indenture may be delayed (it being understood that the Servicer may be
required to advance its own funds to satisfy its obligations hereunder).

        SECTION 3.11. OPINIONS OF COUNSEL. The Servicer shall deliver to
the Issuer and to the Trustee:

    (a) promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and of
    each amendment hereto, promptly after the execution of the Sale
    Agreement and of each amendment thereto and on each Sale Date, an
    Opinion of Counsel either:

         (i) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
        filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant to the Competition
        Act, that are necessary to fully preserve and protect the interests
        of the Trustee in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
        have been executed and filed, and reciting the details of such
        filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
        details are given, or

        (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such
        action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest;
        and

        (b) within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year
beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
after the first Sale Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
such 90-day period, either:

        (i) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
        filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant to the Competition
        Act, have been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve
        fully and protect fully the interest of the Trustee in the
        Transferred Intangible Transition Property, and reciting the
        details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel
        in which such details are given, or

        (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such
        action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (a) or (b) above shall
specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken
in the following year to preserve and protect such
interest.


                                 ARTICLE IV

       SERVICES RELATED TO INTANGIBLE TRANSITION CHARGES ADJUSTMENTS

        SECTION 4.01. INTANGIBLE TRANSITION CHARGES ADJUSTMENTS. The
Servicer shall perform the calculations and take the actions relating to
adjusting the Intangible Transition Charges, as set forth in Annex 1.


                                 ARTICLE V

                                THE SERVICER

        SECTION 5.01. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER. The
Servicer makes the following representations and warranties as of each Sale
Date, on which the Issuer has relied and will rely in acquiring Transferred
Intangible Transition Property. The representations and warranties shall
survive the sale of any of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture.

        (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a corporation
duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the state of its
incorporation, with the corporate power and authority to own its properties
and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such
business is presently conducted and to execute, deliver and carry out the
terms of this Servicing Agreement, and has the power, authority and legal
right to service the Transferred Intangible Transition Property.

        (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
necessary licenses and approvals in, all jurisdictions in which the
ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including
the servicing of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property as required
by this Agreement) requires such qualifications, licenses or approvals
(except where the failure to so qualify would not be reasonably likely to
have a material adverse effect on the Servicer's business, operations,
assets, revenues, properties or prospects or adversely affect the servicing
of the Transferred Intangible Transition Property).

        (c) Power and Authority. The Servicer has the corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms;
and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been
duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action.

        (d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Servicer enforceable against the Servicer in
accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights
generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity
(regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

        (e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict
with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or
constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the
articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Servicer, or any indenture,
agreement or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which
it is bound; or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or
other instrument; or violate any law or any order, rule or regulation
applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal or state
regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its properties.

        (f) Approvals. Except for filings with the PUC for adjusting
Intangible Transition Charges pursuant to Section 4.01 and Annex 1 and UCC
continuation filings, no approval, authorization, consent, order or other
action of, or filing with, any court, federal or state regulatory body,
administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality is required in
connection with the execution and delivery by the Servicer of this
Agreement, the performance by the Servicer of the transactions contemplated
hereby or the fulfillment by the Servicer of the terms hereof, except those
that have been obtained or made.

        (g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations
pending or, to the Servicer's best knowledge, threatened before any court,
federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its
properties:

        (i) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
        adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations
        under, or the validity or enforceability against the Servicer of,
        this Agreement; or

        (ii) relating to the Servicer and which might materially and
        adversely affect the treatment of the Transition Bonds as debt for
        federal or state income tax purposes.

        (h) Reports and Certificates. Each report and certificate delivered
in connection with any filing made to the PUC by the Servicer on behalf of
the Issuer with respect to Intangible Transition Charges or Intangible
Transition Charges Adjustments will constitute a representation and
warranty by the Servicer that each such report or certificate, as the case
may be, is true and correct in all material respects; provided, however,
that to the extent any such report or certificate is based in part upon or
contains assumptions, forecasts or other predictions of future events, the
representation and warranty of the Servicer with respect thereto will be
limited to the representation and warranty that such assumptions, forecasts
or other predictions of future events are reasonable based upon historical
performance.

        SECTION 5.02. INDEMNITIES OF SERVICER; RELEASE OF CLAIMS.

        (a) The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the
extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer under
this Agreement.

        (b) The Servicer shall indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee (for
itself and on behalf of the Transition Bondholders) and each of their
respective trustees, members, managers, officers, directors, employees and
agents for, and defend and hold harmless each such Person from and against,
any and all Losses that may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted
against any such Person as a result of

        (i) the Servicer's wilful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence
        in the performance of its duties or observance of its covenants
        under this Agreement or the Servicer's reckless disregard of its
        obligations and duties under this Agreement;

        (ii) the Servicer's breach of any of its representations or
        warranties in this Agreement; and

        (iii) litigation and related expenses relating to its status and
        obligations as Servicer.

        (c) If any action, claim, demand or proceeding (including any
governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against a party
(the "indemnified party") entitled to any indemnification provided for under
this Section 5.02, such indemnified party shall promptly notify the
Servicer in writing; provided, however, that failure to give such
notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except
to the extent the Servicer shall have been actually prejudiced as a result
of such failure.

        (d) The Servicer shall indemnify the Trustee and its respective
officers, directors and agents for, and defend and hold harmless each such
Person from and against, any and all Losses that may be imposed upon,
incurred by or asserted against any such Person as a result of the
acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties contained herein and in
the Indenture, except to the extent that any such Loss shall be due to the
wilful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of the Trustee. Such
amounts with respect to the Trustee shall be deposited and distributed in
accordance with the Indenture.

        (e) The Servicer's indemnification obligations under Section
5.02(b) and (d) for events occurring prior to the removal or resignation of
the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement shall survive the
resignation or removal of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement
and shall include reasonable costs, fees and expenses of investigation and
litigation (including the Issuer's and the Trustee's reasonable attorneys'
fees and expenses).

        (f) Except to the extent expressly provided for in this Agreement,
the Sale Agreement or the Formation Documents (including the Servicer's
claims with respect to the Quarterly Servicing Fees and the Seller's claim
for payment of the purchase price of Intangible Transition Property), the
Servicer hereby releases and discharges the Issuer (including its Member,
managers, officers, employees and agents, if any), and the Trustee
(including its respective officers, directors and agents) (collectively,
the "Released Parties") from any and all actions, claims and demands
whatsoever, which the Servicer shall or may have against any such Person
relating to the Transferred Intangible Transition Property or the
Servicer's activities with respect thereto other than any actions, claims
and demands arising out of the wilful misconduct, bad faith or gross
negligence of the Released Parties.

        SECTION 5.03. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE
OBLIGATIONS OF, SERVICER. Any Person:

        (a) into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated and which
        succeeds to all or substantially all of the electric distribution
        business of the Servicer,

        (b) which results from the division of the Servicer into two or
        more Persons and which succeeds to all or substantially all of the
        electric distribution business of the Servicer,

        (c) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which the
        Servicer shall be a party and which succeeds to all or
        substantially all of the electric distribution business of the
        Servicer,

        (d) which may succeed to the properties and assets of the Servicer
        substantially as a whole and which succeeds to all or substantially
        all of the electric distribution business of the Servicer or

        (e) which may otherwise succeed to all or substantially all of the
        electric distribution business of the Servicer,

        which Person in any of the foregoing cases, as a condition to the
        effectiveness of such transaction, shall execute an agreement of
        assumption to perform every obligation of the Servicer under this
        Agreement,

shall be the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement without the
execution or filing of any document or any further act by any of the
parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that:

        (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
        representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 5.01 shall have
        been breached and no Servicer Default, and no event that, after
        notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default,
        shall have occurred and be continuing,

        (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Issuer and the
        Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each
        stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such
        agreement of assumption comply with this Section 5.03 and that all
        conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement
        relating to such transaction have been complied with,

        (iii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Issuer and to the
        Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either

                (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
                filings to be made by the Servicer, including filings with
                the PUC pursuant to the Competition Act, that are necessary
                fully to preserve and protect the interests of the Trustee
                in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property have been
                executed and filed and reciting the details of such filings
                or

                (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such
                action is necessary to preserve and protect such interests.

        (iv) the Rating Agencies shall have received prior written notice
        of such transaction; and

        (v) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee
        an opinion of independent tax counsel (as selected by, and in form
        and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Servicer, and which
        may be based on a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service) to the
        effect that, for federal income tax purposes, such consolidation or
        merger will not result in a material adverse federal income tax
        consequence to the Servicer, the Issuer, the Trustee or the then
        existing Transition Bondholders.

The Servicer shall not consummate any transaction referred to in clauses
(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) above except upon execution of the above
described agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii),
(iii), (iv) and (v) above. When any Person acquires the properties and
assets of the Servicer substantially as a whole and becomes the successor
to the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.03, then
upon the satisfaction of all of the other conditions of this Section 5.03,
the Servicer shall automatically and without further notice be released
from its obligations hereunder.

        SECTION 5.04. ASSIGNMENT OF SERVICER'S OBLIGATIONS. Pursuant to
paragraph 17 of the Qualified Rate Order in which the PUC authorizes PP&L
to contract with an alternative party to perform PP&L's obligations
contemplated in the Qualified Rate Order, the Servicer may assign its
obligations hereunder to any electric distribution company (as such term is
defined in the Competition Act) which succeeds to all or substantially all
of PP&L's electric distribution business upon the satisfaction of the
requirements specified in Section 5.03.

        SECTION 5.05. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF SERVICER AND OTHERS. The
Servicer shall not be liable to the Issuer or the Trustee, except as
provided under this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from
the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in
judgment; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
Servicer against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of
wilful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its
duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under
this Agreement. The Servicer and any director or officer or employee or
agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or on any document of any kind, prima
facie properly executed and submitted by any Person, respecting any matters
arising under this Agreement.

        Except as provided in this Agreement, the Servicer shall not be
under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
that is not incidental to its duties to service the Transferred Intangible
Transition Property in accordance with this Agreement or related to its
obligation to pay indemnification, and that in its reasonable opinion may
cause it to incur any expense or liability.

        SECTION 5.06. PP&L NOT TO RESIGN AS SERVICER. Subject to the
provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.04, PP&L shall not resign from the
obligations and duties imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement
except upon a determination that the performance of its duties under this
Agreement shall no longer be permissible under applicable law. Notice of
any such determination permitting the resignation of PP&L shall be
communicated to the Issuer, to the Trustee and to each Rating Agency at the
earliest practicable time (and, if such communication is not in writing,
shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable time), and any
such determination shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such
effect delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee concurrently with or
promptly after such notice. No such resignation shall become effective
until a successor Servicer shall have assumed the servicing obligations and
duties hereunder of the Servicer in accordance with Section 6.02.

        SECTION 5.07. QUARTERLY SERVICING FEE. The Issuer agrees to pay the
Servicer on the Business Day preceding each Payment Date, solely to the
extent amounts are available therefor in accordance with the Indenture, the
Quarterly Servicing Fee with respect to all Series of Transition Bonds. For
so long as PP&L is the Servicer, the Quarterly Servicing Fee shall be
$312,500. The Servicer shall be entitled to retain as additional
compensation net investment income on ITC Collections related to
Transferred Intangible Transition Property received by the Servicer during
any Collection Period and earned or accrued prior to the remittance of ITC
Collections by the Servicer to the Collection Account, and the late fees,
if any, paid by Customers to the Servicer. The foregoing fees constitute a
fair and reasonable price for the obligations to be performed by the
Servicer.

        SECTION 5.08. SERVICER EXPENSES. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, the Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses
incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder, including fees
and disbursements of independent accountants and counsel, taxes imposed on
the Servicer and expenses incurred in connection with reports to Transition
Bondholders.

        SECTION 5.09. APPOINTMENTS. The Servicer may at any time appoint a
subservicer to perform all or any portion of its obligations as Servicer
hereunder; provided, however, that the Rating Agency Condition (other than
with respect to Moody's) shall have been satisfied in connection therewith
and that prior notice of such appointment shall have been given to Moody's;
and provided further that the Servicer shall remain obligated and be liable
to the Issuer for the servicing and administering of the Transferred
Intangible Transition Property in accordance with the provisions hereof
without diminution of such obligation and liability by virtue of the
appointment of such subservicer and to the same extent and under the same
terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone were servicing and
administering the Transferred Intangible Transition Property. The fees and
expenses of the subservicer shall be as agreed between the Servicer and its
subservicer from time to time, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or the
Transition Bondholders shall have any responsibility therefor.

        SECTION 5.10. REMITTANCES.

        (a) The Servicer shall remit all ITC Collections (from whatever
source) in accordance with Section 3.03, and all proceeds of other
Collateral of the Issuer, if any, received by the Servicer, to the Trustee
for deposit pursuant to the Indenture, not later than each Daily Remittance
Date. The Servicer shall remit any Indemnity Amounts paid or received by it
immediately to the Trustee for deposit pursuant to the Indenture.

        (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), as long as :

        (i) PP&L or any successor to PP&L's electric distribution business
        remains the Servicer,

        (ii) no Servicer Default has occurred and is continuing,

        (iii)

                (A) PP&L or such successor maintains a short-term
                rating of "A-1" or better by Standard & Poor's, "P-1"
                or better by Moody's and "F-1" or better by Fitch
                (and for five Business Days following a reduction in
                either such rating), or

                (B) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
                satisfied (and any conditions or limitations imposed
                by the Rating Agencies in connection therewith are
                complied with), and

        (iv) the amount remitted on any Monthly Remittance Date does not
        exceed $50,000,000,

   the Servicer need not make the daily remittances required by clause
   (a), but in lieu thereof, shall remit all ITC Collections (from
   whatever source) in accordance with Section 3.03, and all proceeds
   of other Collateral of the Issuer, if any, received by the Servicer
   during any Collection Period, to the Trustee for deposit pursuant
   to the Indenture, not later than the corresponding Monthly
   Remittance Date.

        In order to permit remittances on Monthly Remittance Dates, the
Servicer has obtained a surety bond from National Fire Insurance Company of
Hartford. The Servicer shall give notice to Moody's promptly upon the
termination of that surety bond. If at any time the Issuer receives any
payment on the surety bond, the Issuer shall forward such payment to the
Trustee for deposit to the credit of the Collection Account on the same day
on which such payment is received by the Issuer.

        SECTION 5.11. PROTECTION OF TITLE. The Servicer shall execute and
file such filings, including filings with the PUC pursuant to the
Competition Act, and cause to be executed and filed such filings, all in
such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve,
maintain, and protect the interests of the Trustee in the Transferred
Intangible Transition Property, including all filings required under the
Competition Act relating to the transfer of the ownership or security
interest in the Transferred Intangible Transition Property by the Seller to
the Issuer or any security interest granted by the Issuer to the Trustee in
the Transferred Intangible Transition Property. The Servicer shall deliver
(or cause to be delivered) to the Issuer and the Trustee file-stamped
copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as
soon as available following such filing.


                                 ARTICLE VI

                              SERVICER DEFAULT


        SECTION 6.01. SERVICER DEFAULT. If any one of the following events
(a "Servicer Default") occurs and is continuing:

        (a) any failure by the Servicer to remit to the Trustee, on behalf
of the Issuer, any required remittance that continues unremedied for a
period of five Business Days after written notice of such failure is
received by the Servicer from the Issuer or the Trustee; or

        (b) any failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any
material respect any other covenant or agreement of the Servicer set forth
in this Agreement or any other Basic Document to which it is a party in
such capacity, which failure

        (i) materially and adversely affects the Intangible Transition
        Property, and

        (ii) continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written
        notice of such failure has been given to the Servicer by the Issuer
        or by the Trustee or after discovery of such failure by an officer
        of the Servicer; or

        (c) any representation or warranty made by the Servicer in this
Agreement proves to have been incorrect when made, which has a material
adverse effect on the Issuer or the Transition Bondholders and which
material adverse effect continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
the date on which written notice thereof shall have been given to the
Servicer by the Issuer or the Trustee or after discovery of such failure by
an officer of the Servicer, as the case may be; or

        (d) an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Servicer;

then, and in each and every case, so long as the Servicer Default shall not
have been remedied, the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Transition Bonds of all
Series, by notice then given in writing to the Servicer (a "Termination
Notice") may terminate all the rights and obligations (other than the
indemnification obligations set forth in Section 5.02 hereof and the
obligation under Section 6.04 to continue performing its functions as
Servicer until a successor Servicer is appointed) of the Servicer under
this Agreement. In addition, upon a Servicer Default, the Issuer and the
Trustee shall be entitled to apply to the PUC for sequestration and payment
to the Trustee of revenues arising with respect to the Transferred
Intangible Transition Property.

        On or after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice,
all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with
respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition Property, the related
Intangible Transition Charges or otherwise, shall, upon appointment of a
successor Servicer pursuant to Section 6.04, without further action, pass
to and be vested in such successor Servicer and, without limitation, the
Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on
behalf of the predecessor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any
and all documents and other instruments, and to do or accomplish all other
acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
Termination Notice, whether to complete the transfer of the Intangible
Transition Property Documentation and related documents, or otherwise. The
predecessor Servicer shall cooperate with the successor Servicer, the
Trustee and the Issuer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities
and rights of the predecessor Servicer under this Agreement, including the
transfer to the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash
amounts that shall at the time be held by the predecessor Servicer for
remittance, or shall thereafter be received by it with respect to the
Transferred Intangible Transition Property or the related Intangible
Transition Charges. As soon as practicable after receipt by the Servicer of
such Termination Notice, the Servicer shall deliver the Intangible
Transition Property Documentation to the successor Servicer. All reasonable
costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in
connection with transferring the Intangible Transition Property
Documentation to the successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to
reflect such succession as Servicer pursuant to this Section shall be paid
by the predecessor Servicer upon presentation of reasonable documentation
of such costs and expenses. Termination of PP&L as Servicer shall not
terminate PP&L's rights or obligations under the Contribution Agreement.

        SECTION 6.02. NOTICE OF SERVICER DEFAULT. The Servicer shall
deliver to the Issuer, to the Trustee and to each Rating Agency promptly
after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than five
Business Days thereafter, written notice in an Officer's Certificate of any
event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice or the passage of
time, would become a Servicer Default under Section 6.01.

        SECTION 6.03. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS. The Trustee, with the
consent of Holders of the majority of the outstanding principal amount of
the Transition Bonds of all Series, may waive in writing any default by the
Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its
consequences, except a default in making any required remittances to the
Trustee of ITC Collections from Transferred Intangible Transition Property
in accordance with Section 5.10 of this Agreement. Upon any such waiver of
a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose
of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereto.

        SECTION 6.04. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

        (a) Upon the Servicer's receipt of a Termination Notice pursuant to
Section 6.01 or the Servicer's resignation in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, the predecessor Servicer shall continue to perform its
functions as Servicer under this Agreement and shall be entitled to receive
the requisite portion of the Quarterly Servicing Fees, until a successor
Servicer shall have assumed in writing the obligations of the Servicer
hereunder as described below. In the event of the Servicer's removal or
resignation hereunder, the Trustee shall appoint a successor Servicer, with
the consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal
amount of the Transition Bonds of all Series, and the successor Servicer
shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in form acceptable to
the Issuer and the Trustee. If, within 30 days after the delivery of the
Termination Notice, a new Servicer shall not have been appointed and
accepted such appointment, the Trustee may petition the PUC or a court of
competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Servicer under this
Agreement. A Person shall qualify as a successor Servicer only if:

        (i) such Person is permitted under PUC Regulations to perform the
        duties of the Servicer pursuant to the Competition Act, the
        Qualified Rate Order and this Agreement,

        (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied,

        (iii) such Person enters into a servicing agreement with the Issuer
        having substantially the same provisions as this Agreement,

        (iv) such Person is Y2K Compliant.

        (b) Upon appointment, the successor Servicer shall be the successor
in all respects to the predecessor Servicer under this Agreement and shall
be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising
thereafter relating thereto placed on the predecessor Servicer and shall be
entitled to the Quarterly Servicing Fees and all the rights granted to the
predecessor Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. No
successor Servicer shall be entitled to any Quarterly Servicing Fee in
excess of one and one-half percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Bonds
unless (i) prior notice shall have been given to the Rating Agencies and
(ii) the PUC shall have approved such Quarterly Servicing Fee.

        (c) The successor Servicer may not resign unless it is prohibited
from serving as such by law.

        SECTION 6.05. COOPERATION WITH SUCCESSOR. The Servicer covenants
and agrees with the Issuer that it will, on an ongoing basis, cooperate
with the successor Servicer and provide whatever information is, and take
whatever actions are, reasonably necessary to assist the successor Servicer
in performing its obligations hereunder.


                                ARTICLE VII

                          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


        SECTION 7.01. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended by the
Servicer and the Issuer, with the consent of the Trustee and the
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition (other than with respect to
Moody's), provided that prior notice of such amendment, accompanied by a
form of the proposed amendment, shall have been given to Moody's. Promptly
after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Issuer shall
furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent
to each of the Rating Agencies.

        Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement and the Opinion of Counsel
referred to in Section 3.11. The Issuer and the Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects their own
rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

        SECTION 7.02. NOTICES. All demands, notices and communications upon
or to the Servicer, the Issuer, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under
this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered personally, via facsimile,
reputable overnight courier or by first class mail, postage prepaid, and
shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt

        (a) in the case of the Servicer, to PP&L, 2 North Ninth Street,
Allentown, PA 18101, Attention of Treasurer;

        (b) in the case of the Issuer, to PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC,
2 North Ninth Street, GENA 9-2, Room Number 3; Allentown, PA 18101,
Attention of Managers;

        (c) in the case the Trustee, at the address provided for notices or
communications to such Person in the Indenture;

        (d) in the case of Moody's, to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS
Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007;

        (e) in the case of Standard & Poor's, to Standard & Poor's
Corporation, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041, Attention: Asset
Backed Surveillance Department; and

        (f) in the case of Fitch IBCA, to Fitch IBCA, Inc., 1 State Street
Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: ABS Surveillance;

or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be
designated by written notice to the other parties.

        SECTION 7.03. ASSIGNMENT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Sections 5.03 and 5.04 and as
provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of
the Servicer, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Servicer.

        SECTION 7.04. LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS OF OTHERS. The provisions of
this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Servicer, the Issuer and
the Trustee, on behalf of itself and the Transition Bondholders, and
nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed
to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
in any Collateral or under or in respect of this Agreement or any
covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

        SECTION 7.05. SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and
any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

        SECTION 7.06. SEPARATE COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed
by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

        SECTION 7.07. HEADINGS. The headings of the various Articles and
Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define
or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

        SECTION 7.08. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without
reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights
and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance
with such laws.

        SECTION 7.09. ASSIGNMENT TO THE TRUSTEE. The Servicer hereby
acknowledges and consents to any pledge, assignment and grant of a security
interest by the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the
benefit of the Transition Bondholders of all right, title and interest of
the Issuer in, to and under the Transferred Intangible Transition Property
owned by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof and the assignment of any or
all of the Issuer's rights hereunder to the Trustee. In no event shall the
Trustee have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants,
agreements or other obligations of the Issuer, hereunder or in any of the
certificates, notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of
which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.

        SECTION 7.10. NONPETITION COVENANTS. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement or the Indenture, but subject to the PUC's
rights to order the sequestration and payment of revenues arising with
respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition Property notwithstanding
any bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceedings with respect
to the debtor, pledgor or transferor of the Transferred Intangible
Transition Property pursuant to Section 2812(d)(3)(v) of the Competition
Act, the Servicer shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one
day after the termination of the Indenture, petition or otherwise invoke or
cause the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government authority
for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under
any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Issuer or any substantial part of the property of
the Issuer, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the
Issuer.

        SECTION 7.11. TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate when all
Transition Bonds have been retired, redeemed or defeased in full.



           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day
and year first above written.



                                        PP&L TRANSITION BOND
                                         COMPANY LLC

                                        By:   /s/ James E. Abel
                                              ----------------------------
                                        Title: Manager


                                        PP&L, INC., as Servicer

                                        By:   /s/ John R. Biggar
                                              ----------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer


                                        Acknowledged and Accepted:

                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                        not in its individual
                                        capacity but solely as
                                        Trustee on behalf of the
                                        Holders of the
                                        Transition Bonds

                                        By:   /s/ Hugo Jendrot
                                              ----------------------------
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President



                                  ANNEX 1

                                     TO

                            SERVICING AGREEMENT


The Servicer agrees to comply with the following with respect to PP&L
Transition Bond Company LLC (the "Issuer"):

        SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

        (a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
        have the meanings set forth in Appendix A to the Servicing
        Agreement dated August 10, 1999, between the Issuer and PP&L, Inc.,
        as Servicer.

        (b) Whenever used in this Annex 1, the following words and phrases
        shall have the following meanings:

        Adjustment Request means an application filed by the Servicer with
        the PUC for revised Intangible Transition Charges pursuant to
        Section 5(b) of this Annex.

        SECTION 2. CALCULATION DATE STATEMENTS. For each Calculation Date,
the Servicer will provide to the Issuer and the Trustee a statement
indicating

        (a) the Transition Bond Balance and the Projected Transition Bond
        Balance for each Series as of the immediately preceding Payment
        Date,

        (b) the amount on deposit in the Overcollateralization Subaccount
        and the Scheduled Overcollateralization Level as of the immediately
        preceding Payment Date,

        (c) the amount on deposit in the Capital Subaccount and the
        required Capital Subaccount balance as of the immediately preceding
        Payment Date;

        (d) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Subaccount as of the
        immediately preceding Payment Date;

        (e) the Projected Transition Bond Balance and the Servicer's
        projection of the Transition Bond Balance for the Payment Date
        immediately preceding the next succeeding Adjustment Date;

        (f) the Scheduled Overcollateralization Level and the Servicer's
        projection of the amount on deposit in the Overcollateralization
        Subaccount for the Payment Date immediately preceding the next
        succeeding Adjustment Date;

        (g) the required Capital Subaccount balance and the Servicer's
        projection of the amount on deposit in the Capital Subaccount for
        the Payment Date immediately preceding the next succeeding
        Adjustment Date; and

        (h) the Servicer's projection of the amount on deposit in the
        Reserve Subaccount for the Payment Date immediately preceding the
        next succeeding Adjustment Date;

        On each annual Adjustment Date, the Servicer shall provide Moody's
with a schedule indicating any changes to Intangible Transition Charges by
Rate Schedule.

        On a monthly basis, the Servicer shall prepare and deliver to
Moody's a statement setting forth (i) the Scheduled Overcollateralization
Level as of the immediately preceding Payment Date, (ii) the amount on
deposit in the Overcollateralization Subaccount as of the date of such
statement, (iii) any deposits or withdrawals from the Overcollateralization
Subaccount since the preceding statement, (iv) the required Capital
Subaccount balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date, (v) the
amount on deposit in the Capital Subaccount as of the date of such
statement, (vi) any deposits or withdrawals from the Capital Subaccount
since the preceding statement, and (vii) the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Subaccount as of the date of such statement.

        SECTION 3. REMITTANCE DATE STATEMENTS. On or before each Remittance
Date, but not more frequently than monthly, the Servicer shall prepare and
furnish to the Issuer and the Trustee a statement setting forth the
aggregate amount remitted or to be remitted by the Servicer to the Trustee
(net of any unreimbursed Excess Curve Payments) for deposit on such
Remittance Date pursuant to the Indenture.

        SECTION 4. PAYMENT DATE STATEMENTS. On or before each Payment Date,
the Servicer will prepare and furnish to the Issuer and to the Trustee a
statement setting forth the transfers and payments to be made in respect of
such Payment Date pursuant to Section 8.02(d) of the Indenture and the
amounts thereof and the amounts to be paid to Holders of Transition Bonds
of each Series pursuant to Section 8.02(e) of the Indenture.

        SECTION 5. INTANGIBLE TRANSITION CHARGES ADJUSTMENTS.

        (a) Prior to each Calculation Date, the Servicer shall calculate

            (i) the Transition Bond Balance as of each Calculation Date (a
            written copy of which shall be delivered by the Servicer to the
            Trustee within five days following such Calculation Date) and

            (ii) the revised Intangible Transition Charges with respect to
            the Transferred Intangible Transition Property for the
            then-current calendar year and each subsequent calendar year,
            such that the Servicer projects that ITC Collections therefrom
            allocable to the Issuer will be sufficient so that:

                (A) the Transition Bond Balance on the Payment Date
                immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date will equal
                the Projected Transition Bond Balance as of such date or,
                with respect to the period in which monthly rate
                adjustments are utilized, the 25th day of the month (or if
                such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business
                Day) immediately preceding the next monthly Adjustment
                Date, taking into account any amounts on deposit in the
                Reserve Subaccount,

                (B) the amount on deposit in the Overcollateralization
                Subaccount on the Payment Date immediately preceding the
                next Adjustment Date or, with respect to the period in
                which monthly rate adjustments are utilized, the 25th day
                of the month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the
                next following Business Day) immediately preceding the next
                monthly Adjustment Date, will equal the Scheduled
                Overcollateralization Level for such date, taking into
                account amounts on deposit in the Reserve Subaccount,

                (C) the amount on deposit in the Capital Subaccount on the
                Payment Date immediately preceding the next Adjustment
                Date, or, with respect to the period in which monthly rate
                adjustments are utilized, the 25th day of the month (or if
                such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business
                Day) immediately preceding the next monthly Adjustment
                Date, will equal its required level for such date, taking
                into account any amounts on deposit in the Reserve
                Subaccount, and

                (D) thereafter the ITC Collections will provide for
                amortization of the remaining outstanding principal amount
                of each Series in accordance with the Expected Amortization
                Schedule therefor, payment of interest on each Series when
                due and deposits to the Overcollateralization Subaccount
                such that the balance therein will equal the Scheduled
                Overcollateralization Level on each Payment Date.

        (b) On each Calculation Date, the Servicer shall take the following
actions:

            (i) The Servicer shall make annual reconciliation filings with
            the PUC on October 1 of each year to and including the October
            1 2007 Calculation Date. These filings shall include:

                (A) actual over-collections of Intangible Transition
                Charges or under-collections of Intangible Transition
                Charges (collectively, "Over/Under Collections") for the
                eight months from the beginning of the current calendar
                year until August 31,

                (B) an estimate of Over/Under Collections for the four
                months ending on the immediately following December 31 and

                (C) forecasts of other items as permitted by the Qualified
                Rate Order.

            On December 15, the Servicer shall file actual Over/Under
            Collection data as of November 30, replacing the estimates
            submitted on October 1; the December 15 filing shall include a
            tariff supplement and supporting data setting forth new
            Intangible Transition Charges to become effective on the next
            January 1.

            (ii) The Servicer shall make interim reconciliation filings
            with the PUC, with respect to the July 1, 2008 and October 1,
            2008 Adjustment Dates, on June 15, 2008 and September 15, 2008,
            respectively, and on the fifteenth day of the month preceding
            each monthly Adjustment Date thereafter commencing with the
            December 15, 2008 Calculation Date, in order to minimize any
            possible Over/Under Collection of Intangible Transition Charges
            until the next interim reconciliation adjustment becomes
            effective. Each such interim adjustment will become effective
            on the immediately following Adjustment Date. Such interim
            reconciliation filings will be based upon, inter alia, the
            cumulative differences between:

                (A) the amount needed in order to provide for amortization
                of the remaining outstanding principal amount of each
                Series in accordance with the Expected Amortization
                Schedule therefor, payment of interest on each Series when
                due, deposits to the Overcollateralization Subaccount such
                that the balance therein will equal the applicable
                Scheduled Overcollateralization Level and replenishment of
                any withdrawals from the Capital Account, and

                (B) actual remittances of Intangible Transition Charges to
                the Trustee.

        (c) On each Adjustment Date, the Servicer shall

            (i) take all reasonable actions and make all reasonable efforts
            in order to effectuate all adjustments approved by the PUC to
            the Intangible Transition Charges, and

            (ii) promptly send to the Trustee copies of all material
            notices and documents relating to such adjustments.


                                 EXHIBIT A
                                     TO
                            SERVICING AGREEMENT

        The Servicer agrees to comply with the following servicing
procedures:

        SECTION 1. Definitions.

        (a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
        have the meanings set forth in the Servicing Agreement dated as of
        August 10, 1999, between the Issuer and
        PP&L, as Servicer (the "Servicing Agreement").

        (b) Whenever used in this Exhibit A, the following words and
        phrases shall have the following meanings:

           Adjustment Request has, with respect to the Issuer, the meaning
           given to such term in Annex 1.

           Applicable MDMA means with respect to each Customer, the meter
           data management agent or Third Party providing meter reading
           services for that Customer's account.

           Applicable Third Party means, with respect to each Customer, the
           Third Party, if any, providing billing or metering services to
           that Customer.

           Billed Intangible Transition Charges means the amounts billed to
           Customers pursuant to the Intangible Transition Charges, whether
           billed directly to such Customers by the Servicer or indirectly
           through a Third Party pursuant to Consolidated Third Party
           Billing.

           Bills means each of the regular monthly bills, the summary
           bills, the opening bills and the Closing Bills issued to
           Customers or Third Parties by PP&L.

           Budget Payment Plan means a levelized payment plan offered by
           PP&L, which, if elected by a Customer, provides for level
           monthly Bill charges to such Customer. For Residential
           Customers, this charge is calculated by calculating actual
           electricity charges for the previous year, adjusted for weather,
           and dividing this amount by twelve. The number which result from
           this calculation is charged to the Residential Customer each
           month. In the twelfth month, PP&L bills the Residential customer
           for actual use in that month, adjusted for any excess or deficit
           the Customer has paid PP&L over the prior eleven months. If the
           Customer owes PP&L $4 or more over the normal budget amount,
           that Customer has the option repaying the full amount in the
           twelfth month, or spreading the amount of this deficit in equal
           installments over the first four months of the Customer's next
           budget year. The procedure is similar for Small Commercial and
           Industrial and Large Commercial and Industrial Customers, except
           that the charges for previous year is divided by eleven to
           determine the amount that is charged for each month.

           Closing Bill means the final bill issued to a Customer at the
           time service is terminated.

           Consolidated Third Party Billing means the billing option
           available to Customers served by a Third Party pursuant to which
           such Third Party will be responsible for billing and collecting
           all charges to Customers electing such billing option, including
           the Intangible Transition Charges, and will become obligated to
           the Servicer for such Billed Intangible Transition Charges, all
           in accordance with applicable PUC Regulations and orders.

           Full Consolidated Third Party Billing means the billing option
           available to Customers served by a Third Party, if such option
           is approved by the utility with respect to such Third Party,
           pursuant to which such Third Party performs the same tasks it
           would perform under Consolidated Third Party Billing, including
           billing Customers the itemized charges supplied by the Servicer
           to such Third Party.

           Intangible Transition Charge Effective Date means the date on
           which the initial Intangible Transition Charges go into effect
           pursuant to the QRO.

           Intangible Transition Charge Termination Date means the date on
           which the Intangible Transition Charges will cease to be billed
           pursuant to the terms of the QRO.

           Net Write-Off Percent means the number (expressed as a percent)
           equal to:

               (i) the amount by which Write-Offs attributable to a
               particular Billing Period exceed Write-Off recoveries
               attributable to such Billing Period, divided by

               (ii) the total billed revenue attributable to such Billing
               Period.

           Servicer Policies and Practices means, with respect to the
           Servicer's duties under this Exhibit A, the policies and
           practices of the Servicer applicable to such duties that the
           Servicer follows with respect to comparable assets that it
           services for itself.

           Variables means the following variables for each Customer Class
           used in calculating Adjustment Requests:

               (i) the 30-day outstanding billed revenue;

               (ii) the 60-day outstanding billed revenue;

               (iii) the 90-day outstanding billed revenue (which may be
               solved for in accordance with applicable Servicer Policies
               and Practices);

               (iv) the 120-day outstanding billed revenue (which may be
               solved for in accordance with applicable Servicer Policies
               and Practices);

               (v) the 150-day outstanding billed revenue (which may be
               solved for in accordance with applicable Servicer Policies
               and Practices);

               (vi) the 180-day outstanding billed revenue (which may be
               solved for in accordance with applicable Servicer Policies
               and Practices);

               (vii) the estimated Net Write-Off percentage; and

               (viii) the projected billed revenue to which Intangible
               Transaction Charges apply.

           Write-Offs means write-offs of Billed Intangible Transition
           Charges that remain unpaid by Customers or Third Parties as of
           210 days after the issuance of the Closing
           Bills containing such charges.

        SECTION 2. Data Acquisition.

        (a) Installation and Maintenance of Meters. Except to the extent
        that a Third Party is responsible for such services, the Servicer
        shall use its best efforts to cause to be installed, replaced and
        maintained meters in such places and in such condition as will
        enable the Servicer to obtain usage measurements for each Customer
        approximately every 30 days or as provided in the applicable
        tariff.

        (b) Meter Reading. At least once each calendar month, the Servicer
        shall obtain usage measurements from the Applicable MDMA for each
        Customer; provided, however, that the Servicer may determine any
        Customer's usage on the basis of estimates in accordance with
        applicable PUC Regulations.

        (c) Cost of Metering. The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any
        costs associated with the metering duties set forth in this Section
        2, including, but not limited to, the costs of installing,
        replacing and maintaining meters, nor shall the Issuer be entitled
        to any credit against the Servicing Fee for any cost savings
        realized by the Servicer or any Third Party as a result of new
        metering and/or billing technologies.

        SECTION 3. Usage and Bill Calculation.

        The Servicer shall obtain a calculation of each Customer's usage
(which may be based on data obtained from such Customer's meter read or on
usage estimates determined in accordance with applicable PUC Regulations)
at least once each calendar month and shall determine therefrom each
Customer's individual Intangible Transition Charge to be included on such
Customer's Bill pursuant to PUC Regulations.

        SECTION 4. Billing.

        The Servicer shall implement the Intangible Transition Charges as
of the Intangible Transition Charge Effective Date and shall thereafter
bill each Customer or the Applicable Third Party for the respective
Customer's outstanding current and past due Intangible Transition Charges
accruing through the Intangible Transition Charge Termination Date, all in
accordance with the following:

        (a) Frequency of Bills; Billing Practices. In accordance with the
        Servicer's then-existing Servicer Policies and Practices for its
        own charges, as such Servicer Policies and Practices may be
        modified from time to time, the Servicer shall generate and issue a
        Bill to each Customer, or, in the case of a Customer who has
        elected Consolidated Third Party Billing, to an Applicable Third
        Party, for such Customer's respective Intangible Transition Charge
        as a general practice once approximately every 30 days or such
        other time period as allowed by the PUC, at the same time, with the
        same frequency and on the same Bill as that containing the
        Servicer's own charges to such Customer or Third Party, as the case
        may be. In the event that the Servicer makes any material
        modification to these practices, it shall notify the Issuer, the
        Trustee and the Rating Agencies as soon as practicable, and in no
        event later than 60 Business Days after such modification goes into
        effect; provided, however, that

               (i) the Servicer may not make any modification that will
               materially adversely affect the Transition Bondholders and

               (ii) the Rating Agencies shall receive prior notice of any
               modification that would change the frequency with which
               Bills are issued or would change any tariff
               charged.

          (b) Format.

           (i) Each Bill to a Customer shall contain the charge
           corresponding to the respective Intangible Transition Charge
           owed by such Customer for the Billing Period. For residential
           Customers, the Customer's Bill will include a line-item
           containing a combined Intangible Transition Charge and
           Competitive Transaction Charge, and the amount of the Intangible
           Transition Charge will appear as a footnote to the Bill. For all
           other Customers, each Customer's Bill will include a separate
           line-item for the Customer's Intangible Transition Charge.

           (ii) In the case of each Customer that has elected Consolidated
           Third Party Billing, the Servicer shall deliver to the
           Applicable Third Party itemized charges for such Customer
           including the amount of such Customer's Intangible Transition
           Charge to be remitted by the Servicer to the Issuer.

           (iii) The Servicer shall conform to such requirements in respect
           of the format, structure and text of Bills delivered to
           Customers and Third Parties as applicable PUC Regulations shall
           from time to time prescribe. To the extent that Bill format,
           structure and text are not prescribed by the Competition Act,
           other applicable law or PUC Regulations, the Servicer shall,
           subject to clauses (i) and (ii) above, determine the format,
           structure and text of all Bills in accordance with its
           reasonable business judgment, its Servicer Policies and
           Practices with respect to its own charges and prevailing
           industry standards.

        (c) Delivery. The Servicer shall deliver all Bills to Customers

           (i) by United States mail in such class or classes as are
           consistent with the Servicer Policies and Practices followed by
           the Servicer with respect to its own charges or

           (ii) by any other means, whether electronic or otherwise, that
           the Servicer may from time to time use to present its own
           charges to its customers.

        In the case of Customers that have elected Consolidated Third Party
        Billing, the Servicer shall deliver all Bills to the Applicable
        Third Parties by such means as are prescribed by applicable PUC
        Regulations, or if not prescribed by applicable PUC Regulations, by
        such means as are mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and the
        Applicable Third Party and are consistent with PUC Regulations. The
        Servicer or a Third Party, as applicable, shall pay from its own
        funds all costs of issuance and delivery of all Bills, including
        but not limited to printing and postage costs as the same may
        increase or decrease from time to time.

        SECTION 5. Customer Service Functions.

        The Servicer shall handle all Customer inquiries and other Customer
service matters according to the same procedures it uses to service
Customers with respect to its own charges.

        SECTION 6. Collections; Payment Processing; Remittance.

        (a) Collection Efforts, Policies, Procedures.

           (i) The Servicer shall use reasonable efforts to collect all
           Billed Intangible Transition Charges from Customers and Third
           Parties as and when the same become due and shall follow such
           collection procedures as it follows with respect to comparable
           assets that it services for itself or others, including with
           respect to the following:

               (A) The Servicer shall prepare and deliver overdue notices
               to Customers and Third Parties in accordance with applicable
               PUC Regulations and Servicer Policies and Practices.

               (B) The Servicer shall apply late payment charges to
               outstanding Customer and Third Party balances in accordance
               with applicable PUC Regulations. All late payment charges
               and interest collected shall be payable to and retained by
               the Servicer as a component of its compensation under the
               Servicing Agreement, and the Issuer shall not have any right
               to share in the same.

               (C) The Servicer shall deliver verbal and written final call
               notices in accordance with applicable PUC Regulations and
               Servicer Policies and Practices.

               (D) The Servicer shall adhere and carry out disconnection
               policies in accordance with the Competition Act, other
               applicable law and PUC Regulations and Servicer Policies and
               Practices.

               (E) The Servicer may employ the assistance of collections
               agents in accordance with applicable PUC Regulations and
               Servicer Policies and Practices.

               (F) The Servicer shall apply Customer and Third Party
               deposits to the payment of delinquent accounts in accordance
               with applicable PUC Regulations and Servicer Policies and
               Practices and according to the priorities set forth in
               Section 6(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Exhibit A.

               (G) The Servicer shall promptly take all necessary action in
               accordance with applicable PUC Regulation to terminate
               billing of Intangible Transition Charges by Third Parties
               whose payments are 25 or more days delinquent for
               residential Customers or 20 or more days delinquent for all
               other Customers and to collect the Billed Intangible
               Transition Charges directly from the applicable Customers.

           (ii) The Servicer shall not waive any late payment charge or any
           other fee or charge relating to delinquent payments, if any, or
           waive, vary or modify any terms of payment of any amounts
           payable by a Customer, in each case unless such waiver or
           action:

               (A) would be in accordance with the Servicer's customary
               practices or those of any successor Servicer with respect to
               comparable assets that it services for itself and for
               others;

               (B) would not materially adversely affect the rights of the
               Transition Bondholders; and

               (C) would comply with applicable law; provided, however,
               that notwithstanding anything in the Servicing Agreement or
               this Exhibit A to the contrary, the Servicer is authorized
               to write off any Billed Intangible Transition Charges, in
               accordance with its Servicer Policies and Practices, that
               remain outstanding for 210 days.

           (iii) The Servicer shall accept payment from Customers in
           respect of Billed Intangible Transition Charges in such forms
           and methods and at such times and places as it accepts for
           payment of its own charges. The Servicer shall accept payment
           from Third Parties in respect of Billed Intangible Transition
           Charges in such forms and methods and at such times and places
           as the Servicer and each Third Party shall mutually agree in
           accordance with applicable PUC Regulations.

        (b) Payment Processing; Allocation; Priority of Payments.

           (i) The Servicer shall post all payments received to Customer
           accounts as promptly as practicable, and, in any event,
           substantially all payments shall be posted no later than
           two Business Days after receipt.

           (ii) Subject to clause (iii) below, the Servicer shall apply
           payments received to each Customer's or Third Party's account in
           proportion to the charges contained on the outstanding Bill to
           such Customer or Third Party.

           (iii) Any amounts collected by the Servicer that represent
           partial payments of the total Bill to a Customer or Third Party
           shall be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth
           in Section 3.02(b) of the Servicing Agreement.

           (iv) The Servicer shall hold all over-payments for the benefit
           of the Issuer and shall apply such funds to future Bill charges
           in accordance with clauses (ii) and (iii) above as such charges
           become due.

           (v) For Customers on a Budget Payment Plan, the Servicer shall
           treat ITC Collections received from such Customers as if such
           Customers had been billed for their respective Intangible
           Transition Charges in the absence of the Budget Payment Plan.
           Partial payment of a Budget Payment Plan payment shall be
           allocated according to clause (iii) above, and overpayment of a
           Budget Payment Plan payment shall be allocated according to
           clause (iv) above.

        (c) Accounts; Records.

           (i) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to the
           Transferred Intangible Transition Property accurately and in
           accordance with its standard accounting procedures and in
           sufficient detail to permit reconciliation between payments or
           recoveries with respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition
           Property and the amounts from time to time remitted to the
           Collection Account in respect of the Transferred Intangible
           Transition Property.

           (ii) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to
           Third Parties performing Consolidated Third Party Billing or
           Full Consolidated Third Party Billing for Customers accurately
           and in accordance with its standard accounting procedures and in
           sufficient detail to permit reconciliation between payments or
           recoveries with respect to the Transferred Intangible Transition
           Property and amounts owed by such Customers in respect of
           Intangible Transition Charges.

        (d) Investment of ITC Collections Received. Prior to remittance on
        the applicable Remittance Date, the Servicer may invest ITC
        Collections received at its own risk and for its own benefit, and
        such investments and funds shall not be required to be segregated
        from the other investments and funds of the Servicer.

        (e) Calculation of Collections; Determination of Aggregate
        Remittance Amount.

           (i) On or before each Remittance Date, the Servicer shall
           calculate the total ITC Collections received by the Servicer
           from or on behalf of Customers during prior Collection Periods
           in respect of all previously Billed Intangible Transition
           Charges.

           (ii) In accordance with Section 4.01 of the Servicing Agreement
           and Annex I, the Servicer shall update the Variables and shall
           prepare Adjustment Requests to reflect the updated Variables
           when required to do so pursuant to Annex I.

        (f) Remittances.

           (i) The Servicer shall make remittances to the Issuer in
           accordance with Section 5.10 of the Servicing Agreement.

           (ii) In the event of any change of account or change of
           institution affecting the remittances, the Issuer shall provide
           written notice thereof to the Servicer by the earlier of:

               (A) five Business Days from the effective date of such
               change, or

               (B) five Business Days prior to the next applicable
               Remittance Date.



                                 APPENDIX A

                             MASTER DEFINITIONS


The definitions contained in this Appendix A are applicable to the singular
as well as the plural forms of such terms.

        Act has the meaning specified in Section 11.03 of the Indenture.

        Adjustment Date means (i) January 1 of each year through January 1,
        2008, (ii) July 1, 2008 and October 1, 2008 and (iii) the first day
        of each calendar month thereafter, commencing January 1, 2009.

        Administration Agreement means the Administration Agreement dated
        August 10, 1999, between PP&L, as Administrator, and the Issuer.

        Administrator means PP&L as administrator under the Administration
        Agreement.

        Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
        Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with
        such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, control
        when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
        direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
        indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
        contract or otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled
        have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

        Annual Accountant's Report has the meaning assigned to that term in
        Section 3.07 of the Servicing Agreement.

        Assignment means the Assignment executed and delivered by PP&L in
        favor of CEP Securities pursuant to, and in the form set forth in
        Exhibit A of, the Contribution Agreement.

        Authorized Denominations means, with respect to any Series or Class
        of Transition Bonds, $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, or such
        other denominations as may be specified in the Series Supplement
        therefor.

        Authorized Officer means, with respect to the Issuer, any Manager
        or the Member of the Issuer and, with respect to the Member of the
        Issuer, any officer who is authorized to act for the Member in
        matters relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of
        Authorized Officers delivered by the Member to the Trustee as of
        the date hereof (as such list may be modified or supplemented from
        time to time thereafter).

        Basic Documents means the Issuer LLC Agreement, the Issuer
        Certificate of Formation, the Contribution Agreement, the
        Assignment, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the
        Administration Agreement, the Indenture and any Bills of Sale.

        Billing Month means a particular calendar month during which
        Intangible Transition Charges are billed to Customers.

        Bill of Sale means any bill of sale issued by CEP Securities to the
        Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement evidencing the sale of
        Intangible Transition Property by CEP Securities to the Issuer.

        Bond Rate means, with respect to each Series or, if applicable,
        each Class of Transition Bonds, the rate at which interest accrues
        on the principal balance of Transition Bonds of such Series or
        Class, as specified in the Series Supplement therefor.

        Book-Entry Transition Bonds means beneficial interests in the
        Transition Bonds, ownership and transfers of which shall be made
        through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section
        2.11 of the Indenture.

        Business Day means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day
        on which banking institutions in the City of Allentown,
        Pennsylvania, or in the City of New York, New York are required or
        authorized by law or executive order to remain closed.

        Calculation Date means, (i) with respect to each Adjustment Date
        through the January 1, 2008 Adjustment Date, the October 1
        preceding such Adjustment Date through October 1, 2007, and (ii)
        thereafter, the fifteenth day of the month preceding each
        Adjustment Date, commencing June 15, 2008 with respect to the July
        1, 2008 Adjustment Date.

        Capital Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
        the Indenture.

        CEP Securities means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited
        liability company, or its successor.

        Class means, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes of
        Transition Bonds of that Series, as specified in the Series
        Supplement for that Series.

        Class Final Maturity Date means the Final Maturity Date of a
        Class, as specified in the Series Supplement for the related Series.

        Clearing Agency means an organization registered as a "clearing
        agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

        Clearing Agency Participant means a broker, dealer, bank, other
        financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a
        Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of
        securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

        Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
        to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

        Collateral has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of the
        Indenture.

        Collection Account has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
        the Indenture.

        Collection Period means the period from and including the first day
        of a calendar month to but excluding the first day of the next
        calendar month.

        Collections Curve means a separate forecast prepared by the
        Servicer for each Customer Class of the percentages of amounts
        billed in a Billing Month that are expected to be received during
        each of the following seven months.

        Collections Curve Payment means, with respect to a Billing Month,
        the sum of the amounts paid to the Trustee over a seven-month
        period following that Billing Month based on the Collections Curves
        for that Billing Month.

        Commission means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and
        any successor thereof.

        Competition Act means the Pennsylvania Electricity Generation
        Customer Choice and Competition Act, Chapter 28 of Title 66 of the
        Pennsylvania Consolidated Statutes, 66 Pa. C.S., Sections 2801, et
        seq.

        Competitive Transition Charges means the competitive transition
        charges that PP&L may impose on Customers pursuant to the
        Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

        Contract Rights has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of the
        Contribution Agreement.

        Contributed Property has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of
        the Contribution Agreement.

        Contribution Agreement means the Contribution Agreement, dated as
        of May 13, 1999, among PP&L, Group, Reserves and CEP Securities, as
        amended by the Amendment No. 1 thereto dated August 10, 1999, as
        the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time.

        Corporate Trust Office means the principal office of the Trustee at
        which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
        administered, which office at date of the execution of this
        Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 12 East, New
        York, NY 10286, Attention: Asset Backed Finance Unit or at such
        other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by
        notice to the Transition Bondholders and the Issuer, or the
        principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (the
        address of which the successor Trustee will notify the Transition
        Bondholders and the Issuer).

        Covenant Defeasance Option has the meaning specified in Section
        4.01 of the Indenture.

        Curve Payment Shortfall means, with respect to each Billing Month
        and the Reconciliation Date for such Billing Month, the excess of
        actual ITC Collections the Servicer has received for that Billing
        Month over the Collections Curve Payments previously made to the
        Trustee for that Billing Month.

        Customer Class means each of the customer classes specified in the
        Qualified Rate Order.

        Customers means each person that

           (a) was a retail customer of electric service of PP&L located
           within PP&L's service territory on January 1, 1997 or that
           became a retail customer of electric service of PP&L located
           within PP&L's service territory after January 1, 1997,

           (b) is still located within PP&L's service territory, and

           (c) is receiving distribution service from PP&L.

        Daily Remittance Date means, if the Servicer has not satisfied the
        conditions of Section 5.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement, every
        second Business Day.

        Default means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse
        of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

        Defeasance Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a)
        of the Indenture.

        Definitive Transition Bonds has the meaning specified in Section
        2.11 of the Indenture.

        DTC Agreement means the agreement between the Issuer, the Trustee
        and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency,
        dated as of the Closing Date, relating to the Transition Bonds,
        as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

        Eligible Securities Account means either:

           (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or

           (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
           department of a depository institution organized under the laws
           of the United States of America or any State (or any domestic
           branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
           acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long
           as any of the securities of such depository institution shall
           have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its
           generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.

        Eligible Guarantor Institution means a firm or other entity
        identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as "an eligible
        guarantor institution," including (as such terms
        are defined therein):

           (a) a bank;

           (b) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or
           government securities broker or dealer;

           (c) a credit union;

           (d) a national securities exchange, registered securities
           association or clearing agency; or

           (e) a savings association that is a participant in a securities
           transfer association.

        Eligible Institution means:

           (a) the corporate trust department of the Trustee, so long as
           any of the securities of the Trustee have a credit rating from
           each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which
           signifies investment grade, or

           (b) a depository institution organized under the laws of the
           United States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of
           a foreign bank), which

               (i) has either

                  (A) with respect to any Eligible Investment having a
                  maturity of greater than one month, a long-term unsecured
                  debt rating of "AAA" by Standard & Poor's, "AAA" by Fitch
                  and "Al" by Moody's or

                  (B) with respect to any Eligible Investment having a
                  maturity one month or less, a certificate of deposit
                  rating of "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by
                  Moody's, or any other long-term, short-term or
                  certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating
                  Agencies and

               (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

        Eligible Investments mean book-entry securities, negotiable
        instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or
        registered form which evidence:

           (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as
           to timely payment by, the United States of America;

           (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of
           any depositors institution or trust company incorporated under
           the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof
           (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to
           supervision and examination by Federal or State banking or
           depository institution authorities; provided, however, that at
           the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest
           therein, the commercial paper or other short-term unsecured debt
           obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is
           based on the credit of a Person other than such depository
           institution or trust company) thereof shall have a credit rating
           from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment
           category granted thereby;

           (c) commercial paper or other short term obligations of any
           corporation organized under the laws of the United States of
           America (other than PP&L) whose ratings, at the time of the
           investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, from
           each of the Rating Agencies are in the highest investment
           category granted thereby;

           (d) investments in money market funds having a rating from each
           of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category
           granted thereby (including funds for which the Trustee or any of
           its Affiliates act as investment manager or advisor);

           (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
           trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

           (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is
           a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United
           States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the
           obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of
           the United States of America, in either case entered into with a
           depository institution or trust company (acting as principal)
           described in clause (b) above;

           (g) repurchase obligations with respect to any security or whole
           loan entered into with

               (i) a depository institution or trust company (acting as
               principal) described in clause (b) above (except that the
               rating referred to in the proviso in this clause (b) shall
               be A-1+ or higher in the case of Standard & Poor's) (any
               depository institution or trust company being referred to in
               this definition as a "financial institution"),

               (ii) a broker/dealer (acting as principal) registered as a
               broker or dealer under Section 15 of the Exchange Act (any
               broker/dealer being referred to in this definition as a
               "broker/dealer"), the unsecured short-term debt obligations
               of which are rated P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1+ by
               Standard & Poor's at the time of entering into this
               repurchase obligation, or

               (iii) an unrated broker/dealer, acting as principal, that is
               a wholly-owned subsidiary of a non-bank or bank holding
               company the unsecured short-term debt obligations of which
               are rated P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1+ by Standard &
               Poor's at the time of purchase; or

           (h) any other investment permitted by each of the Rating
           Agencies;

           provided, that, unless otherwise permitted by the Rating
           Agencies, upon the failure of any Eligible Institution to
           maintain any applicable rating set forth in this definition or
           the definition of Eligible Institution, the related investments
           at such institution shall be reinvested in Eligible Investments
           at a successor Eligible Institution within 10 days.

        Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 5.01 of the
        Indenture.

        Excess Curve Payment means, with respect to each Billing Month and
        the Reconciliation Date for such Billing Month, the excess of the
        Collections Curve Payments previously made to the Trustee for that
        Billing Month over actual ITC Collections the Servicer has
        received for that Billing Month.

        Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        Expected Amortization Schedule means, with respect to each Series
        or, if applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds, the expected
        amortization schedule for principal thereof, as specified in the
        Series Supplement therefor.

        Expected Final Payment Date means, with respect to each Series or,
        if applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds, the date when all
        interest and principal is scheduled to be paid for that Series or
        Class in accordance with the Expected Amortization Schedule, as
        specified in the Series Supplement therefor.

        FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any
        successor.

        Final Maturity Date means, for each Series or, if applicable, each
        Class of Transition Bonds, the date by which all principal and
        interest on the Transition Bonds is required to be paid, as
        specified in the Series Supplement therefor.

        Financing Issuance means an issuance of a new Series of Transition
        Bonds under the Indenture to provide funds to finance the purchase
        by the Issuer of Intangible Transition Property.

        Fitch IBCA means Fitch IBCA, Inc., or its successor.

        Formation Documents means, collectively, the Issuer LLC Agreement,
        the Issuer Certificate of Formation and any other document pursuant
        to which the Issuer is formed or governed, as the same may be
        amended and supplemented from time to time.

        General Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
        the Indenture.

        Grant means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
        remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien
        upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against,
        deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant
        of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall
        include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
        obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the
        immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and
        give receipt for principal, interest and other payments in respect
        of the Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give
        and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or
        other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
        Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and
        generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or
        may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect
        thereto.

        Group means CEP Group, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its
        successor.

        Holder or Transition Bondholder means the Person in whose name a
        Transition Bond of any Series or Class is registered on the
        Transition Bond Register.

        Indemnification Event means an event which triggers PP&L's
        obligation to indemnify CEP Securities, the Issuer and the Trustee,
        for itself and on behalf of the Transition Bondholders, and each of
        their respective managers, officers, directors and agents, pursuant
        to Section 5.01 of the Contribution Agreement.

        Indemnity Amounts means any indemnification obligations payable by
        PP&L pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Contribution Agreement or the
        Servicer pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Servicing Agreement, as
        applicable.

        Indenture means the Indenture dated August 10, 1999, between the
        Issuer and the Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented
        from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental hereto,
        and shall include the forms and terms of the Transition Bonds
        established thereunder.

        Independent means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
        that the Person

           (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
           the Transition Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities and
           any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons,

           (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material
           indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other
           obligor, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any Affiliate
           of any of the foregoing Persons and

           (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor,
           PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any Affiliate of any of
           the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter,
           underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing
           similar functions.

        Independent Certificate means a certificate or opinion to be
        delivered to the Trustee under the circumstances described in, and
        otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section
        11.01 of the Indenture, made by an Independent appraiser or other
        expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved by the Trustee in
        the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate
        shall state that the signer has read the definition of
        "Independent" in this Appendix A and that the signer is Independent
        within the meaning thereof.

        Independent Manager has the meaning set forth in the Issuer LLC
        Agreement.

        Initial Intangible Transition Property means the Intangible
        Transition Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of the
        Initial Transfer Date pursuant to the Sale
        Agreement.

        Initial Transfer Date means the Series Issuance Date for the first
        Series of Transition Bonds.

        Insolvency Event means, with respect to a specified Person,

           (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
           jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any
           substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under
           any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
           similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a
           receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator
           or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part
           of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of
           such Person's affairs, and such decree or order shall remain
           unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days or

           (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under
           any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
           similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such
           Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary
           case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the
           appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
           assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
           for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
           the making by such Person of any general assignment for the
           benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to
           pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action
           by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

        Intangible Transition Charge Adjustment means each adjustment to
        Intangible Transition Charges related to the Transferred Intangible
        Transition Property made in accordance with Section 4.01 of the
        Servicing Agreement and the Issuer Annex.

        Intangible Transition Charge Adjustment Process means the process
        by which Intangible Transition Charges are adjusted pursuant to the
        Servicing Agreement and the Competition Act.

        Intangible Transition Charges means the intangible transition
        charges authorized by the PUC to be imposed on all Customer bills
        through a non-bypassable mechanism by PP&L or its successor or by
        any other entity which provides electric service to Customers, to
        recover Qualified Transition Expenses pursuant to the Competition
        Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

        Intangible Transition Property means the irrevocable right of PP&L
        or its successor or assignee to collect Intangible Transition
        Charges from Customers to recover through the issuance of
        Transition Bonds the Qualified Transition Expenses described in the
        Qualified Rate Order, including all right, title and interest of
        PP&L or its successor or assignee in such order and in all
        revenues, collections, claims, payments, money or proceeds of or
        arising from Intangible Transition Charges pursuant to the
        Qualified Rate Order, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing,
        which term is intended and shall be construed to be the same as
        "intangible transition property" as used in the Competition Act and
        the Qualified Rate Order.

        Intangible Transition Property Documentation means all documents
        relating to the Intangible Transition Property, including copies of
        the Qualified Rate Order and all documents filed with the PUC in
        connection with any Intangible Transition Charges Adjustment, as
        described in Section 3.08 of the Servicing Agreement.

        Interest means, for any Payment Date for any Series or Class of
        Transition Bonds, the sum, without duplication, of:

           (a)    an amount equal to the amount of interest accrued at the
                  applicable interest rates from the prior Payment Date
                  with respect to that Series or Class;

           (b)    any unpaid interest, to the extent permitted by law, plus
                  any interest accrued on this unpaid interest;

           (c)    if the Transition Bonds have been declared due and
                  payable, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; and

           (d)    with respect to a Series or Class to be redeemed prior to
                  the next Payment Date, the amount of interest that will
                  be payable as interest on the Series on that Redemption
                  Date.

        Issuer means PP&L Transition Bond Company LLC, a Delaware limited
        liability company, or its successor or the party named as such in
        the Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means
        the successor.

        Issuer Annex means, Annex 1 of the Servicing Agreement.

        Issuer Certificate of Formation means the Certificate of Formation
        of the Issuer which was filed with the Delaware Secretary of
        State's Office on March 25, 1999.

        Issuer LLC Agreement means the Amended and Restated Limited
        Liability Company Agreement between the Issuer and PP&L, as sole
        Member, dated August 10, 1999.

        Issuer Officer's Certificate means a certificate signed by any
        Authorized Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described
        in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of
        Section 11.01 of the Indenture, and delivered to the Trustee.
        Unless otherwise specified, any reference in the Indenture to an
        Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of any
        Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

        Issuer Opinion of Counsel means one or more written opinions of
        counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in the
        Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Issuer and who shall
        be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and which opinion or
        opinions shall be addressed to the Trustee, as Trustee, and shall
        comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.01 of the
        Indenture, and shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
        Trustee.

        Issuer Order and Issuer Request means a written order or request
        signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized
        Officers and delivered to the Trustee.

        ITC Collections means amounts collected in respect of Intangible
        Transition Charges.

        Legal Defeasance Option has the meaning specified in Section
        4.01(b) of the Indenture.

        Lien means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or
        encumbrance of any kind.

        Losses means collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations,
        losses, damages, payments, costs or expenses of any kind
        whatsoever.

        Manager means any manager of the Issuer.

        Member means PP&L, as the sole member of the Issuer.

        Monthly Remittance Date means, if the Servicer has satisfied the
        conditions of Section 5.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement, the
        fifteenth (15th) day of each calendar month (or if such fifteenth
        (15th) day is not a Business Day, the next Business day).

        Moody's means Moody's Investors Service Inc., or its successor.

        Officers' Certificate means a certificate signed, in the case of
        PP&L, by

           (a) the chairman of the board, the president, the vice chairman
           of the board, any executive vice president or any vice
           president; and

           (b) the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the secretary or any
           assistant secretary

        and, in the case of CEP Securities, by two of the Managers of CEP
        Securities.

        Operating Expenses means, with respect to the Issuer, all fees,
        costs, expenses and indemnity payments owed by the Issuer,
        including all amounts owed by the Issuer to the Trustee, the
        Quarterly Servicing Fee, the quarterly fee payable by the Issuer to
        the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the fees and
        expenses payable by the Issuer to the independent managers of the
        Issuer, legal fees and expenses of the Servicer pursuant to Section
        3.09 of the Servicing Agreement, and legal and accounting fees,
        costs and expenses of the Issuer.

        Opinion of Counsel means one or more written opinions of counsel
        who may be an employee of or counsel to CEP Securities or PP&L,
        which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, the
        Issuer or the Rating Agencies, as applicable, and which shall be in
        form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, if applicable.

        Outstanding with respect to Transition Bonds means, as of the date
        of determination, all Transition Bonds theretofore authenticated
        and delivered under the Indenture except:

           (a) Transition Bonds theretofore canceled by the Transition Bond
           Registrar or delivered to the Transition Bond Registrar for
           cancellation;

           (b) Transition Bonds or portions thereof the payment for which
           money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited
           with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of
           such Transition Bonds; provided, however, that if such
           Transition Bonds are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption
           has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision
           therefor, satisfactory to the Trustee, made; and

           (c) Transition Bonds in exchange for or in lieu of other
           Transition Bonds which have been authenticated and delivered
           pursuant to the Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the
           Trustee is presented that any such Transition Bonds are held by
           a protected purchaser;

        provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
        Outstanding Amount of the Transition Bonds or any Series or Class
        thereof have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
        notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document,
        Transition Bonds owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
        Transition Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any
        Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and
        deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether
        the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
        demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only
        Transition Bonds that the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so
        disregarded. Transition Bonds so owned that have been pledged in
        good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
        establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right
        so to act with respect to such Transition Bonds and that the
        pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Transition
        Bonds, PP&L, Group, Reserves, CEP Securities or any Affiliate of
        any of the foregoing Persons.

        Outstanding Amount means the aggregate principal amount of all
        Outstanding Transition Bonds or, if the context requires, all
        Outstanding Transition Bonds of a Series or Class Outstanding at
        the date of determination.

        Overcollateralization means, with respect to any Payment Date, an
        amount that, if deposited to the Overcollateralization Subaccount,
        would cause the balance in such subaccount to equal the Scheduled
        Overcollateralization Level for such Payment Date, without regard
        to investment earnings.

        Overcollateralization Amount means, with respect to any Series of
        Transition Bonds, the amount specified as such in the Series
        Supplement therefor.

        Overcollateralization Subaccount has the meaning specified in
        Section 8.02(a) of the Indenture.

        Paying Agent means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
        eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of
        the Indenture and is authorized by the Issuer to make the payments
        of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Transition
        Bonds on behalf of the Issuer.

        Payment Date means, with respect to each Series or, if applicable,
        each Class of Transition Bonds, each date or dates specified as
        Payment Dates for such Series or Class in the Series Supplement
        therefor.

        Person means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership,
        joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including
        any beneficiary thereof), business trust, limited liability
        company, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or
        political subdivision thereof.

        PP&L means PP&L, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, or its
        successor.

        Predecessor Transition Bond means, with respect to any particular
        Transition Bond, every previous Transition Bond evidencing all or a
        portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular
        Transition Bond; and, for the purpose of this definition, any
        Transition Bond authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 of
        the Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen
        Transition Bond shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
        mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Transition Bond.

        Post-Retail Access means any period after the time that a Customer
        was permitted to choose its electricity generation supplier.

        Pre-Retail Access means any period prior to the time that a
        Customer was permitted to choose its electricity generation
        supplier.

        Principal means, with respect to any Payment Date and each Series
        or, if applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds:

           (a) the amount of principal scheduled to be paid on such Payment
               Date in accordance with the Expected Amortization Schedule;

           (b) the amount of principal due on the Final Maturity Date of
               any Series or Class on such Payment Date;

           (c) the amount of principal due as a result of the occurrence
               and continuance of an Event of Default and acceleration of
               the Transition Bonds;

           (d) the amount of principal and premium, if any, due as a result
               of a redemption of Transition Bonds on such Payment Date; and

           (e) any overdue payments of principal.

        Proceeding means any suit in equity, action at law or other
        judicial or administrative proceeding.

        Projected Transition Bond Balance means, as of any date, the sum of
        the amounts provided for in the Expected Amortization Schedules for
        each outstanding Series of Transition Bonds and such date.

        PUC means the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission or any
        successor.

        PUC Regulations means any regulations, orders or directives
        promulgated, issued or adopted by the PUC.

        Qualified Rate Order means the Final Order issued by the PUC on
        August 27, 1998 pursuant to the Competition Act, as such order has
        been supplemented by the Supplemental Order issued by the PUC on
        May 21, 1999, and as such order may hereafter be further
        supplemented by an order of the PUC issued pursuant to paragraph 19
        of the August 27, 1998 order.

        Qualified Transition Expenses has the meaning assigned to that term
        in the Competition Act and the Qualified Rate Order.

        Quarterly Servicing Fee means the fee payable to the Servicer on
        the Business Day preceding each Payment Date for services rendered,
        in accordance with Section 5.07 of the Servicing Agreement.

        Rating Agency means any rating agency rating the Transition Bonds
        of any Class or Series at the time of issuance thereof at the
        request of the Issuer. If no such organization or successor is any
        longer in existence, "Rating Agency" shall be a nationally
        recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable
        Person designated by the Issuer, notice of which designation shall
        be given to the Trustee under the Indenture, the Member of the
        Issuer and the Servicer.

        Rating Agency Condition means, with respect to any action, the
        notification in writing by each Rating Agency to the Trustee and
        the Issuer that such action will not result in a reduction or
        withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any
        outstanding Series or Class of Transition Bonds.

        Reconciliation Date means, with respect to any Billing Month, the
        twelfth (12th) day (or if such twelfth (12th) day is not a Business
        Day, the next Business day) in the eighth month after such Billing
        Month.

        Record Date means, with respect to any Payment Date for a Series or
        Class, the date set forth as such in the Series Supplement
        therefor.

        Redemption Date means, with respect to each Series or, if
        applicable, each Class of Transition Bonds, the date for the
        redemption of the Transition Bonds of such Series or Class pursuant
        to Sections 10.01 or 10.02 of the Indenture or the Series
        Supplement for such Series or Class, which in each case shall be a
        Payment Date.

        Redemption Price has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the
        Indenture.

        Refunding Issuance means issuance of a new Series of Transition
        Bonds hereunder to pay the cost of refunding, through redemption or
        payment on the Expected Final Payment Date for a Series or Class of
        Transition Bonds, all or part of the Transition Bonds of such
        Series or Class to the extent permitted by the terms thereof.

        Registered Holder means, as of any date, the Person in whose name a
        Transition Bond is registered on the Transition Bond Register on
        such date.

        Released Parties has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(f) of
        the Servicing Agreement.

        Remittance Date means a Daily Remittance Date or a Monthly
        Remittance Date, as applicable.

        Required Capital Amount means a capital contribution in an amount
        equal to the amount specified in the related Series Supplement,
        representing a capital contribution from PP&L.

        Reserve Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
        the Indenture.

        Reserves means CEP Reserves, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its
        successor.

        Responsible Officer means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
        within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any
        Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant
        Secretary, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
        performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
        designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter,
        any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such
        officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

        Retiring Trustee means a Trustee that resigns or vacates the office
        of Trustee for any reason.

        Sale Agreement means the Intangible Transition Property Sale
        Agreement dated August 10, 1999, between the Seller and the Issuer.

        Sale Date means each date on which the Seller sells, transfers,
        assigns and conveys the Intangible Transition Property to the
        Issuer.

        Scheduled Overcollateralization Level means, with respect to any
        Payment Date, the amount set forth as such in Schedule 1 of the
        Indenture, as such Schedule has been adjusted in accordance with
        Section 3.19 of the Indenture to reflect redemptions or defeasances
        of Transition Bonds and issuances of additional Series of
        Transition Bonds.

        Seller means CEP Securities Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability
        company, or its successor, in its capacity as seller of the
        Intangible Transition Property to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale
        Agreement.

        Series means any series of Transition Bonds issued and
        authenticated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, as specified
        in the Series Supplement therefor.

        Series Final Maturity Date means the Final Maturity Date for a Series.

        Series Issuance Date means, with respect to any Series, the date on
        which the Transition Bonds of such Series are to be originally
        issued in accordance with Section 2.10 of the Indenture and the
        Series Supplement for such Series.

        Series Subaccount has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) of
        the Indenture.

        Series Supplement means an indenture supplemental to the Indenture
        that authorizes a particular Series of Transition Bonds.

        Servicer means PP&L, as the servicer of the Intangible Transition
        Property, and each successor to PP&L (in the same capacity)
        pursuant to Section 5.03 or 6.04 of the Servicing Agreement.

        Servicer Default means an event specified in Section 6.01 of the
        Servicing Agreement.

        Servicing Agreement means the Servicing Agreement dated August 10,
        1999, between the Issuer and the Servicer, as the same may be
        amended and supplemented from time to time.

        Servicing Fee means the fee paid by the Issuer to the Servicer on
        each Payment Date with respect to each Series of Transition Bonds
        in an amount to be specified in the Section 5.07 of the Servicing
        Agreement.

        Standard & Poor's, or S&P, means Standard & Poor's Rating Group, a
        division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, or its successor.

        State means any one of the 50 states of the United States of
        America or the District of Columbia.

        Subsequent Intangible Transition Property means Intangible
        Transition Property sold by the Seller to the Issuer as of a
        Subsequent Transfer Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

        Subsequent Sale means the sale of additional Intangible Transition
        Property by the Seller to the Issuer after the Initial Transfer
        Date, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
        specified in the Sale Agreement and the Indenture.

        Subsequent Transfer Date means the date that a Subsequent Sale will
        be effective, specified in a written notice provided by the Seller
        to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

        Successor Servicer means a successor Servicer appointed by the
        Trustee pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Servicing Agreement which
        will succeed to all the rights and duties of the Servicer under the
        Servicing Agreement.

        Supplemental Indenture means a supplemental indenture entered into
        by the Issuer and the Trustee pursuant to Article IX of the
        Indenture.

        Supplemental Order means the Order of the PUC dated May 21, 1999,
        supplementing the Qualified Rate Order.

        Termination Notice has the meaning specified in Section 6.01 of the
        Servicing Agreement.

        Third Party means any third party, including any electric
        generation supplier, providing billing or metering services,
        licensed by the PUC pursuant to relevant provisions of the
        Competition Act and any PUC order.

        Transfer Date means the Initial Transfer Date or any Subsequent
        Transfer Date, as applicable.

        Transferred Intangible Transition Property means Intangible
        Transition Property which has been sold, assigned and transferred
        to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

        Transition Bond means any of the transition bonds (as defined in
        the Competition Act) issued by the Issuer pursuant to the
        Indenture.

        Transition Bond Balance means, as of any date, the aggregate
        Outstanding Amount of all Series of Transition Bonds on such date.

        Transition Bond Owner means, with respect to a Book-Entry
        Transition Bond, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such
        Book-Entry Transition Bond, as reflected on the books of the
        Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account
        with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency
        Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in
        accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

        Transition Bond Register means a register, kept by the Transition
        Bond Registrar on behalf of the Issuer in which, subject to such
        reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Transition Bond
        Registrar shall provide for the registration of Transition Bonds
        and the registration of transfers of Transition Bonds.

        Transition Bond Registrar means the Trustee, in its capacity as
        keeper of the Transition Bond Register, or any successor to the
        Trustee in such capacity.

        Trust Indenture Act or TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as
        in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically
        provided.

        Trustee means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation,
        or its successor or any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

        UCC means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
        Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as
        amended from time to time.

        U.S. Government Obligations means direct obligations (or
        certificates representing an ownership interest in such
        obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency
        or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith
        and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are
        not callable at the issuer's option.

        Y2K Compliant means that computer systems and equipment with
        date-sensitive chips will accurately process date and time data.





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission